From 34bb501be08aa2b313d88e67d6e0a7e0a3f9cfa6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Biebl Date: Sun, 5 May 2024 00:07:30 +0200 Subject: New upstream version 1.47.90 --- docs/api/Makefile.in | 1039 ----- docs/api/NetworkManager-overrides.txt | 0 docs/api/NetworkManager-sections.txt | 0 ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml | 157 - ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml | 83 - ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml | 283 -- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml | 34 - ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml | 34 - ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml | 37 - ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml | 60 - ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml | 62 - ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml | 62 - ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml | 34 - ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml | 45 - ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr.xml | 78 - ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml | 171 - ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml | 49 - ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback.xml | 15 - ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml | 172 - ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml | 67 - ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml | 92 - ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml | 58 - ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml | 59 - ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml | 73 - ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml | 103 - ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml | 34 - ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml | 71 - ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml | 217 - ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P.xml | 148 - ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard.xml | 57 - ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml | 84 - ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml | 235 - .../dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml | 636 --- ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml | 62 - ...us-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml | 189 - ...us-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml | 142 - .../dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml | 126 - ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml | 179 - ...edesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml | 350 -- ...bus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml | 419 -- ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml | 82 - ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml | 380 -- docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml | 1056 ----- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html | 46 +- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 | 10 + docs/api/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/ix01.html | 198 +- docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html | 152 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings-dbus.html | 72 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html | 23 + docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html | 16 + docs/api/html/nm-settings-nmcli.html | 137 +- docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html | 6 + docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html | 6 + docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html | 6 + docs/api/html/settings-connection.html | 14 +- docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html | 6 + docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html | 26 +- docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml | 4 +- docs/api/network-manager-overrides.txt | 0 docs/api/settings-spec.xml | 575 --- docs/api/settings-spec.xsl | 4 +- docs/api/version.xml | 1 - docs/internal/daemon.drawio | 253 + docs/internal/daemon.md | 169 + docs/internal/daemon.png | Bin 0 -> 134343 bytes docs/internal/device-state-machine.drawio | 95 + docs/internal/device-state-machine.png | Bin 0 -> 51500 bytes docs/internal/device.md | 322 ++ docs/libnm/Makefile.in | 1036 ----- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 62 +- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 64 +- docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 1034 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html | 230 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 374 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 58 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html | 90 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 116 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 114 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html | 80 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 232 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 178 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 176 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 238 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBondPort.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 150 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 196 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 74 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingEthtool.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingHsr.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 102 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 485 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html | 62 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 72 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html | 92 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html | 126 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 68 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html | 40 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 62 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 54 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 52 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html | 166 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 387 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 403 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 70 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 70 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html | 98 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html | 96 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html | 104 +- docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 152 + docs/libnm/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 83 + docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html | 38 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 600 +-- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html | 32 + docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 | 72 +- docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 3 +- docs/libnm/html/usage.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/libnm-docs.xml | 4 +- docs/libnm/libnm-overrides.txt | 0 docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt | 4904 -------------------- docs/libnm/libnm.svg | 893 ++++ docs/libnm/libnm.types | 218 - docs/libnm/version.xml | 1 - docs/sandboxing.md | 109 + 189 files changed, 7083 insertions(+), 17652 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 docs/api/Makefile.in delete mode 100644 docs/api/NetworkManager-overrides.txt delete mode 100644 docs/api/NetworkManager-sections.txt delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml create mode 100644 docs/api/network-manager-overrides.txt delete mode 100644 docs/api/settings-spec.xml delete mode 100644 docs/api/version.xml create mode 100644 docs/internal/daemon.drawio create mode 100644 docs/internal/daemon.md create mode 100644 docs/internal/daemon.png create mode 100644 docs/internal/device-state-machine.drawio create mode 100644 docs/internal/device-state-machine.png create mode 100644 docs/internal/device.md delete mode 100644 docs/libnm/Makefile.in delete mode 100644 docs/libnm/libnm-overrides.txt delete mode 100644 docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt create mode 100644 docs/libnm/libnm.svg delete mode 100644 docs/libnm/libnm.types delete mode 100644 docs/libnm/version.xml create mode 100644 docs/sandboxing.md (limited to 'docs') diff --git a/docs/api/Makefile.in b/docs/api/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 9bc408e3..00000000 --- a/docs/api/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1039 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# -*- mode: makefile -*- -# -# gtk-doc.make - make rules for gtk-doc -# Copyright (C) 2003 James Henstridge -# 2004-2007 Damon Chaplin -# 2007-2017 Stefan Sauer -# -# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see . - -#################################### -# Everything below here is generic # -#################################### -VPATH = @srcdir@ -am__is_gnu_make = { \ - if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ - false; \ - elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ - true; \ - elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ - true; \ - else \ - false; \ - fi; \ -} -am__make_running_with_option = \ - case $${target_option-} in \ - ?) ;; \ - *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ - "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - has_opt=no; \ - sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ - if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ - sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ - else \ - case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ - *\\[\ \ ]*) \ - bs=\\; \ - sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ - | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ - esac; \ - fi; \ - skip_next=no; \ - strip_trailopt () \ - { \ - flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ - }; \ - for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ - test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ - case $$flg in \ - *=*|--*) continue;; \ - -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ - -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ - -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ - -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ - -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ - -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ - -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ - -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ - esac; \ - case $$flg in \ - *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - test $$has_opt = yes -am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) -am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -@BUILD_DOCS_TRUE@am__append_1 = settings-spec.xml -@WITH_OPENVSWITCH_TRUE@am__append_2 = $(top_builddir)/man/nm-openvswitch.xml -@BUILD_NM_CLOUD_SETUP_TRUE@am__append_3 = $(top_builddir)/man/nm-cloud-setup.xml -@CONFIG_PLUGIN_IFCFG_RH_TRUE@am__append_4 = $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.xml -subdir = docs/api -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/attributes.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_lib_readline.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_pthread.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/build-to-host.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/compiler_options.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/git-sha-record.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnome-code-coverage.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtk-doc.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/host-cpu-c-abi.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/introspection.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/vapigen.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = version.xml -CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = -AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) -am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -am__v_P_0 = false -am__v_P_1 = : -AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) -am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; -am__v_GEN_1 = -AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) -am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -am__v_at_0 = @ -am__v_at_1 = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -am__can_run_installinfo = \ - case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ - n|no|NO) false;; \ - *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ - esac -am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) -am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/version.xml.in \ - $(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AM_CFLAGS = @AM_CFLAGS@ -AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ -AR = @AR@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BLUEZ5_CFLAGS = @BLUEZ5_CFLAGS@ -BLUEZ5_LIBS = @BLUEZ5_LIBS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CODE_COVERAGE_CFLAGS = @CODE_COVERAGE_CFLAGS@ -CODE_COVERAGE_ENABLED = @CODE_COVERAGE_ENABLED@ -CODE_COVERAGE_LDFLAGS = @CODE_COVERAGE_LDFLAGS@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ -CTAGS = @CTAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DBUS_SYS_DIR = @DBUS_SYS_DIR@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE = @DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE@ -DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ -DL_LIBS = @DL_LIBS@ -DNSMASQ_PATH = @DNSMASQ_PATH@ -DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ -DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS@ -ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS@ -ETAGS = @ETAGS@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -FGREP = @FGREP@ -FILECMD = @FILECMD@ -GENHTML = @GENHTML@ -GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ -GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ -GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@ -GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@ -GLIB_MAKEFILE = @GLIB_MAKEFILE@ -GLIB_MKENUMS = @GLIB_MKENUMS@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ -GNUTLS_CFLAGS = @GNUTLS_CFLAGS@ -GNUTLS_LIBS = @GNUTLS_LIBS@ -GREP = @GREP@ -GTKDOC_CHECK = @GTKDOC_CHECK@ -GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH = @GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH@ -GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS@ -GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS@ -GTKDOC_MKPDF = @GTKDOC_MKPDF@ -GTKDOC_REBASE = @GTKDOC_REBASE@ -HTML_DIR = @HTML_DIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ -INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ -INTROSPECTION_CFLAGS = @INTROSPECTION_CFLAGS@ -INTROSPECTION_COMPILER = @INTROSPECTION_COMPILER@ -INTROSPECTION_GENERATE = @INTROSPECTION_GENERATE@ -INTROSPECTION_GIRDIR = @INTROSPECTION_GIRDIR@ -INTROSPECTION_LIBS = @INTROSPECTION_LIBS@ -INTROSPECTION_MAKEFILE = @INTROSPECTION_MAKEFILE@ -INTROSPECTION_SCANNER = @INTROSPECTION_SCANNER@ -INTROSPECTION_TYPELIBDIR = @INTROSPECTION_TYPELIBDIR@ -IPTABLES_PATH = @IPTABLES_PATH@ -JANSSON_CFLAGS = @JANSSON_CFLAGS@ -JANSSON_LIBS = @JANSSON_LIBS@ -KERNEL_FIRMWARE_DIR = @KERNEL_FIRMWARE_DIR@ -LCOV = @LCOV@ -LD = @LD@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS = @LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS@ -LIBAUDIT_LIBS = @LIBAUDIT_LIBS@ -LIBCURL_CFLAGS = @LIBCURL_CFLAGS@ -LIBCURL_LIBS = @LIBCURL_LIBS@ -LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ -LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ -LIBNDP_CFLAGS = @LIBNDP_CFLAGS@ -LIBNDP_LIBS = @LIBNDP_LIBS@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPSL_CFLAGS = @LIBPSL_CFLAGS@ -LIBPSL_LIBS = @LIBPSL_LIBS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS@ -LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS = @LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS@ -LIBSYSTEMD_NM_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_NM_CFLAGS@ -LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS@ -LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUDEV_CFLAGS = @LIBUDEV_CFLAGS@ -LIBUDEV_LIBS = @LIBUDEV_LIBS@ -LIPO = @LIPO@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LOG_DRIVER = @LOG_DRIVER@ -LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ -LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MM_GLIB_CFLAGS = @MM_GLIB_CFLAGS@ -MM_GLIB_LIBS = @MM_GLIB_LIBS@ -MOBILE_BROADBAND_PROVIDER_INFO_CFLAGS = @MOBILE_BROADBAND_PROVIDER_INFO_CFLAGS@ -MOBILE_BROADBAND_PROVIDER_INFO_LIBS = @MOBILE_BROADBAND_PROVIDER_INFO_LIBS@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MODPROBE_PATH = @MODPROBE_PATH@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ -MSGMERGE_FOR_MSGFMT_OPTION = @MSGMERGE_FOR_MSGFMT_OPTION@ -NEWT_CFLAGS = @NEWT_CFLAGS@ -NEWT_LIBS = @NEWT_LIBS@ -NFT_PATH = @NFT_PATH@ -NM = @NM@ -NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_AUDIT_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_AUDIT_TEXT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_BACKEND_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_BACKEND_TEXT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_AUTH_POLKIT_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_AUTH_POLKIT_TEXT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_DHCP = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_DHCP@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_MIGRATE_IFCFG_RH_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_MIGRATE_IFCFG_RH_TEXT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_RC_MANAGER = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_RC_MANAGER@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_WIFI_BACKEND_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_WIFI_BACKEND_TEXT@ -NM_DIST_VERSION = @NM_DIST_VERSION@ -NM_LOG_COMPILER = @NM_LOG_COMPILER@ -NM_MAJOR_VERSION = @NM_MAJOR_VERSION@ -NM_MICRO_VERSION = @NM_MICRO_VERSION@ -NM_MINOR_VERSION = @NM_MINOR_VERSION@ -NM_MODIFY_SYSTEM_POLICY = @NM_MODIFY_SYSTEM_POLICY@ -NM_VERSION = @NM_VERSION@ -NSS_CFLAGS = @NSS_CFLAGS@ -NSS_LIBS = @NSS_LIBS@ -OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -OTOOL = @OTOOL@ -OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ -PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ -PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ -POSUB = @POSUB@ -PPPD_CFLAGS = @PPPD_CFLAGS@ -PPPD_PATH = @PPPD_PATH@ -PPPD_PLUGIN_DIR = @PPPD_PLUGIN_DIR@ -PTHREAD_CC = @PTHREAD_CC@ -PTHREAD_CFLAGS = @PTHREAD_CFLAGS@ -PTHREAD_CXX = @PTHREAD_CXX@ -PTHREAD_LIBS = @PTHREAD_LIBS@ -PYTHON = @PYTHON@ -PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX = @PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX@ -PYTHON_PLATFORM = @PYTHON_PLATFORM@ -PYTHON_PREFIX = @PYTHON_PREFIX@ -PYTHON_VERSION = @PYTHON_VERSION@ -QT_CFLAGS = @QT_CFLAGS@ -QT_LIBS = @QT_LIBS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -READELF = @READELF@ -READLINE_LIBS = @READLINE_LIBS@ -SANITIZER_ENV = @SANITIZER_ENV@ -SANITIZER_EXEC_CFLAGS = @SANITIZER_EXEC_CFLAGS@ -SANITIZER_EXEC_LDFLAGS = @SANITIZER_EXEC_LDFLAGS@ -SANITIZER_LIB_CFLAGS = @SANITIZER_LIB_CFLAGS@ -SANITIZER_LIB_LDFLAGS = @SANITIZER_LIB_LDFLAGS@ -SED = @SED@ -SELINUX_CFLAGS = @SELINUX_CFLAGS@ -SELINUX_LIBS = @SELINUX_LIBS@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SYSTEMD_INHIBIT_CFLAGS = @SYSTEMD_INHIBIT_CFLAGS@ -SYSTEMD_INHIBIT_LIBS = @SYSTEMD_INHIBIT_LIBS@ -SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_CFLAGS = @SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_CFLAGS@ -SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_LIBS = @SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_LIBS@ -SYSTEMD_LOGIN_CFLAGS = @SYSTEMD_LOGIN_CFLAGS@ -SYSTEMD_LOGIN_LIBS = @SYSTEMD_LOGIN_LIBS@ -SYSTEM_CA_PATH = @SYSTEM_CA_PATH@ -UDEV_DIR = @UDEV_DIR@ -USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ -UUID_CFLAGS = @UUID_CFLAGS@ -UUID_LIBS = @UUID_LIBS@ -VAPIGEN = @VAPIGEN@ -VAPIGEN_MAKEFILE = @VAPIGEN_MAKEFILE@ -VAPIGEN_VAPIDIR = @VAPIGEN_VAPIDIR@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ -XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ -XSLTPROC = xsltproc --xinclude --nonet -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ -ac_ct_NM = @ac_ct_NM@ -ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@ -ac_ct_READELF = @ac_ct_READELF@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -ax_pthread_config = @ax_pthread_config@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localedir_c = @localedir_c@ -localedir_c_make = @localedir_c_make@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -nmbinary = @nmbinary@ -nmconfdir = @nmconfdir@ -nmdatadir = @nmdatadir@ -nmlibdir = @nmlibdir@ -nmrundir = @nmrundir@ -nmstatedir = @nmstatedir@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -pkgpyexecdir = @pkgpyexecdir@ -pkgpythondir = @pkgpythondir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -pyexecdir = @pyexecdir@ -pythondir = @pythondir@ -runstatedir = @runstatedir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -systemdsystemunitdir = @systemdsystemunitdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -with_dhclient = @with_dhclient@ -with_dhcpcanon = @with_dhcpcanon@ -with_dhcpcd = @with_dhcpcd@ -with_netconfig = @with_netconfig@ -with_resolvconf = @with_resolvconf@ -with_valgrind = @with_valgrind@ -AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.7 -XMLS = $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/introspection/nm-*.xml) -GENERATED_FILES = $(am__append_1) - -# The name of the module. -DOC_MODULE = NetworkManager - -# The top-level SGML file. -DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE = network-manager-docs.xml -DOC_SOURCE_DIR = $(srcdir) - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb -MKDB_OPTIONS = --sgml-mode --output-format=xml - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mktmpl -MKTMPL_OPTIONS = - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkhtml -MKHTML_OPTIONS = --path="$(abs_srcdir)" - -# Files to be included in $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) -content_files = $(GENERATED_FILES) \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml \ - dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/src/libnm-core-public/nm-dbus-types.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/src/libnm-core-public/nm-vpn-dbus-types.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/nmcli.xml $(top_builddir)/man/nmtui.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/nm-online.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/nm-initrd-generator.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/NetworkManager.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/NetworkManager-dispatcher.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/NetworkManager.conf.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/NetworkManager-wait-online.service.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/nmcli-examples.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-dbus.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-nmcli.xml version.xml $(NULL) \ - $(am__append_2) $(am__append_3) $(am__append_4) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_CC = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_CC = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_LD = $(CC) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_LD = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=link $(CC) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_RUN = -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_RUN = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=execute - -# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make -# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to -# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then -# searched for in VPATH/GPATH. -# -GPATH = $(srcdir) -TARGET_DIR = $(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE) -SETUP_FILES = \ - $(content_files) \ - $(expand_content_files) \ - $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt - -EXTRA_DIST = $(HTML_IMAGES) $(SETUP_FILES) version.xml.in \ - settings-spec.xsl meson.build $(GENERATED_FILES) $(NULL) -DOC_STAMPS = setup-build.stamp scan-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp \ - html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp \ - sgml.stamp html.stamp pdf.stamp - -SCANOBJ_FILES = \ - $(DOC_MODULE).actions \ - $(DOC_MODULE).args \ - $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \ - $(DOC_MODULE).interfaces \ - $(DOC_MODULE).prerequisites \ - $(DOC_MODULE).signals - -REPORT_FILES = \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-undocumented.txt \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt - -CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) \ - gtkdoc-check.test html/* tmpl/* xml/* \ - NetworkManager-overrides.txt NetworkManager-sections.txt \ - NetworkManager.actions settings-spec.xml $(NULL) -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_FALSE@HTML_BUILD_STAMP = -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_TRUE@HTML_BUILD_STAMP = html-build.stamp -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_PDF_FALSE@PDF_BUILD_STAMP = -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_PDF_TRUE@PDF_BUILD_STAMP = pdf-build.stamp - -#### setup #### -GTK_DOC_V_SETUP = $(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_SETUP_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_SETUP_0 = @echo " DOC Preparing build"; - -#### scan #### -GTK_DOC_V_SCAN = $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_SCAN_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_SCAN_0 = @echo " DOC Scanning header files"; -GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT = $(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0 = @echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects"; - -#### xml #### -GTK_DOC_V_XML = $(GTK_DOC_V_XML_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_XML_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_XML_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_XML_0 = @echo " DOC Building XML"; - -#### html #### -GTK_DOC_V_HTML = $(GTK_DOC_V_HTML_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_HTML_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_HTML_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_HTML_0 = @echo " DOC Building HTML"; -GTK_DOC_V_XREF = $(GTK_DOC_V_XREF_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_XREF_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_XREF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_XREF_0 = @echo " DOC Fixing cross-references"; - -#### pdf #### -GTK_DOC_V_PDF = $(GTK_DOC_V_PDF_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_PDF_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_PDF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_PDF_0 = @echo " DOC Building PDF"; -all: all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make $(am__configure_deps) - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ - && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign docs/api/Makefile'; \ - $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign docs/api/Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ - esac; -$(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make $(am__empty): - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): -version.xml: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/version.xml.in - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -tags TAGS: - -ctags CTAGS: - -cscope cscopelist: - -distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am - -distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ - dist-hook -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -@ENABLE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@all-local: -all-am: Makefile all-local -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - install; \ - else \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ - fi -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -clean: clean-am - -clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-local mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-local - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -html-am: - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-data-local - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-dvi-am: - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-html-am: - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-info-am: - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-pdf-am: - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -install-ps-am: - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic \ - maintainer-clean-local - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-local - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am all-local check check-am clean clean-generic \ - clean-libtool clean-local cscopelist-am ctags-am dist-hook \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-local \ - distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install \ - install-am install-data install-data-am install-data-local \ - install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am \ - install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \ - install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ - install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ - installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ - maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ - mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \ - uninstall-am uninstall-local - -.PRECIOUS: Makefile - - -gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile - $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \ - echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \ - chmod +x $@ - -all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) -.PHONY: all-gtk-doc - -@ENABLE_GTK_DOC_TRUE@all-local: all-gtk-doc - -docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) - -$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp - -setup-build.stamp: - -$(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ - files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \ - if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ - for file in $$files ; do \ - destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \ - test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \ - test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ - done; \ - fi; \ - fi - $(AM_V_at)touch setup-build.stamp - -scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) - $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \ - for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ - _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ - done ; \ - gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) - $(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT)if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ - scanobj_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ - if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ - if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ - scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - CC="$(GTKDOC_CC)" LD="$(GTKDOC_LD)" RUN="$(GTKDOC_RUN)" CFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_LIBS) $(LDFLAGS)" \ - gtkdoc-scangobj $(SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS) $$scanobj_options --module=$(DOC_MODULE); \ - else \ - for i in $(SCANOBJ_FILES) ; do \ - test -f $$i || touch $$i ; \ - done \ - fi - $(AM_V_at)touch scan-build.stamp - -$(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt: scan-build.stamp - @true - -sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent - $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)_source_dir='' ; \ - for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ - _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ - done ; \ - gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --expand-content-files="$(expand_content_files)" --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $${_source_dir} $(MKDB_OPTIONS) - $(AM_V_at)touch sgml-build.stamp - -sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp - @true - -$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE): sgml-build.stamp - @true - -xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile - $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - ) > $@ - -html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files) - $(GTK_DOC_V_HTML)rm -rf html && mkdir html && \ - mkhtml_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ - if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ - if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ - mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-path"; \ - if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ - mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --path=\"$(abs_srcdir)\""; \ - fi; \ - cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) - -@test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || \ - for file in $(HTML_IMAGES) ; do \ - test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && cp $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \ - test -f $(abs_builddir)/$$file && cp $(abs_builddir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \ - test -f $$file && cp $$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \ - done; - $(GTK_DOC_V_XREF)gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) - $(AM_V_at)touch html-build.stamp - -pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files) - $(GTK_DOC_V_PDF)rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf && \ - mkpdf_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ - if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ - if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ - mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - if test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" != "x"; then \ - for img in $(HTML_IMAGES); do \ - part=`dirname $$img`; \ - echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\-\-imgdir=$$part "; \ - if test $$? != 0; then \ - mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --imgdir=$$part"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - fi; \ - gtkdoc-mkpdf --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkpdf_options $(DOC_MODULE) $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKPDF_OPTIONS) - $(AM_V_at)touch pdf-build.stamp - -############## - -clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak - @rm -rf .libs - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ - rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ - fi - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-sections" ; then \ - rm -f $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt; \ - fi - -distclean-local: - @rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt - @if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ - rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ - fi - -maintainer-clean-local: - @rm -rf xml html - -install-data-local: - @installfiles=`echo $(builddir)/html/*`; \ - if test "$$installfiles" = '$(builddir)/html/*'; \ - then echo 1>&2 'Nothing to install' ; \ - else \ - if test -n "$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; then \ - installdir="$(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)-$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; \ - else \ - installdir="$(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)"; \ - fi; \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $${installdir} ; \ - for i in $$installfiles; do \ - echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$i ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $${installdir}; \ - done; \ - if test -n "$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; then \ - mv -f $${installdir}/$(DOC_MODULE).devhelp2 \ - $${installdir}/$(DOC_MODULE)-$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION).devhelp2; \ - fi; \ - $(GTKDOC_REBASE) --relative --dest-dir=$(DESTDIR) --html-dir=$${installdir}; \ - fi - -uninstall-local: - @if test -n "$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; then \ - installdir="$(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)-$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; \ - else \ - installdir="$(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)"; \ - fi; \ - rm -rf $${installdir} - -# -# Require gtk-doc when making dist -# -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_TRUE@dist-check-gtkdoc: docs -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@dist-check-gtkdoc: -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@ @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***" -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@ @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***" -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@ @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***" -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@ @false - -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local - @mkdir $(distdir)/html - @cp ./html/* $(distdir)/html - @-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE).pdf $(distdir)/ - @-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE).types $(distdir)/ - @-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(distdir)/ - @cd $(distdir) && rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES) - @$(GTKDOC_REBASE) --online --relative --html-dir=$(distdir)/html - -.PHONY : dist-hook-local docs - -# workaround setup-build.stamp from gtk-doc.make, which copies -# the file as read-only. That breaks later build steps, as the -# file can no longer be written. Instead, copy the file with `cp -f` -# only. -setup-build.stamp: - -$(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ - files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \ - if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ - for file in $$files ; do \ - destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \ - test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \ - test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - ( cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file ; \ - chmod u+w $(abs_builddir)/$$file ) || true; \ - done; \ - fi; \ - fi - $(AM_V_at)touch setup-build.stamp - -settings-spec.xml: settings-spec.xsl $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-docs-dbus.xml - $(AM_V_GEN) (! test -f $@ || chmod u+w $@) && xsltproc --output $@ $^ - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/docs/api/NetworkManager-overrides.txt b/docs/api/NetworkManager-overrides.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/docs/api/NetworkManager-sections.txt b/docs/api/NetworkManager-sections.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 1fb52f5a..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint Wi-Fi Access Point. - Properties - -Flags readable u -WpaFlags readable u -RsnFlags readable u -Ssid readable ay -Frequency readable u -HwAddress readable s -Mode readable u -MaxBitrate readable u -Bandwidth readable u -Strength readable y -LastSeen readable i - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Flags" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Flags - -Flags readable u - - -Flags describing the capabilities of the access point. - -Returns: NM80211ApFlags - - - - The "WpaFlags" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:WpaFlags - -WpaFlags readable u - - -Flags describing the access point's capabilities according to WPA (Wifi -Protected Access). - -Returns: NM80211ApSecurityFlags - - - - The "RsnFlags" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:RsnFlags - -RsnFlags readable u - - -Flags describing the access point's capabilities according to the RSN -(Robust Secure Network) protocol. - -Returns: NM80211ApSecurityFlags - - - - The "Ssid" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Ssid - -Ssid readable ay - - -The Service Set Identifier identifying the access point. - - - - The "Frequency" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Frequency - -Frequency readable u - - -The radio channel frequency in use by the access point, in MHz. - - - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - -The hardware address (BSSID) of the access point. - - - - The "Mode" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Mode - -Mode readable u - - -Describes the operating mode of the access point. - -Returns: NM80211Mode - - - - The "MaxBitrate" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:MaxBitrate - -MaxBitrate readable u - - -The maximum bitrate this access point is capable of, in kilobits/second -(Kb/s). - - - - The "Bandwidth" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Bandwidth - -Bandwidth readable u - - -The bandwidth announced by the access point in MHz. - - - - The "Strength" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Strength - -Strength readable y - - -The current signal quality of the access point, in percent. - - - - The "LastSeen" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:LastSeen - -LastSeen readable i - - -The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access -point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access point has -never been found in scan results. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7a9b048d..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager Secret Agent Manager. - Methods - -Register (IN s identifier); -RegisterWithCapabilities (IN s identifier, - IN u capabilities); -Unregister (); - - - - Description - - - - - - Method Details - - The Register() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Register() - -Register (IN s identifier); - - -Called by secret Agents to register their ability to provide and save -network secrets. - - - - IN s identifier: - -Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the same identifier. Identifier formatting follows the same rules as D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not allowed. The valid set of characters is "[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_-." and the identifier is limited in length to 255 characters with a minimum of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet' (without quotes). - - - - - - The RegisterWithCapabilities() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.RegisterWithCapabilities() - -RegisterWithCapabilities (IN s identifier, - IN u capabilities); - - -Like Register() but indicates agent capabilities to NetworkManager. - - - - IN s identifier: - -See the Register() method's identifier argument. - - - - IN u capabilities: - -(NMSecretAgentCapabilities) Indicates various agent capabilities to NetworkManager. - - - - - - The Unregister() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Unregister() - -Unregister (); - - -Called by secret Agents to notify NetworkManager that they will no longer -handle requests for network secrets. Agents are automatically unregistered -when they disconnect from D-Bus. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 1ec5d9a8..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,283 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active Active Connection. - Signals - -StateChanged (u state, - u reason); - - - - Properties - -Connection readable o -SpecificObject readable o -Id readable s -Uuid readable s -Type readable s -Devices readable ao -State readable u -StateFlags readable u -Default readable b -Ip4Config readable o -Dhcp4Config readable o -Default6 readable b -Ip6Config readable o -Dhcp6Config readable o -Vpn readable b -Controller readable o -Master readable o - - - - Description - -Objects that implement the Connection.Active interface represent an -attempt to connect to a network using the details provided by a Connection -object. The Connection.Active object tracks the life-cycle of the -connection attempt and if successful indicates whether the connected -network is the "default" or preferred network for access. NetworkManager -has the concept of connections, which can be thought of as settings, a -profile or a configuration that can be applied on a networking device. -Such settings-connections are exposed as D-Bus object and the -active-connection expresses this relationship between device and -settings-connection. At any time a settings-connection can only be -activated on one device and vice versa. However, during activation and -deactivation multiple active-connections can reference the same device or -settings-connection as they are waiting to be activated or to be -deactivated. - - - - Signal Details - - The "StateChanged" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::StateChanged - -StateChanged (u state, - u reason); - - -Emitted when the state of the active connection has changed. - - - - u state: - -(NMActiveConnectionState) The new state of the active connection. - - - - u reason: - -(NMActiveConnectionStateReason) Reason code describing the change to the new state. - - - -Since 1.8 - - - - Property Details - - The "Connection" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Connection - -Connection readable o - - -The path of the connection. - - - - The "SpecificObject" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:SpecificObject - -SpecificObject readable o - - -A specific object associated with the active connection. This property -reflects the specific object used during connection activation, and will -not change over the lifetime of the ActiveConnection once set. - - - - The "Id" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Id - -Id readable s - - -The ID of the connection, provided as a convenience so that clients do not -have to retrieve all connection details. - - - - The "Uuid" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Uuid - -Uuid readable s - - -The UUID of the connection, provided as a convenience so that clients do -not have to retrieve all connection details. - - - - The "Type" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Type - -Type readable s - - -The type of the connection, provided as a convenience so that clients do -not have to retrieve all connection details. - - - - The "Devices" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Devices - -Devices readable ao - - -Array of object paths representing devices which are part of this active -connection. - - - - The "State" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:State - -State readable u - - -The state of this active connection. - -Returns: NMActiveConnectionState - - - - The "StateFlags" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:StateFlags - -StateFlags readable u - - -The state flags of this active connection. - -Returns: NMActivationStateFlags - - - - The "Default" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default - -Default readable b - - -Whether this active connection is the default IPv4 connection, i.e. -whether it currently owns the default IPv4 route. - - - - The "Ip4Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip4Config - -Ip4Config readable o - - -Object path of the Ip4Config object describing the configuration of the -connection. Only valid when the connection is in the -NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. - - - - The "Dhcp4Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp4Config - -Dhcp4Config readable o - - -Object path of the Dhcp4Config object describing the DHCP options returned -by the DHCP server (assuming the connection used DHCP). Only valid when -the connection is in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. - - - - The "Default6" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default6 - -Default6 readable b - - -Whether this active connection is the default IPv6 connection, i.e. -whether it currently owns the default IPv6 route. - - - - The "Ip6Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip6Config - -Ip6Config readable o - - -Object path of the Ip6Config object describing the configuration of the -connection. Only valid when the connection is in the -NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. - - - - The "Dhcp6Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp6Config - -Dhcp6Config readable o - - -Object path of the Dhcp6Config object describing the DHCP options returned -by the DHCP server (assuming the connection used DHCP). Only valid when -the connection is in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. - - - - The "Vpn" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Vpn - -Vpn readable b - - -Whether this active connection is also a VPN connection. - - - - The "Controller" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Controller - -Controller readable o - - -The path to the controller device if the connection is a port. This -property replaces the deprecated 'Master' property. - - - - The "Master" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Master - -Master readable o - - -The path to the controller device if the connection is a port. - -DEPRECATED. This property is deprecated in favor of the 'Controller' -property since 1.44. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6b879a0a..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config IPv4 DHCP Client State. - Properties - -Options readable a{sv} - - - - Description - -Options and configuration returned by the IPv4 DHCP server. - - - - Property Details - - The "Options" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config:Options - -Options readable a{sv} - - -Configuration options returned by a DHCP server, if any. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9a82ff45..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config IPv6 DHCP Client State. - Properties - -Options readable a{sv} - - - - Description - -Options and configuration returned by the IPv6 DHCP server. - - - - Property Details - - The "Options" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config:Options - -Options readable a{sv} - - -Configuration options returned by a DHCP server, if any. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7846247c..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl ADSL Device. - Properties - -Carrier readable b - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Carrier" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl:Carrier - -Carrier readable b - - -Indicates whether the physical carrier is found. - -DEPRECATED: check for the "carrier" flag in the "InterfaceFlags" -property on the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" interface. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 689ddce7..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth Bluetooth Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -Name readable s -BtCapabilities readable u - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - -Bluetooth hardware address of the device. - -DEPRECATED. Use the "HwAddress" property in "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" instead which exists since version NetworkManager 1.24.0. - - - - The "Name" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:Name - -Name readable s - - -Bluetooth name of the device. - - - - The "BtCapabilities" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:BtCapabilities - -BtCapabilities readable u - - -Bluetooth capabilities of the device (either DUN or NAP). - -Returns: NMBluetoothCapabilities - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 43ea30eb..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond Bonding Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -Carrier readable b -Slaves readable ao - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - The "Carrier" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Carrier - -Carrier readable b - - -Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is -plugged in or not). - -DEPRECATED: check for the "lower-up" flag in the "InterfaceFlags" -property on the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" interface. - - - - The "Slaves" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Slaves - -Slaves readable ao - - -DEPRECATED. Use the "Ports" property in -"org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" instead which exists since -version NetworkManager 1.34.0. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9bcabc1e..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge Bridging Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -Carrier readable b -Slaves readable ao - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - The "Carrier" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Carrier - -Carrier readable b - - -Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is -plugged in or not). - -DEPRECATED: check for the "carrier" flag in the "InterfaceFlags" -property on the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" interface. - - - - The "Slaves" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Slaves - -Slaves readable ao - - -DEPRECATED. Use the "Ports" property in -"org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" instead which exists since -version NetworkManager 1.34.0. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ae4e4719..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy Dummy Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a14a7199..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic Unrecognized Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -TypeDescription readable s - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - The "TypeDescription" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:TypeDescription - -TypeDescription readable s - - -A (non-localized) description of the interface type, if known. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7b2e75af..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr HSR Device. - Properties - -Port1 readable o -Port2 readable o -SupervisionAddress readable s -MulticastSpec readable y -Prp readable b - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Port1" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr:Port1 - -Port1 readable o - - - - - - - The "Port2" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr:Port2 - -Port2 readable o - - - - - - - The "SupervisionAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr:SupervisionAddress - -SupervisionAddress readable s - - - - - - - The "MulticastSpec" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr:MulticastSpec - -MulticastSpec readable y - - - - - - - The "Prp" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Hsr:Prp - -Prp readable b - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 064bb9be..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel IP Tunneling Device. - Properties - -Mode readable u -Parent readable o -Local readable s -Remote readable s -Ttl readable y -Tos readable y -PathMtuDiscovery readable b -InputKey readable s -OutputKey readable s -EncapsulationLimit readable y -FlowLabel readable u -FwMark readable u -Flags readable u - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Mode" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Mode - -Mode readable u - - -The tunneling mode. - - - - The "Parent" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Parent - -Parent readable o - - -The object path of the parent device. - - - - The "Local" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Local - -Local readable s - - -The local endpoint of the tunnel. - - - - The "Remote" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Remote - -Remote readable s - - -The remote endpoint of the tunnel. - - - - The "Ttl" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Ttl - -Ttl readable y - - -The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that -packets inherit the TTL value - - - - The "Tos" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Tos - -Tos readable y - - -The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to tunneled -packets. - - - - The "PathMtuDiscovery" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:PathMtuDiscovery - -PathMtuDiscovery readable b - - -Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel. - - - - The "InputKey" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:InputKey - -InputKey readable s - - -The key used for incoming packets. - - - - The "OutputKey" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:OutputKey - -OutputKey readable s - - -The key used for outgoing packets. - - - - The "EncapsulationLimit" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:EncapsulationLimit - -EncapsulationLimit readable y - - -How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended -to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels. - - - - The "FlowLabel" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:FlowLabel - -FlowLabel readable u - - -The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to -IPv6 tunnels. - - - - The "FwMark" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:FwMark - -FwMark readable u - - -The fwmark value to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to -VTI tunnels. - - - - The "Flags" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Flags - -Flags readable u - - -Tunnel flags. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 65fc978d..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband Infiniband Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -Carrier readable b - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - The "Carrier" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:Carrier - -Carrier readable b - - -Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is -plugged in or not). - -DEPRECATED: check for the "lower-up" flag in the "InterfaceFlags" -property on the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" interface. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b56cb95a..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Loopback Loopback Device. - Description - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 17b772ba..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec MACSec Device. - Properties - -Parent readable o -Sci readable t -IcvLength readable y -CipherSuite readable t -Window readable u -EncodingSa readable y -Validation readable s -Encrypt readable b -Protect readable b -IncludeSci readable b -Es readable b -Scb readable b -ReplayProtect readable b - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Parent" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Parent - -Parent readable o - - -The object path of the parent device. - - - - The "Sci" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Sci - -Sci readable t - - -The Secure Channel Identifier in use. - - - - The "IcvLength" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IcvLength - -IcvLength readable y - - -The length of ICV (Integrity Check Value). - - - - The "CipherSuite" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:CipherSuite - -CipherSuite readable t - - -The set of cryptographic algorithms in use -(e.g. 0x0080020001000001 for GCM-AES-128). - - - - The "Window" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Window - -Window readable u - - -The size of the replay window. - - - - The "EncodingSa" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:EncodingSa - -EncodingSa readable y - - -The value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security -Association in use. - - - - The "Validation" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Validation - -Validation readable s - - -The validation mode for incoming packets (strict, check, -disabled). - - - - The "Encrypt" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Encrypt - -Encrypt readable b - - -Whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled. - - - - The "Protect" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Protect - -Protect readable b - - -Whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled. - - - - The "IncludeSci" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IncludeSci - -IncludeSci readable b - - -Whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted -frames. - - - - The "Es" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Es - -Es readable b - - -Whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for -transmitted frames. - - - - The "Scb" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Scb - -Scb readable b - - -Whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in -SecTAG for transmitted frames. - - - - The "ReplayProtect" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:ReplayProtect - -ReplayProtect readable b - - -Whether replay protection is enabled. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml deleted file mode 100644 index bec10ff1..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan MAC VLAN Device. - Properties - -Parent readable o -Mode readable s -NoPromisc readable b -Tap readable b - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Parent" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Parent - -Parent readable o - - -The object path of the parent device. - - - - The "Mode" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Mode - -Mode readable s - - -The macvlan mode, one of "private", "vepa", "bridge", or "passthru". - - - - The "NoPromisc" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:NoPromisc - -NoPromisc readable b - - -Whether the device is blocked from going into promiscuous mode. - - - - The "Tap" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Tap - -Tap readable b - - -Whether the device is a macvtap. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 49c4e009..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem Modem Device. - Properties - -ModemCapabilities readable u -CurrentCapabilities readable u -DeviceId readable s -OperatorCode readable s -Apn readable s - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "ModemCapabilities" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:ModemCapabilities - -ModemCapabilities readable u - - -The generic family of access technologies the modem supports. Not all -capabilities are available at the same time however; some modems require a -firmware reload or other reinitialization to switch between eg CDMA/EVDO -and GSM/UMTS. - -Returns: NMDeviceModemCapabilities - - - - The "CurrentCapabilities" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:CurrentCapabilities - -CurrentCapabilities readable u - - -The generic family of access technologies the modem currently supports -without a firmware reload or reinitialization. - -Returns: NMDeviceModemCapabilities - - - - The "DeviceId" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:DeviceId - -DeviceId readable s - - -An identifier used by the modem backend (ModemManager) that aims to -uniquely identify the a device. Can be used to match a connection to a -particular device. - -Since 1.20 - - - The "OperatorCode" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:OperatorCode - -OperatorCode readable s - - -The MCC and MNC (concatenated) of the network the modem is connected to. -Blank if disconnected or not a 3GPP modem. - -Since 1.20 - - - The "Apn" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:Apn - -Apn readable s - - -The access point name the modem is connected to. Blank if disconnected. - -Since 1.20 - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8fc2d33f..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh OLPC Wireless Mesh Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -Companion readable o -ActiveChannel readable u - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - -The hardware address of the device. - -DEPRECATED. Use the "HwAddress" property in "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" instead which exists since version NetworkManager 1.24.0. - - - - The "Companion" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:Companion - -Companion readable o - - -The object path of the companion device. - - - - The "ActiveChannel" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:ActiveChannel - -ActiveChannel readable u - - -The currently active channel. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 97fa4586..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics Device Statistic Counters. - Properties - -RefreshRateMs readwrite u -TxBytes readable t -RxBytes readable t - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "RefreshRateMs" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RefreshRateMs - -RefreshRateMs readwrite u - - -Refresh rate of the rest of properties of this interface. The properties -are guaranteed to be refreshed each RefreshRateMs milliseconds in case -the underlying counter has changed too. -If zero, there is no guaranteed refresh rate of the properties. - - - - The "TxBytes" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:TxBytes - -TxBytes readable t - - -Number of transmitted bytes - - - - The "RxBytes" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RxBytes - -RxBytes readable t - - -Number of received bytes - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f8d0bd08..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team Teaming Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -Carrier readable b -Slaves readable ao -Config readable s - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - The "Carrier" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Carrier - -Carrier readable b - - -Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is -plugged in or not). - -DEPRECATED: check for the "lower-up" flag in the "InterfaceFlags" -property on the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" interface. - - - - The "Slaves" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Slaves - -Slaves readable ao - - -DEPRECATED. Use the "Ports" property in -"org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" instead which exists since -version NetworkManager 1.34.0. - - - - The "Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Config - -Config readable s - - -The JSON configuration currently applied on the device. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9e447e6d..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun Userspace Tunneling Device. - Properties - -Owner readable x -Group readable x -Mode readable s -NoPi readable b -VnetHdr readable b -MultiQueue readable b -HwAddress readable s - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Owner" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Owner - -Owner readable x - - -The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner. - - - - The "Group" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Group - -Group readable x - - -The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner. - - - - The "Mode" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Mode - -Mode readable s - - -The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap". - - - - The "NoPi" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:NoPi - -NoPi readable b - - -The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is prepended to -the tunnel packets. - - - - The "VnetHdr" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:VnetHdr - -VnetHdr readable b - - -The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets include a -virtio network header. - - - - The "MultiQueue" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:MultiQueue - -MultiQueue readable b - - -The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to the tap -device multiple times, for multiple send/receive queues. - - - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml deleted file mode 100644 index fba9ac92..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth Virtual Ethernet Device. - Properties - -Peer readable o - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Peer" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth:Peer - -Peer readable o - - -The object path of the device's peer. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 964640e1..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan Virtual LAN Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -Carrier readable b -Parent readable o -VlanId readable u - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - The "Carrier" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Carrier - -Carrier readable b - - -Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is -plugged in or not). - -DEPRECATED: check for the "carrier" flag in the "InterfaceFlags" -property on the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" interface. - - - - The "Parent" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Parent - -Parent readable o - - -Object path of the parent device of this VLAN device. - - - - The "VlanId" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:VlanId - -VlanId readable u - - -The VLAN ID of this VLAN interface. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9a00720c..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan VXLAN Device. - Properties - -Parent readable o -HwAddress readable s -Id readable u -Group readable s -Local readable s -Tos readable y -Ttl readable y -Learning readable b -Ageing readable u -Limit readable u -DstPort readable q -SrcPortMin readable q -SrcPortMax readable q -Proxy readable b -Rsc readable b -L2miss readable b -L3miss readable b - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Parent" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Parent - -Parent readable o - - -The object path of the parent device (if the VXLAN is not purely internal -to this host). - - - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - - - - - - The "Id" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Id - -Id readable u - - -The VXLAN Network Identifier (VNI). - - - - The "Group" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Group - -Group readable s - - -The IP (v4 or v6) multicast group used to communicate with other physical -hosts on this VXLAN. - - - - The "Local" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Local - -Local readable s - - -The local IPv4 or IPv6 address to use when sending VXLAN packets to other -physical hosts. - - - - The "Tos" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Tos - -Tos readable y - - -The value to use in the IP ToS field for VXLAN packets sent to other -physical hosts. - - - - The "Ttl" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ttl - -Ttl readable y - - -The value to use in the IP TTL field for VXLAN packets sent to other -physical hosts. - - - - The "Learning" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Learning - -Learning readable b - - -True if the VXLAN dynamically learns remote IP addresses. - - - - The "Ageing" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ageing - -Ageing readable u - - -The interval in seconds at which the kernel purges stale cached addresses. - - - - The "Limit" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Limit - -Limit readable u - - -The maximum number of entries that can be added to the VXLAN's forwarding -table. - - - - The "DstPort" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:DstPort - -DstPort readable q - - -Destination port for outgoing VXLAN packets. - - - - The "SrcPortMin" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMin - -SrcPortMin readable q - - -The lowest source port number to use for outgoing VXLAN packets. - - - - The "SrcPortMax" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMax - -SrcPortMax readable q - - -The highest source port number to use for outgoing VXLAN packets. - - - - The "Proxy" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Proxy - -Proxy readable b - - -True if the VXLAN is implementing DOVE ARP proxying for remote clients. - - - - The "Rsc" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Rsc - -Rsc readable b - - -True if the VXLAN is implementing DOVE route short-circuiting of known -remote IP addresses. - - - - The "L2miss" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L2miss - -L2miss readable b - - -True if the VXLAN will emit netlink notifications of L2 switch misses. - - - - The "L3miss" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L3miss - -L3miss readable b - - -True if the VXLAN will emit netlink notifications of L3 switch misses. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c0f30afd..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P Wi-Fi P2P Device. - Methods - -StartFind (IN a{sv} options); -StopFind (); - - - - Signals - -PeerAdded (o peer); -PeerRemoved (o peer); - - - - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -Peers readable ao - - - - Description - - - - Since 1.16 - - - Method Details - - The StartFind() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P.StartFind() - -StartFind (IN a{sv} options); - - -Start a find operation for Wi-Fi P2P peers. - -The options argument accepts the following keys: - - - - i timeout: - Timeout value in the range of 1-600 seconds. - The default is 30 seconds. - - - - - - IN a{sv} options: - -Options of find. - - - -Since 1.16 - - - The StopFind() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P.StopFind() - -StopFind (); - - -Stop an ongoing find operation again. - -Since 1.16 - - - - Signal Details - - The "PeerAdded" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P::PeerAdded - -PeerAdded (o peer); - - -Emitted when a new Wi-Fi P2P peer is found by the device. - - - - o peer: - -The object path of the newly found access point. - - - -Since 1.16 - - - The "PeerRemoved" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P::PeerRemoved - -PeerRemoved (o peer); - - -Emitted when a Wi-Fi P2P peer disappears from view of the device. - - - - o peer: - -The object path of the Wi-Fi P2P peer that has disappeared. - - - -Since 1.16 - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - -The active hardware address of the device. - -DEPRECATED. Use the "HwAddress" property in "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" instead which exists since version NetworkManager 1.24.0. - -Since 1.16 - - - The "Peers" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WifiP2P:Peers - -Peers readable ao - - -List of object paths of peers visible to this Wi-Fi P2P device. - -Since 1.16 - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3a754296..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard WireGuard Device. - Properties - -PublicKey readable ay -ListenPort readable q -FwMark readable u - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "PublicKey" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard:PublicKey - -PublicKey readable ay - - -32-byte public WireGuard key. - - - - The "ListenPort" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard:ListenPort - -ListenPort readable q - - -Local UDP listening port. - - - - The "FwMark" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WireGuard:FwMark - -FwMark readable u - - -Optional 32-bit mark used to set routing policy for outgoing encrypted packets. -See: ip-rule(8) - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 320300db..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired Wired Ethernet Device. - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -PermHwAddress readable s -Speed readable u -S390Subchannels readable as -Carrier readable b - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - -Active hardware address of the device. - -DEPRECATED. Use the "HwAddress" property in "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" instead which exists since version NetworkManager 1.24.0. - - - - The "PermHwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:PermHwAddress - -PermHwAddress readable s - - -Permanent hardware address of the device. - - - - The "Speed" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Speed - -Speed readable u - - -Design speed of the device, in megabits/second (Mb/s). - - - - The "S390Subchannels" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:S390Subchannels - -S390Subchannels readable as - - -Array of S/390 subchannels for S/390 or z/Architecture devices. - - - - The "Carrier" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Carrier - -Carrier readable b - - -Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is -plugged in or not). - -DEPRECATED: check for the "carrier" flag in the "InterfaceFlags" -property on the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" interface. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8a2e6740..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,235 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless Wi-Fi Device. - Methods - -GetAccessPoints (OUT ao access_points); -GetAllAccessPoints (OUT ao access_points); -RequestScan (IN a{sv} options); - - - - Signals - -AccessPointAdded (o access_point); -AccessPointRemoved (o access_point); - - - - Properties - -HwAddress readable s -PermHwAddress readable s -Mode readable u -Bitrate readable u -AccessPoints readable ao -ActiveAccessPoint readable o -WirelessCapabilities readable u -LastScan readable x - - - - Description - - - - - - Method Details - - The GetAccessPoints() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAccessPoints() - -GetAccessPoints (OUT ao access_points); - - -DEPRECATED. Get the list of access points visible to this device. Note -that this list does not include access points which hide their SSID. To -retrieve a list of all access points (including hidden ones) use the -GetAllAccessPoints() method. - - - - OUT ao access_points: - -List of access point object paths. - - - - - - The GetAllAccessPoints() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAllAccessPoints() - -GetAllAccessPoints (OUT ao access_points); - - -Get the list of all access points visible to this device, including hidden -ones for which the SSID is not yet known. - - - - OUT ao access_points: - -List of access point object paths. - - - - - - The RequestScan() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.RequestScan() - -RequestScan (IN a{sv} options); - - -Request the device to scan. To know when the scan is finished, use the "PropertiesChanged" signal from "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties" to listen to changes to the "LastScan" property. - - - - IN a{sv} options: - -Options of scan. Currently, 'ssids' option with value of "aay" type is supported. - - - - - - - Signal Details - - The "AccessPointAdded" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointAdded - -AccessPointAdded (o access_point); - - -Emitted when a new access point is found by the device. - - - - o access_point: - -The object path of the newly found access point. - - - - - - The "AccessPointRemoved" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointRemoved - -AccessPointRemoved (o access_point); - - -Emitted when an access point disappears from view of the device. - - - - o access_point: - -The object path of the access point that has disappeared. - - - - - - - Property Details - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - -The active hardware address of the device. - -DEPRECATED. Use the "HwAddress" property in "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" instead which exists since version NetworkManager 1.24.0. - - - - The "PermHwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:PermHwAddress - -PermHwAddress readable s - - -The permanent hardware address of the device. - - - - The "Mode" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Mode - -Mode readable u - - -The operating mode of the wireless device. - -Returns: NM80211Mode - - - - The "Bitrate" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Bitrate - -Bitrate readable u - - -The bit rate currently used by the wireless device, in kilobits/second -(Kb/s). - - - - The "AccessPoints" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:AccessPoints - -AccessPoints readable ao - - -List of object paths of access point visible to this wireless device. - - - - The "ActiveAccessPoint" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:ActiveAccessPoint - -ActiveAccessPoint readable o - - -Object path of the access point currently used by the wireless device. - - - - The "WirelessCapabilities" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:WirelessCapabilities - -WirelessCapabilities readable u - - -The capabilities of the wireless device. - -Returns: NMDeviceWifiCapabilities - - - - The "LastScan" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:LastScan - -LastScan readable x - - -The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME milliseconds) for the last finished network scan. -A value of -1 means the device never scanned for access points. - -Since 1.12 - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 96ef9a15..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,636 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device Device. - Methods - -Reapply (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN t version_id, - IN u flags); -GetAppliedConnection (IN u flags, - OUT a{sa{sv}} connection, - OUT t version_id); -Disconnect (); -Delete (); - - - - Signals - -StateChanged (u new_state, - u old_state, - u reason); - - - - Properties - -Udi readable s -Path readable s -Interface readable s -IpInterface readable s -Driver readable s -DriverVersion readable s -FirmwareVersion readable s -Capabilities readable u -Ip4Address readable u -State readable u -StateReason readable (uu) -ActiveConnection readable o -Ip4Config readable o -Dhcp4Config readable o -Ip6Config readable o -Dhcp6Config readable o -Managed readwrite b -Autoconnect readwrite b -FirmwareMissing readable b -NmPluginMissing readable b -DeviceType readable u -AvailableConnections readable ao -PhysicalPortId readable s -Mtu readable u -Metered readable u -LldpNeighbors readable aa{sv} -Real readable b -Ip4Connectivity readable u -Ip6Connectivity readable u -InterfaceFlags readable u -HwAddress readable s -Ports readable ao - - - - Description - - - - - - Method Details - - The Reapply() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Reapply() - -Reapply (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN t version_id, - IN u flags); - - -Attempts to update the configuration of a device without deactivating it. -NetworkManager has the concept of connections, which are profiles that -contain the configuration for a networking device. Those connections are -exposed via D-Bus as individual objects that can be created, modified and -deleted. When activating such a settings-connection on a device, the -settings-connection is cloned to become an applied-connection and used to -configure the device (see GetAppliedConnection). Subsequent modification -of the settings-connection don't propagate automatically to the device's -applied-connection (with exception of the firewall-zone and the metered -property). For the changes to take effect, you can either re-activate the -settings-connection, or call Reapply. The Reapply call allows you to -directly update the applied-connection and reconfigure the device. Reapply -can also be useful if the currently applied-connection is equal to the -connection that is about to be reapplied. This allows to reconfigure the -device and revert external changes like removing or adding an IP address -(which NetworkManager doesn't revert automatically because it is assumed -that the user made these changes intentionally outside of NetworkManager). -Reapply can make the applied-connection different from the -settings-connection, just like updating the settings-connection can make -them different. - -Since 1.42, "preserve-external-ip" flag (0x1) is supported to not remove -externally added IP addresses and routes on the device during reapply. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -The optional connection settings that will be reapplied on the device. If empty, the currently active settings-connection will be used. The connection cannot arbitrarily differ from the current applied-connection otherwise the call will fail. Only certain changes are supported, like adding or removing IP addresses. - - - - IN t version_id: - -If non-zero, the current version id of the applied-connection must match. The current version id can be retrieved via GetAppliedConnection. This optional argument allows to catch concurrent modifications between the GetAppliedConnection call and Reapply. - - - - IN u flags: - -Flags which would modify the behavior of the Reapply call. Invalid flags are rejected. - - - - - - The GetAppliedConnection() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.GetAppliedConnection() - -GetAppliedConnection (IN u flags, - OUT a{sa{sv}} connection, - OUT t version_id); - - -Get the currently applied connection on the device. This is a snapshot of -the last activated connection on the device, that is the configuration -that is currently applied on the device. Usually this is the same as -GetSettings of the referenced settings connection. However, it can differ -if the settings connection was subsequently modified or the applied -connection was modified by Reapply. The applied connection is set when -activating a device or when calling Reapply. - - - - IN u flags: - -Flags which would modify the behavior of the GetAppliedConnection call. There are no flags defined currently and the users should use the value of 0. - - - - OUT a{sa{sv}} connection: - -The effective connection settings that the connection has currently applied. - - - - OUT t version_id: - -The version-id of the currently applied connection. This can be specified during Reapply to avoid races where you first fetch the applied connection, modify it and try to reapply it. If the applied connection is modified in the meantime, the version_id gets incremented and Reapply will fail. - - - - - - The Disconnect() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Disconnect() - -Disconnect (); - - -Disconnects a device and prevents the device from automatically activating -further connections without user intervention. - - - - The Delete() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Delete() - -Delete (); - - -Deletes a software device from NetworkManager and removes the interface -from the system. The method returns an error when called for a hardware -device. - - - - - Signal Details - - The "StateChanged" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device::StateChanged - -StateChanged (u new_state, - u old_state, - u reason); - - - - - - - u new_state: - -(NMDeviceState) The new state of the device. - - - - u old_state: - -(NMDeviceState) The previous state of the device. - - - - u reason: - -(NMDeviceStateReason) A reason for the state transition. - - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Udi" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Udi - -Udi readable s - - -Operating-system specific transient device hardware identifier. This is an -opaque string representing the underlying hardware for the device, and -shouldn't be used to keep track of individual devices. For some device -types (Bluetooth, Modems) it is an identifier used by the hardware service -(ie bluez or ModemManager) to refer to that device, and client programs -use it get additional information from those services which NM does not -provide. The Udi is not guaranteed to be consistent across reboots or -hotplugs of the hardware. If you're looking for a way to uniquely track -each device in your application, use the object path. If you're looking -for a way to track a specific piece of hardware across reboot or hotplug, -use a MAC address or USB serial number. - -Note that non-UTF-8 characters are backslash escaped. Use g_strcompress() -to obtain the true (non-UTF-8) string. - - - - The "Path" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Path - -Path readable s - - -The path of the device as exposed by the udev property ID_PATH. - -Note that non-UTF-8 characters are backslash escaped. Use g_strcompress() -to obtain the true (non-UTF-8) string. - - - - The "Interface" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Interface - -Interface readable s - - -The name of the device's control (and often data) interface. -Note that non UTF-8 characters are backslash escaped, so the -resulting name may be longer then 15 characters. Use g_strcompress() -to revert the escaping. - - - - The "IpInterface" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:IpInterface - -IpInterface readable s - - -The name of the device's data interface when available. This property may -not refer to the actual data interface until the device has successfully -established a data connection, indicated by the device's State becoming -ACTIVATED. -Note that non UTF-8 characters are backslash escaped, so the -resulting name may be longer then 15 characters. Use g_strcompress() -to revert the escaping. - - - - The "Driver" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Driver - -Driver readable s - - -The driver handling the device. -Non-UTF-8 sequences are backslash escaped. Use g_strcompress() -to revert. - - - - The "DriverVersion" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DriverVersion - -DriverVersion readable s - - -The version of the driver handling the device. -Non-UTF-8 sequences are backslash escaped. Use g_strcompress() -to revert. - - - - The "FirmwareVersion" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareVersion - -FirmwareVersion readable s - - -The firmware version for the device. -Non-UTF-8 sequences are backslash escaped. Use g_strcompress() -to revert. - - - - The "Capabilities" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Capabilities - -Capabilities readable u - - -Flags describing the capabilities of the device. - -Returns: NMDeviceCapabilities - - - - The "Ip4Address" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Address - -Ip4Address readable u - - -DEPRECATED; use the 'Addresses' property of the 'Ip4Config' object -instead. This property always returns 0.0.0.0 (numeric 0) as address. - - - - The "State" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:State - -State readable u - - -The current state of the device. - -Returns: NMDeviceState - - - - The "StateReason" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:StateReason - -StateReason readable (uu) - - -The current state and reason for changing to that state. - -Returns: A tuple of NMDeviceState and NMDeviceStateReason. - - - - The "ActiveConnection" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:ActiveConnection - -ActiveConnection readable o - - -Object path of an ActiveConnection object that "owns" this device during -activation. The ActiveConnection object tracks the life-cycle of a -connection to a specific network and implements the -org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active D-Bus interface. - - - - The "Ip4Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Config - -Ip4Config readable o - - -Object path of the Ip4Config object describing the configuration of the -device. Only valid when the device is in the NM_DEVICE_STATE_ACTIVATED -state. - - - - The "Dhcp4Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp4Config - -Dhcp4Config readable o - - -Object path of the Dhcp4Config object describing the DHCP options returned -by the DHCP server. Only valid when the device is in the -NM_DEVICE_STATE_ACTIVATED state. - - - - The "Ip6Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip6Config - -Ip6Config readable o - - -Object path of the Ip6Config object describing the configuration of the -device. Only valid when the device is in the NM_DEVICE_STATE_ACTIVATED -state. - - - - The "Dhcp6Config" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp6Config - -Dhcp6Config readable o - - -Object path of the Dhcp6Config object describing the DHCP options returned -by the DHCP server. Only valid when the device is in the -NM_DEVICE_STATE_ACTIVATED state. - - - - The "Managed" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Managed - -Managed readwrite b - - -Whether or not this device is managed by NetworkManager. Setting this -property has a similar effect to configuring the device as unmanaged via -the keyfile.unmanaged-devices setting in NetworkManager.conf. Changes to -this value are not persistent and lost after NetworkManager restart. - - - - The "Autoconnect" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Autoconnect - -Autoconnect readwrite b - - -If TRUE, indicates the device is allowed to autoconnect. If FALSE, manual -intervention is required before the device will automatically connect to a -known network, such as activating a connection using the device, or -setting this property to TRUE. This property cannot be set to TRUE for -default-unmanaged devices, since they never autoconnect. - - - - The "FirmwareMissing" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareMissing - -FirmwareMissing readable b - - -If TRUE, indicates the device is likely missing firmware necessary for its -operation. - - - - The "NmPluginMissing" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:NmPluginMissing - -NmPluginMissing readable b - - -If TRUE, indicates the NetworkManager plugin for the device is likely -missing or misconfigured. - - - - The "DeviceType" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DeviceType - -DeviceType readable u - - -The general type of the network device; ie Ethernet, Wi-Fi, etc. - -Returns: NMDeviceType - - - - The "AvailableConnections" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:AvailableConnections - -AvailableConnections readable ao - - -An array of object paths of every configured connection that is currently -'available' through this device. - - - - The "PhysicalPortId" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:PhysicalPortId - -PhysicalPortId readable s - - -If non-empty, an (opaque) indicator of the physical network port -associated with the device. This can be used to recognize when two -seemingly-separate hardware devices are actually just different virtual -interfaces to the same physical port. - - - - The "Mtu" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Mtu - -Mtu readable u - - -The device MTU (maximum transmission unit). - - - - The "Metered" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Metered - -Metered readable u - - -Whether the amount of traffic flowing through the device is subject to -limitations, for example set by service providers. - -Returns: NMMetered - - - - The "LldpNeighbors" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:LldpNeighbors - -LldpNeighbors readable aa{sv} - - -Array of LLDP neighbors; each element is a dictionary mapping LLDP TLV -names to variant boxed values. - - - - The "Real" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Real - -Real readable b - - -True if the device exists, or False for placeholder devices that do not -yet exist but could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of -their AvailableConnections was activated. - - - - The "Ip4Connectivity" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Connectivity - -Ip4Connectivity readable u - - -The result of the last IPv4 connectivity check. - -Returns: NMConnectivityState - -Since 1.16 - - - The "Ip6Connectivity" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip6Connectivity - -Ip6Connectivity readable u - - -The result of the last IPv6 connectivity check. - -Returns: NMConnectivityState - -Since 1.16 - - - The "InterfaceFlags" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:InterfaceFlags - -InterfaceFlags readable u - - -The flags of the network interface. See -NMDeviceInterfaceFlags for -the currently defined flags. - -Since 1.22 - - - The "HwAddress" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:HwAddress - -HwAddress readable s - - -The hardware address of the device. - -This replaces the other 'HwAddress' properties on the device-specific D-Bus interfaces. - -Since 1.24 - - - The "Ports" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ports - -Ports readable ao - - -The port devices of the controller device. - -Array of object paths representing devices which are currently set as -port of this device. This replaces the 'Slaves' properties on the -device-specific D-Bus interfaces. - -Since 1.34 - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0488bd65..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager DNS Configuration State. - Properties - -Mode readable s -RcManager readable s -Configuration readable aa{sv} - - - - Description - -The interface contains DNS-related information. - - - - Property Details - - The "Mode" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Mode - -Mode readable s - - -The current DNS processing mode. - - - - The "RcManager" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:RcManager - -RcManager readable s - - -The current resolv.conf management mode. - - - - The "Configuration" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Configuration - -Configuration readable aa{sv} - - -The current DNS configuration represented as an array of -dictionaries. Each dictionary has the "nameservers", -"priority" keys and, optionally, "interface" and "vpn". -"nameservers" is the list of DNS servers, "priority" their -relative priority, "interface" the interface on which these -servers are contacted, "vpn" a boolean telling whether the -configuration was obtained from a VPN connection. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c14e5c41..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config IPv4 Configuration Set. - Properties - -Addresses readable aau -AddressData readable aa{sv} -Gateway readable s -Routes readable aau -RouteData readable aa{sv} -Nameservers readable au -NameserverData readable aa{sv} -Domains readable as -Searches readable as -DnsOptions readable as -DnsPriority readable i -WinsServers readable au -WinsServerData readable as - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Addresses" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Addresses - -Addresses readable aau - - -Array of arrays of IPv4 address/prefix/gateway. All 3 elements of each -array are in network byte order. Essentially: [(addr, prefix, gateway), -(addr, prefix, gateway), ...]. - -DEPRECATED: use AddressData and Gateway - - - - The "AddressData" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:AddressData - -AddressData readable aa{sv} - - -Array of IP address data objects. All addresses will include "address" (an -IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may include -additional attributes. - - - - The "Gateway" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Gateway - -Gateway readable s - - -The gateway in use. - - - - The "Routes" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Routes - -Routes readable aau - - -Arrays of IPv4 route/prefix/next-hop/metric. All 4 elements of each tuple -are in network byte order. 'route' and 'next hop' are IPv4 addresses, -while prefix and metric are simple unsigned integers. Essentially: -[(route, prefix, next-hop, metric), (route, prefix, next-hop, metric), -...]. - -DEPRECATED: use RouteData - - - - The "RouteData" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:RouteData - -RouteData readable aa{sv} - - -Array of IP route data objects. All routes will include "dest" (an IP -address string) and "prefix" (a uint). Some routes may include "next-hop" -(an IP address string), "metric" (a uint), and additional attributes. - - - - The "Nameservers" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Nameservers - -Nameservers readable au - - -The nameservers in use. - -DEPRECATED: use NameserverData - - - - The "NameserverData" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:NameserverData - -NameserverData readable aa{sv} - - -The nameservers in use. Currently, only the value "address" -is recognized (with an IP address string). - -Since 1.14 - - - The "Domains" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Domains - -Domains readable as - - -A list of domains this address belongs to. - - - - The "Searches" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Searches - -Searches readable as - - -A list of dns searches. - - - - The "DnsOptions" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsOptions - -DnsOptions readable as - - -A list of DNS options that modify the behavior of the DNS resolver. See -resolv.conf(5) manual page for the list of supported options. - - - - The "DnsPriority" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsPriority - -DnsPriority readable i - - -The relative priority of DNS servers. - - - - The "WinsServers" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:WinsServers - -WinsServers readable au - - -The Windows Internet Name Service servers associated with the connection. -Each address is in network byte order. - -DEPRECATED: use WinsServerData - - - - The "WinsServerData" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:WinsServerData - -WinsServerData readable as - - -The Windows Internet Name Service servers associated with the connection. - -Since 1.14 - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 55da5265..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config IPv6 Configuration Set. - Properties - -Addresses readable a(ayuay) -AddressData readable aa{sv} -Gateway readable s -Routes readable a(ayuayu) -RouteData readable aa{sv} -Nameservers readable aay -Domains readable as -Searches readable as -DnsOptions readable as -DnsPriority readable i - - - - Description - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Addresses" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Addresses - -Addresses readable a(ayuay) - - -Array of tuples of IPv6 address/prefix/gateway. - -DEPRECATED: use AddressData and Gateway. - - - - The "AddressData" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:AddressData - -AddressData readable aa{sv} - - -Array of IP address data objects. All addresses will include "address" (an -IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may include -additional attributes. - - - - The "Gateway" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Gateway - -Gateway readable s - - -The gateway in use. - - - - The "Routes" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Routes - -Routes readable a(ayuayu) - - -Tuples of IPv6 route/prefix/next-hop/metric. - -DEPRECATED: use RouteData. - - - - The "RouteData" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:RouteData - -RouteData readable aa{sv} - - -Array of IP route data objects. All routes will include "dest" (an IP -address string) and "prefix" (a uint). Some routes may include "next-hop" -(an IP address string), "metric" (a uint), and additional attributes. - - - - The "Nameservers" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Nameservers - -Nameservers readable aay - - -The nameservers in use. - - - - The "Domains" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Domains - -Domains readable as - - -A list of domains this address belongs to. - - - - The "Searches" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Searches - -Searches readable as - - -A list of dns searches. - - - - The "DnsOptions" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsOptions - -DnsOptions readable as - - -A list of DNS options that modify the behavior of the DNS resolver. See -resolv.conf(5) manual page for the list of supported options. - - - - The "DnsPriority" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsPriority - -DnsPriority readable i - - -The relative priority of DNS servers. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a2222ff5..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP Helper interface for a PPP plugin. - Methods - -NeedSecrets (OUT s username, - OUT s password); -SetIp4Config (IN a{sv} config); -SetIp6Config (IN a{sv} config); -SetState (IN u state); -SetIfindex (IN i ifindex); - - - - Description - - - - - - Method Details - - The NeedSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.NeedSecrets() - -NeedSecrets (OUT s username, - OUT s password); - - - - - - - OUT s username: - - - - - - OUT s password: - - - - - - - - The SetIp4Config() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp4Config() - -SetIp4Config (IN a{sv} config); - - - - - - - IN a{sv} config: - - - - - - - - The SetIp6Config() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp6Config() - -SetIp6Config (IN a{sv} config); - - - - - - - IN a{sv} config: - - - - - - - - The SetState() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetState() - -SetState (IN u state); - - - - - - - IN u state: - - - - - - - - The SetIfindex() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIfindex() - -SetIfindex (IN i ifindex); - - - - - - - IN i ifindex: - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 69e76573..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent User Secret Agent. - Methods - -GetSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o connection_path, - IN s setting_name, - IN as hints, - IN u flags, - OUT a{sa{sv}} secrets); -CancelGetSecrets (IN o connection_path, - IN s setting_name); -SaveSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o connection_path); -DeleteSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o connection_path); - - - - Description - -Private D-Bus interface used by secret agents that store and provide -secrets to NetworkManager. If an agent provides secrets to NetworkManager -as part of connection creation, and the some of those secrets are "agent -owned" the agent should store those secrets itself and should not expect -its SaveSecrets() method to be called. SaveSecrets() will be called eg if -some program other than the agent itself (like a connection editor) -changes the secrets out of band. The agent should implement this D-Bus -interface on an object with the path -/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager/SecretAgent. - - - - Method Details - - The GetSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.GetSecrets() - -GetSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o connection_path, - IN s setting_name, - IN as hints, - IN u flags, - OUT a{sa{sv}} secrets); - - -Retrieve and return stored secrets, if any, or request new secrets from -the agent's user. If user interaction is allowed and the user enters new -secrets, the agent is expected to save the new secrets to persistent -storage (if the secret's flags include AGENT_OWNED) as NetworkManager will -not send these secrets back to the same agent via a SaveSecrets() call. If -the user canceled any interaction, the agent should return the -UserCanceled error (see below). - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Nested settings maps containing the connection for which secrets are being requested. This may contain system-owned secrets if the agent has successfully authenticated to modify system network settings and the GetSecrets request flags allow user interaction. - - - - IN o connection_path: - -Object path of the connection for which secrets are being requested. - - - - IN s setting_name: - -Setting name for which secrets are being requested. - - - - IN as hints: - -Array of strings of key names in the requested setting for which NetworkManager thinks a secrets may be required, and/or well-known identifiers and data that may be useful to the client in processing the secrets request. Note that it's not always possible to determine which secret is required, so in some cases no hints may be given. The Agent should return any secrets it has, or that it thinks are required, regardless of what hints NetworkManager sends in this request. Some hints have special prefixes that provide information to the agent; for example, VPN requests may send server-specific messages prefixed with "x-vpn-message:". - - - - IN u flags: - -(NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags) Flags which modify the behavior of the secrets request. If true, new secrets are assumed to be invalid or incorrect, and the agent should ask the user for new secrets. If false, existing secrets should be retrieved from storage and returned without interrupting the user. - - - - OUT a{sa{sv}} secrets: - -Nested settings maps containing secrets. Each setting MUST contain at least the 'name' field, containing the name of the setting, and one or more secrets. - - - - - - The CancelGetSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.CancelGetSecrets() - -CancelGetSecrets (IN o connection_path, - IN s setting_name); - - -Cancel a pending GetSecrets request for secrets of the given connection. -Any GetSecrets request with the same 'connection_path' and 'setting_name' -that are given in a CancelGetSecrets request should be canceled. - - - - IN o connection_path: - -Object path of the connection for which, if secrets for the given 'setting_name' are being requested, the request should be canceled. - - - - IN s setting_name: - -Setting name for which secrets for this connection were originally being requested. - - - - - - The SaveSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.SaveSecrets() - -SaveSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o connection_path); - - -Save given secrets to backing storage. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Nested settings maps containing the entire connection (including secrets), for which the agent should save the secrets to backing storage. This method will not be called when the agent itself is the process creating or updating a connection; in that case the agent is assumed to have already saved those secrets since it had them already. - - - - IN o connection_path: - -Object path of the connection for which the agent should save secrets to backing storage. - - - - - - The DeleteSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.DeleteSecrets() - -DeleteSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o connection_path); - - -Delete secrets from backing storage. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Nested settings maps containing the connection properties (sans secrets), for which the agent should delete the secrets from backing storage. - - - - IN o connection_path: - -Object path of the connection for which the agent should delete secrets from backing storage. - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a302a3d0..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection Connection Settings Profile. - Methods - -Update (IN a{sa{sv}} properties); -UpdateUnsaved (IN a{sa{sv}} properties); -Delete (); -GetSettings (OUT a{sa{sv}} settings); -GetSecrets (IN s setting_name, - OUT a{sa{sv}} secrets); -ClearSecrets (); -Save (); -Update2 (IN a{sa{sv}} settings, - IN u flags, - IN a{sv} args, - OUT a{sv} result); - - - - Signals - -Updated (); -Removed (); - - - - Properties - -Unsaved readable b -Flags readable u -Filename readable s - - - - Description - -Represents a single network connection configuration. - - - - Method Details - - The Update() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Update() - -Update (IN a{sa{sv}} properties); - - -Update the connection with new settings and properties (replacing all -previous settings and properties) and save the connection to disk. Secrets -may be part of the update request, and will be either stored in persistent -storage or sent to a Secret Agent for storage, depending on the flags -associated with each secret. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} properties: - -New connection settings, properties, and (optionally) secrets. - - - - - - The UpdateUnsaved() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.UpdateUnsaved() - -UpdateUnsaved (IN a{sa{sv}} properties); - - -Update the connection with new settings and properties (replacing all -previous settings and properties) but do not immediately save the -connection to disk. Secrets may be part of the update request and may sent -to a Secret Agent for storage, depending on the flags associated with each -secret. Use the 'Save' method to save these changes to disk. Note that -unsaved changes will be lost if the connection is reloaded from disk -(either automatically on file change or due to an explicit -ReloadConnections call). - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} properties: - -New connection settings, properties, and (optionally) secrets. - - - - - - The Delete() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Delete() - -Delete (); - - -Delete the connection. - - - - The GetSettings() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSettings() - -GetSettings (OUT a{sa{sv}} settings); - - -Get the settings maps describing this network configuration. This will -never include any secrets required for connection to the network, as those -are often protected. Secrets must be requested separately using the -GetSecrets() call. - - - - OUT a{sa{sv}} settings: - -The nested settings maps describing this object. - - - - - - The GetSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSecrets() - -GetSecrets (IN s setting_name, - OUT a{sa{sv}} secrets); - - -Get the secrets belonging to this network configuration. Only secrets from -persistent storage or a Secret Agent running in the requestor's session -will be returned. The user will never be prompted for secrets as a result -of this request. - - - - IN s setting_name: - -Name of the setting to return secrets for. If empty, all secrets will be returned. - - - - OUT a{sa{sv}} secrets: - -Nested settings maps containing secrets. - - - - - - The ClearSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.ClearSecrets() - -ClearSecrets (); - - -Clear the secrets belonging to this network connection profile. - - - - The Save() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Save() - -Save (); - - -Saves a "dirty" connection (that had previously been updated with -UpdateUnsaved) to persistent storage. - - - - The Update2() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Update2() - -Update2 (IN a{sa{sv}} settings, - IN u flags, - IN a{sv} args, - OUT a{sv} result); - - -Update the connection with new settings and properties (replacing all -previous settings and properties). - -Update2 is an alternative to -Update, -UpdateUnsaved -and Save -extensible with extra flags and args arguments. - -The flags argument accepts the combination of following values, -logically or-ed together: - - - - 0x1 (to-disk): - The connection is persisted to disk. - - - 0x2 (in-memory): - The change is only made in memory (without touching an eventual - profile on disk). If neither 0x1 nor 0x2 is set, the change is made in memory - only, if the connection is already in memory only. - - - 0x4 (in-memory-detached): - Like "in-memory", but behaves slightly different when migrating - the profile from disk to in-memory. - - - 0x8 (in-memory-only): - Like "in-memory", but behaves slightly different when migrating - the profile from disk to in-memory. - - - 0x10 (volatile): - - - 0x20 (block-autoconnect): - Blocks auto-connect on the updated profile - - - 0x40 (no-reapply): - Prevents "connection.zone" and "connection.metered" properties - to take effect on currently active devices. - - - -The args argument accepts the following keys: - - - - plugin: - The settings plugin the connection will be migrated to - such as "keyfile" or "ifcfg-rh". - Since 1.38 - version-id: - If specified, the update request is rejected if the - profile's version-id does not match. This can be used to catch concurrent - modifications. Zero means no version check.Since 1.44 - - - -Secrets may be part of the update request, and will be either stored in persistent -storage or sent to a Secret Agent for storage, depending on the flags -associated with each secret. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} settings: - -New connection settings, properties, and (optionally) secrets. Provide an empty array to use the current settings. - - - - IN u flags: - -Optional flags. Unknown flags cause the call to fail. - - - - IN a{sv} args: - -Optional arguments dictionary, for extentibility. Specifying unknown keys causes the call to fail. - - - - OUT a{sv} result: - -Currently no results are returned. - - - -Since 1.12 - - - - Signal Details - - The "Updated" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Updated - -Updated (); - - -Emitted when any settings or permissions change. When handling this -signal, clients should re-read the connection using the GetSettings method -to get the changes and to ensure the client still has permission to access -the connection. - - - - The "Removed" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Removed - -Removed (); - - -Emitted when this connection is no longer available. This happens when the -connection is deleted or if it is no longer accessible by any of the -system's logged-in users. After receipt of this signal, the object no -longer exists. Also see the Settings.ConnectionRemoved signal. - - - - - Property Details - - The "Unsaved" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Unsaved - -Unsaved readable b - - -If set, indicates that the in-memory state of the connection does not -match the on-disk state. This flag will be set when UpdateUnsaved() is -called or when any connection details change, and cleared when the -connection is saved to disk via Save() or from internal operations. - - - - The "Flags" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Flags - -Flags readable u - - -Additional flags of the connection profile. - -Returns: NMSettingsConnectionFlags - -Since 1.12 - - - The "Filename" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Filename - -Filename readable s - - -File that stores the connection in case the connection is file-backed. - -Since 1.12 - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 918bbc53..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,419 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings Connection Settings Profile Manager. - Methods - -ListConnections (OUT ao connections); -GetConnectionByUuid (IN s uuid, - OUT o connection); -AddConnection (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - OUT o path); -AddConnectionUnsaved (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - OUT o path); -AddConnection2 (IN a{sa{sv}} settings, - IN u flags, - IN a{sv} args, - OUT o path, - OUT a{sv} result); -LoadConnections (IN as filenames, - OUT b status, - OUT as failures); -ReloadConnections (OUT b status); -SaveHostname (IN s hostname); - - - - Signals - -NewConnection (o connection); -ConnectionRemoved (o connection); - - - - Properties - -Connections readable ao -Hostname readable s -CanModify readable b -VersionId readable t - - - - Description - -The Settings interface allows clients to view and administrate the -connections stored and used by NetworkManager. - - - - Method Details - - The ListConnections() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ListConnections() - -ListConnections (OUT ao connections); - - -List the saved network connections known to NetworkManager. - - - - OUT ao connections: - -List of connections. - - - - - - The GetConnectionByUuid() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.GetConnectionByUuid() - -GetConnectionByUuid (IN s uuid, - OUT o connection); - - -Retrieve the object path of a connection, given that connection's UUID. - - - - IN s uuid: - -The UUID to find the connection object path for. - - - - OUT o connection: - -The connection's object path. - - - - - - The AddConnection() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnection() - -AddConnection (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - OUT o path); - - -Add new connection and save it to disk. This operation does not start the -network connection unless (1) device is idle and able to connect to the -network described by the new connection, and (2) the connection is allowed -to be started automatically. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Connection settings and properties. - - - - OUT o path: - -Object path of the new connection that was just added. - - - - - - The AddConnectionUnsaved() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnectionUnsaved() - -AddConnectionUnsaved (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - OUT o path); - - -Add new connection but do not save it to disk immediately. This operation -does not start the network connection unless (1) device is idle and able -to connect to the network described by the new connection, and (2) the -connection is allowed to be started automatically. Use the 'Save' method -on the connection to save these changes to disk. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Connection settings and properties. - - - - OUT o path: - -Object path of the new connection that was just added. - - - - - - The AddConnection2() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnection2() - -AddConnection2 (IN a{sa{sv}} settings, - IN u flags, - IN a{sv} args, - OUT o path, - OUT a{sv} result); - - -Add a new connection profile. - -AddConnection2 is an alternative to -AddConnection and -AddConnectionUnsaved. -The new variant can do everything that the older variants could, and more. -Its behavior is extensible via extra flags and args arguments. - -The flags argument accepts the combination of following values, -logically or-ed together: - - - - 0x1 (to-disk): - The connection is persisted to disk. - - - 0x2 (in-memory): - The change is only made in memory (without touching an eventual - profile on disk). If neither 0x1 nor 0x2 is set, the change is made in memory - only, if the connection is already in memory only. - - - 0x20 (block-autoconnect): - Blocks auto-connect on the new profile - - - -The args argument accepts the following keys: - - - - plugin: - The settings plugin the newly added connection will - use, such as "keyfile" or "ifcfg-rh". - Since 1.38 - - - -Either the flags 0x1 (to-disk) or 0x2 (in-memory) must be specified. -The effect is whether to behave like -AddConnection or -AddConnectionUnsaved. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} settings: - -New connection settings, properties, and (optionally) secrets. - - - - IN u flags: - -Flags. Unknown flags cause the call to fail. - - - - IN a{sv} args: - -Optional arguments dictionary, for extentibility. Specifying unknown keys causes the call to fail. - - - - OUT o path: - -Object path of the new connection that was just added. - - - - OUT a{sv} result: - -Output argument, currently no additional results are returned. - - - -Since 1.20 - - - The LoadConnections() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.LoadConnections() - -LoadConnections (IN as filenames, - OUT b status, - OUT as failures); - - -Loads or reloads the indicated connections from disk. You should call this -after making changes directly to an on-disk connection file to make sure -that NetworkManager sees the changes. -As with AddConnection(), this operation does not necessarily -start the network connection. - -Note that before 1.20, NetworkManager had a bug and this status value was wrong. -It is better to assume success if the method does not return with a D-Bus error. -On top of that, you can look at failures to know whether any of the requested files failed. - - - - IN as filenames: - -Array of paths to on-disk connection profiles in directories monitored by NetworkManager. - - - - OUT b status: - -Success or failure of the operation as a whole. True if NetworkManager at least tried to load the indicated connections, even if it did not succeed. False if an error occurred before trying to load the connections (eg, permission denied). - - - - OUT as failures: - -Paths of connection files that could not be loaded. - - - - - - The ReloadConnections() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ReloadConnections() - -ReloadConnections (OUT b status); - - -Tells NetworkManager to reload all connection files from disk, including -noticing any added or deleted connection files. - - - - OUT b status: - -This always returns TRUE. - - - - - - The SaveHostname() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.SaveHostname() - -SaveHostname (IN s hostname); - - -Save the hostname to persistent configuration. - - - - IN s hostname: - -The hostname to save to persistent configuration. If blank, the persistent hostname is cleared. - - - - - - - Signal Details - - The "NewConnection" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::NewConnection - -NewConnection (o connection); - - -Emitted when a new connection has been added after NetworkManager has -started up and initialized. This signal is not emitted for connections -read while starting up, because NetworkManager's D-Bus service is only -available after all connections have been read, and to prevent spamming -listeners with too many signals at one time. To retrieve the initial -connection list, call the ListConnections() method once, and then listen -for individual Settings.NewConnection and Settings.Connection.Deleted -signals for further updates. - - - - o connection: - -Object path of the new connection. - - - - - - The "ConnectionRemoved" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::ConnectionRemoved - -ConnectionRemoved (o connection); - - -Emitted when a connection is no longer available. This happens when the -connection is deleted or if it is no longer accessible by any of the -system's logged-in users. After receipt of this signal, the connection no -longer exists and cannot be used. Also see the Settings.Connection.Removed -signal. - - - - o connection: - -Object path of the removed connection. - - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Connections" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Connections - -Connections readable ao - - -List of object paths of available network connection profiles. - - - - The "Hostname" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Hostname - -Hostname readable s - - -The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. - - - - The "CanModify" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:CanModify - -CanModify readable b - - -If true, adding and modifying connections is supported. - - - - The "VersionId" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:VersionId - -VersionId readable t - - -The version of the settings. This is incremented whenever the profile -changes and can be used to detect concurrent modifications. - -Since: 1.44 - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6a23fae4..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection Active VPN Connection. - Signals - -VpnStateChanged (u state, - u reason); - - - - Properties - -VpnState readable u -Banner readable s - - - - Description - -Represents an active connection to a Virtual Private Network. - - - - Signal Details - - The "VpnStateChanged" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::VpnStateChanged - -VpnStateChanged (u state, - u reason); - - -Emitted when the state of the VPN connection has changed. - - - - u state: - -(NMVpnConnectionState) The new state of the VPN connection. - - - - u reason: - -(NMActiveConnectionStateReason) Reason code describing the change to the new state. - - - - - - - Property Details - - The "VpnState" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:VpnState - -VpnState readable u - - -The VPN-specific state of the connection. - -Returns: NMVpnConnectionState - - - - The "Banner" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:Banner - -Banner readable s - - -The banner string of the VPN connection. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0efccfe7..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,380 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin VPN Service. - Methods - -Connect (IN a{sa{sv}} connection); -ConnectInteractive (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN a{sv} details); -NeedSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} settings, - OUT s setting_name); -Disconnect (); -SetConfig (IN a{sv} config); -SetIp4Config (IN a{sv} config); -SetIp6Config (IN a{sv} config); -SetFailure (IN s reason); -NewSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection); - - - - Signals - -StateChanged (u state); -SecretsRequired (s message, - as secrets); -Config (a{sv} config); -Ip4Config (a{sv} ip4config); -Ip6Config (a{sv} ip6config); -LoginBanner (s banner); -Failure (u reason); - - - - Properties - -State readable u - - - - Description - -This interface is provided by plugins providing VPN services to the -NetworkManager daemon. - - - - Method Details - - The Connect() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Connect() - -Connect (IN a{sa{sv}} connection); - - -Tells the plugin to connect. Interactive secrets requests (eg, emitting -the SecretsRequired signal) are not allowed. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Describes the connection to be established. - - - - - - The ConnectInteractive() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.ConnectInteractive() - -ConnectInteractive (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN a{sv} details); - - -Tells the plugin to connect, allowing interactive secrets requests (eg the -plugin is allowed to emit the SecretsRequired signal if the VPN service -indicates that it needs additional secrets during the connect process). - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Describes the connection to be established. - - - - IN a{sv} details: - -Additional details about the Connect process. - - - - - - The NeedSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NeedSecrets() - -NeedSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} settings, - OUT s setting_name); - - -Asks the plugin whether the provided connection will require secrets to -connect successfully. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} settings: - -Describes the connection that may need secrets. - - - - OUT s setting_name: - -The setting name within the provided connection that requires secrets, if any. - - - - - - The Disconnect() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Disconnect() - -Disconnect (); - - -Disconnect the plugin. - - - - The SetConfig() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetConfig() - -SetConfig (IN a{sv} config); - - -Set generic connection details on the connection. - - - - IN a{sv} config: - -Generic configuration details for the connection. - - - - - - The SetIp4Config() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp4Config() - -SetIp4Config (IN a{sv} config); - - -Set IPv4 details on the connection. - - - - IN a{sv} config: - -Ip4Config details for the connection. You must call SetConfig() before calling this. - - - - - - The SetIp6Config() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp6Config() - -SetIp6Config (IN a{sv} config); - - -Set IPv6 details on the connection. - - - - IN a{sv} config: - -Ip6Config details for the connection. You must call SetConfig() before calling this. - - - - - - The SetFailure() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetFailure() - -SetFailure (IN s reason); - - -Indicate a failure to the plugin. - - - - IN s reason: - -The reason for the failure. - - - - - - The NewSecrets() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NewSecrets() - -NewSecrets (IN a{sa{sv}} connection); - - -Called in response to a SecretsRequired signal to deliver updated secrets -or other information to the plugin. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Describes the connection including the new secrets. - - - - - - - Signal Details - - The "StateChanged" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::StateChanged - -StateChanged (u state); - - -Emitted when the plugin state changes. - - - - u state: - -(NMVpnServiceState) The new state of the plugin. - - - - - - The "SecretsRequired" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::SecretsRequired - -SecretsRequired (s message, - as secrets); - - -Emitted during an ongoing ConnectInteractive() request when the plugin has -determined that new secrets are required. NetworkManager will then call -the NewSecrets() method with a connection hash including the new secrets. - - - - s message: - -Informational message, if any, about the request. For example, if a second PIN is required, could indicate to the user to wait for the token code to change until entering the next PIN. - - - - as secrets: - -Array of strings of VPN secret names which the plugin thinks secrets may be required for, or other VPN-specific data to be processed by the VPN's front-end. - - - - - - The "Config" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Config - -Config (a{sv} config); - - -The plugin obtained generic configuration information. - - - - a{sv} config: - -The configuration information. - - - - - - The "Ip4Config" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip4Config - -Ip4Config (a{sv} ip4config); - - -The plugin obtained an IPv4 configuration. - - - - a{sv} ip4config: - -The IPv4 configuration. - - - - - - The "Ip6Config" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip6Config - -Ip6Config (a{sv} ip6config); - - -The plugin obtained an IPv6 configuration. - - - - a{sv} ip6config: - -The IPv6 configuration. - - - - - - The "LoginBanner" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::LoginBanner - -LoginBanner (s banner); - - -Emitted when the plugin receives a login banner from the VPN service. - - - - s banner: - -The login banner string. - - - - - - The "Failure" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Failure - -Failure (u reason); - - -Emitted when a failure in the VPN plugin occurs. - - - - u reason: - -(NMVpnPluginFailure) Reason code for the failure. - - - - - - - Property Details - - The "State" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin:State - -State readable u - - -The state of the plugin. - -Returns: NMVpnServiceState - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c4832249..00000000 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1056 +0,0 @@ - - - - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager Connection Manager. - Methods - -Reload (IN u flags); -GetDevices (OUT ao devices); -GetAllDevices (OUT ao devices); -GetDeviceByIpIface (IN s iface, - OUT o device); -ActivateConnection (IN o connection, - IN o device, - IN o specific_object, - OUT o active_connection); -AddAndActivateConnection (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o device, - IN o specific_object, - OUT o path, - OUT o active_connection); -AddAndActivateConnection2 (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o device, - IN o specific_object, - IN a{sv} options, - OUT o path, - OUT o active_connection, - OUT a{sv} result); -DeactivateConnection (IN o active_connection); -Sleep (IN b sleep); -Enable (IN b enable); -GetPermissions (OUT a{ss} permissions); -SetLogging (IN s level, - IN s domains); -GetLogging (OUT s level, - OUT s domains); -CheckConnectivity (OUT u connectivity); -state (OUT u state); -CheckpointCreate (IN ao devices, - IN u rollback_timeout, - IN u flags, - OUT o checkpoint); -CheckpointDestroy (IN o checkpoint); -CheckpointRollback (IN o checkpoint, - OUT a{su} result); -CheckpointAdjustRollbackTimeout (IN o checkpoint, - IN u add_timeout); - - - - Signals - -CheckPermissions (); -StateChanged (u state); -DeviceAdded (o device_path); -DeviceRemoved (o device_path); - - - - Properties - -Devices readable ao -AllDevices readable ao -Checkpoints readable ao -NetworkingEnabled readable b -WirelessEnabled readwrite b -WirelessHardwareEnabled readable b -WwanEnabled readwrite b -WwanHardwareEnabled readable b -WimaxEnabled readwrite b -WimaxHardwareEnabled readable b -RadioFlags readable u -ActiveConnections readable ao -PrimaryConnection readable o -PrimaryConnectionType readable s -Metered readable u -ActivatingConnection readable o -Startup readable b -Version readable s -VersionInfo readable au -Capabilities readable au -State readable u -Connectivity readable u -ConnectivityCheckAvailable readable b -ConnectivityCheckEnabled readwrite b -ConnectivityCheckUri readable s -GlobalDnsConfiguration readwrite a{sv} - - - - Description - - - - - - Method Details - - The Reload() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Reload() - -Reload (IN u flags); - - -Reload NetworkManager's configuration and perform certain updates, like flushing a cache or -rewriting external state to disk. This is similar to sending SIGHUP to NetworkManager but it -allows for more fine-grained control over what to reload (see flags). It also allows -non-root access via PolicyKit and contrary to signals it is synchronous. - -No flags (0x00) means to reload everything that is supported which is identical to -sending a SIGHUP. -(0x01) means to reload the NetworkManager.conf configuration from disk. Note that this -does not include connections, which can be reloaded via Setting's ReloadConnections. -(0x02) means to update DNS configuration, which usually involves writing /etc/resolv.conf -anew. -(0x04) means to restart the DNS plugin. This is for example useful when using -dnsmasq plugin, which uses additional configuration in /etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq.d. -If you edit those files, you can restart the DNS plugin. This action shortly interrupts -name resolution. -Note that flags may affect each other. For example, restarting the DNS plugin (0x04) -implicitly updates DNS too (0x02). Or when reloading the configuration (0x01), changes -to DNS setting also cause a DNS update (0x02). However, (0x01) does not involve restarting -the DNS plugin (0x04) or update resolv.conf (0x02), unless the DNS related configuration -changes in NetworkManager.conf. - - - - IN u flags: - -Optional flags to specify which parts shall be reloaded. - - - - - - The GetDevices() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDevices() - -GetDevices (OUT ao devices); - - -Get the list of realized network devices. - - - - OUT ao devices: - -List of object paths of network devices known to the system. This list does not include device placeholders (see GetAllDevices()). - - - - - - The GetAllDevices() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetAllDevices() - -GetAllDevices (OUT ao devices); - - -Get the list of all network devices. - - - - OUT ao devices: - -List of object paths of network devices and device placeholders (eg, devices that do not yet exist but which can be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of their AvailableConnections was activated). - - - - - - The GetDeviceByIpIface() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDeviceByIpIface() - -GetDeviceByIpIface (IN s iface, - OUT o device); - - -Return the object path of the network device referenced by its IP -interface name. Note that some devices (usually modems) only have an IP -interface name when they are connected. - - - - IN s iface: - -Interface name of the device to find. - - - - OUT o device: - -Object path of the network device. - - - - - - The ActivateConnection() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.ActivateConnection() - -ActivateConnection (IN o connection, - IN o device, - IN o specific_object, - OUT o active_connection); - - -Activate a connection using the supplied device. - - - - IN o connection: - -The connection to activate. If "/" is given, a valid device path must be given, and NetworkManager picks the best connection to activate for the given device. VPN connections must always pass a valid connection path. - - - - IN o device: - -The object path of device to be activated for physical connections. This parameter is ignored for VPN connections, because the specific_object (if provided) specifies the device to use. - - - - IN o specific_object: - -The path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of "/" should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi connections, pass the object path of a specific AP from the card's scan list, or "/" to pick an AP automatically. For VPN connections, pass the object path of an ActiveConnection object that should serve as the "base" connection (to which the VPN connections lifetime will be tied), or pass "/" and NM will automatically use the current default device. - - - - OUT o active_connection: - -The path of the active connection object representing this active connection. - - - - - - The AddAndActivateConnection() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AddAndActivateConnection() - -AddAndActivateConnection (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o device, - IN o specific_object, - OUT o path, - OUT o active_connection); - - -Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template -(automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the -given device and specific object), then activate the new connection. -Cannot be used for VPN connections at this time. - -See also AddAndActivateConnection2. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Connection settings and properties; if incomplete missing settings will be automatically completed using the given device and specific object. - - - - IN o device: - -The object path of device to be activated using the given connection. - - - - IN o specific_object: - -The path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of "/" should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi connections, pass the object path of a specific AP from the card's scan list, which will be used to complete the details of the newly added connection. - - - - OUT o path: - -Object path of the new connection that was just added. - - - - OUT o active_connection: - -The path of the active connection object representing this active connection. - - - - - - The AddAndActivateConnection2() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AddAndActivateConnection2() - -AddAndActivateConnection2 (IN a{sa{sv}} connection, - IN o device, - IN o specific_object, - IN a{sv} options, - OUT o path, - OUT o active_connection, - OUT a{sv} result); - - -Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template -(automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the -given device and specific object), then activate the new connection. -Cannot be used for VPN connections at this time. - -This method extends AddAndActivateConnection to allow passing further -parameters. At this time the following options are supported: - - * persist: A string value of either "disk" (default), "memory" or "volatile". If "memory" is passed, the connection will not be saved to disk. If "volatile" is passed, the connection will not be saved to disk and will be destroyed when disconnected. - * bind-activation: Bind the activation lifetime. Set to "dbus-client" to automatically disconnect when the requesting process disappears from the bus. The default of "none" means the connection is kept activated normally. - - - - IN a{sa{sv}} connection: - -Connection settings and properties; if incomplete missing settings will be automatically completed using the given device and specific object. - - - - IN o device: - -The object path of device to be activated using the given connection. - - - - IN o specific_object: - -The path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of "/" should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi connections, pass the object path of a specific AP from the card's scan list, which will be used to complete the details of the newly added connection. - - - - IN a{sv} options: - -Further options for the method call. - - - - OUT o path: - -Object path of the new connection that was just added. - - - - OUT o active_connection: - -The path of the active connection object representing this active connection. - - - - OUT a{sv} result: - -A dictionary of additional output arguments for future extension. Currently, not additional output arguments are supported. - - - - - - The DeactivateConnection() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DeactivateConnection() - -DeactivateConnection (IN o active_connection); - - -Deactivate an active connection. - - - - IN o active_connection: - -The currently active connection to deactivate. - - - - - - The Sleep() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Sleep() - -Sleep (IN b sleep); - - -Control the NetworkManager daemon's sleep state. When asleep, all -interfaces that it manages are deactivated. When awake, devices are -available to be activated. This command should not be called directly by -users or clients; it is intended for system suspend/resume tracking. - - - - IN b sleep: - -Indicates whether the NetworkManager daemon should sleep or wake. - - - - - - The Enable() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Enable() - -Enable (IN b enable); - - -Control whether overall networking is enabled or disabled. When disabled, -all interfaces that NM manages are deactivated. When enabled, all managed -interfaces are re-enabled and available to be activated. This command -should be used by clients that provide to users the ability to -enable/disable all networking. - - - - IN b enable: - -If FALSE, indicates that all networking should be disabled. If TRUE, indicates that NetworkManager should begin managing network devices. - - - - - - The GetPermissions() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetPermissions() - -GetPermissions (OUT a{ss} permissions); - - -Returns the permissions a caller has for various authenticated operations -that NetworkManager provides, like Enable/Disable networking, changing -Wi-Fi, WWAN, and WiMAX state, etc. - - - - OUT a{ss} permissions: - -Dictionary of available permissions and results. Each permission is represented by a name (ie "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Foobar") and each result is one of the following values: "yes" (the permission is available), "auth" (the permission is available after a successful authentication), or "no" (the permission is denied). Clients may use these values in the UI to indicate the ability to perform certain operations. - - - - - - The SetLogging() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SetLogging() - -SetLogging (IN s level, - IN s domains); - - -Set logging verbosity and which operations are logged. - - - - IN s level: - -One of [ERR, WARN, INFO, DEBUG, TRACE, OFF, KEEP]. This level is applied to the domains as specified in the domains argument. Except for the special level "KEEP", all unmentioned domains are disabled entirely. "KEEP" is special and allows not to change the current setting except for the specified domains. E.g. level=KEEP and domains=PLATFORM:DEBUG will only touch the platform domain. - - - - IN s domains: - -A combination of logging domains separated by commas (','), or "NONE" to disable logging. Each domain enables logging for operations related to that domain. Available domains are: [PLATFORM, RFKILL, ETHER, WIFI, BT, MB, DHCP4, DHCP6, PPP, WIFI_SCAN, IP4, IP6, AUTOIP4, DNS, VPN, SHARING, SUPPLICANT, AGENTS, SETTINGS, SUSPEND, CORE, DEVICE, OLPC, WIMAX, INFINIBAND, FIREWALL, ADSL, BOND, VLAN, BRIDGE, DBUS_PROPS, TEAM, CONCHECK, DCB, DISPATCH, AUDIT]. In addition to these domains, the following special domains can be used: [NONE, ALL, DEFAULT, DHCP, IP]. You can also specify that some domains should log at a different level from the default by appending a colon (':') and a log level (eg, 'WIFI:DEBUG'). If an empty string is given, the log level is changed but the current set of log domains remains unchanged. - - - - - - The GetLogging() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetLogging() - -GetLogging (OUT s level, - OUT s domains); - - -Get current logging verbosity level and operations domains. - - - - OUT s level: - -One of [ERR, WARN, INFO, DEBUG, TRACE]. - - - - OUT s domains: - -For available domains see SetLogging() call. - - - - - - The CheckConnectivity() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckConnectivity() - -CheckConnectivity (OUT u connectivity); - - -Re-check the network connectivity state. - - - - OUT u connectivity: - -(NMConnectivityState) The current connectivity state. - - - - - - The state() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.state() - -state (OUT u state); - - -The overall networking state as determined by the NetworkManager daemon, -based on the state of network devices under its management. - - - - OUT u state: - -NMState - - - - - - The CheckpointCreate() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointCreate() - -CheckpointCreate (IN ao devices, - IN u rollback_timeout, - IN u flags, - OUT o checkpoint); - - -Create a checkpoint of the current networking configuration -for given interfaces. If rollback_timeout is not zero, a -rollback is automatically performed after the given timeout. - - - - IN ao devices: - -A list of device paths for which a checkpoint should be created. An empty list means all devices. - - - - IN u rollback_timeout: - -The time in seconds until NetworkManager will automatically rollback to the checkpoint. Set to zero for infinite. - - - - IN u flags: - -(NMCheckpointCreateFlags) Flags for the creation. - - - - OUT o checkpoint: - -On success, the path of the new checkpoint. - - - - - - The CheckpointDestroy() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointDestroy() - -CheckpointDestroy (IN o checkpoint); - - -Destroy a previously created checkpoint. - - - - IN o checkpoint: - -The checkpoint to be destroyed. Set to empty to cancel all pending checkpoints. - - - - - - The CheckpointRollback() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointRollback() - -CheckpointRollback (IN o checkpoint, - OUT a{su} result); - - -Rollback a checkpoint before the timeout is reached. - - - - IN o checkpoint: - -The checkpoint to be rolled back. - - - - OUT a{su} result: - -On return, a dictionary of devices and results. Devices are represented by their original D-Bus path; each result is a RollbackResult. - - - - - - The CheckpointAdjustRollbackTimeout() method - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointAdjustRollbackTimeout() - -CheckpointAdjustRollbackTimeout (IN o checkpoint, - IN u add_timeout); - - -Reset the timeout for rollback for the checkpoint. - -Note that the added seconds start counting from now, -not "Created" timestamp or the previous expiration -time. Note that the "Created" property of the checkpoint -will stay unchanged by this call. However, the "RollbackTimeout" -will be recalculated to give the approximate new expiration time. -The new "RollbackTimeout" property will be approximate up to -one second precision, which is the accuracy of the property. - - - - IN o checkpoint: - -The checkpoint to be rolled back. - - - - IN u add_timeout: - -Number of seconds from now in which the timeout will expire. Set to 0 to disable the timeout. - - - -Since 1.12 - - - - Signal Details - - The "CheckPermissions" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::CheckPermissions - -CheckPermissions (); - - -Emitted when system authorization details change, indicating that clients -may wish to recheck permissions with GetPermissions. - - - - The "StateChanged" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::StateChanged - -StateChanged (u state); - - -NetworkManager's state changed. - - - - u state: - -(NMState) The new state of NetworkManager. - - - - - - The "DeviceAdded" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceAdded - -DeviceAdded (o device_path); - - -A device was added to the system - - - - o device_path: - -The object path of the newly added device. - - - - - - The "DeviceRemoved" signal - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceRemoved - -DeviceRemoved (o device_path); - - -A device was removed from the system, and is no longer available. - - - - o device_path: - -The object path of the device that was just removed. - - - - - - - Property Details - - The "Devices" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Devices - -Devices readable ao - - -The list of realized network devices. Realized devices are those which -have backing resources (eg from the kernel or a management daemon like -ModemManager, teamd, etc). - - - - The "AllDevices" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:AllDevices - -AllDevices readable ao - - -The list of both realized and un-realized network devices. Un-realized -devices are software devices which do not yet have backing resources, but -for which backing resources can be created if the device is activated. - - - - The "Checkpoints" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Checkpoints - -Checkpoints readable ao - - -The list of active checkpoints. - - - - The "NetworkingEnabled" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:NetworkingEnabled - -NetworkingEnabled readable b - - -Indicates if overall networking is currently enabled or not. See the -Enable() method. - - - - The "WirelessEnabled" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessEnabled - -WirelessEnabled readwrite b - - -Indicates if wireless is currently enabled or not. - - - - The "WirelessHardwareEnabled" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessHardwareEnabled - -WirelessHardwareEnabled readable b - - -Indicates if the wireless hardware is currently enabled, i.e. the state of -the RF kill switch. - - - - The "WwanEnabled" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanEnabled - -WwanEnabled readwrite b - - -Indicates if mobile broadband devices are currently enabled or not. - - - - The "WwanHardwareEnabled" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanHardwareEnabled - -WwanHardwareEnabled readable b - - -Indicates if the mobile broadband hardware is currently enabled, i.e. the -state of the RF kill switch. - - - - The "WimaxEnabled" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxEnabled - -WimaxEnabled readwrite b - - -DEPRECATED. Doesn't have any meaning and is around only for -compatibility reasons. - - - - The "WimaxHardwareEnabled" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxHardwareEnabled - -WimaxHardwareEnabled readable b - - -DEPRECATED. Doesn't have any meaning and is around only for -compatibility reasons. - - - - The "RadioFlags" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:RadioFlags - -RadioFlags readable u - - -Flags related to radio devices. See NMRadioFlags for the list of flags -supported. - -Since 1.38 - - - The "ActiveConnections" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActiveConnections - -ActiveConnections readable ao - - -List of active connection object paths. - - - - The "PrimaryConnection" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnection - -PrimaryConnection readable o - - -The object path of the "primary" active connection being used to access -the network. In particular, if there is no VPN active, or the VPN does not -have the default route, then this indicates the connection that has the -default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route, then this -indicates the connection that contains the route to the VPN endpoint. - - - - The "PrimaryConnectionType" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnectionType - -PrimaryConnectionType readable s - - -The connection type of the "primary" active connection being used to -access the network. This is the same as the Type property on the object -indicated by PrimaryConnection. - - - - The "Metered" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Metered - -Metered readable u - - -Indicates whether the connectivity is metered. This is equivalent to the -metered property of the device associated with the primary connection. - -Returns: NMMetered - - - - The "ActivatingConnection" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActivatingConnection - -ActivatingConnection readable o - - -The object path of an active connection that is currently being activated -and which is expected to become the new PrimaryConnection when it finishes -activating. - - - - The "Startup" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Startup - -Startup readable b - - -Indicates whether NM is still starting up; this becomes FALSE when NM has -finished attempting to activate every connection that it might be able to -activate at startup. - - - - The "Version" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Version - -Version readable s - - -NetworkManager version. - - - - The "VersionInfo" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:VersionInfo - -VersionInfo readable au - - -NetworkManager version and capabilities. - -The first element in the array is the NM_VERSION of the daemon. It is a binary representation -of the "Version" and can be compared numerically. The version is encoded as -"(major << 16 | minor << 8 | micro)". - -The following elements are a bitfield of static capabilities of the daemon. See -#NMVersionInfoCapability for the available capability numbers. - -Since: 1.42 - - - - The "Capabilities" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Capabilities - -Capabilities readable au - - -The current set of capabilities. See NMCapability for currently -defined capability numbers. The array is guaranteed to -be sorted in ascending order without duplicates. - - - - The "State" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:State - -State readable u - - -The overall state of the NetworkManager daemon. - -This takes state of all active connections and the connectivity state into account -to produce a single indicator of the network accessibility status. - -The graphical shells may use this property to provide network connection status -indication and applications may use this to check if Internet connection is -accessible. Shell that is able to cope with captive portals should use the -"Connectivity" property to decide whether to present a captive portal authentication -dialog. - -Returns: NMState - - - - The "Connectivity" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Connectivity - -Connectivity readable u - - -The result of the last connectivity check. The connectivity check is triggered -automatically when a default connection becomes available, periodically and by -calling a CheckConnectivity() method. - -This property is in general useful for the graphical shell to determine whether -the Internet access is being hijacked by an authentication gateway (a "captive -portal"). In such case it would typically present a web browser window to give -the user a chance to authenticate and call CheckConnectivity() when the user -submits a form or dismisses the window. - -To determine the whether the user is able to access the Internet without dealing -with captive portals (e.g. to provide a network connection indicator or disable -controls that require Internet access), the "State" property is more suitable. - -Returns: NMConnectivityState - - - - The "ConnectivityCheckAvailable" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ConnectivityCheckAvailable - -ConnectivityCheckAvailable readable b - - -Indicates whether connectivity checking service has been -configured. This may return true even if the service is not -currently enabled. - -This is primarily intended for use in a privacy control panel, -as a way to determine whether to show an option to -enable/disable the feature. - - - - The "ConnectivityCheckEnabled" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ConnectivityCheckEnabled - -ConnectivityCheckEnabled readwrite b - - -Indicates whether connectivity checking is enabled. This -property can also be written to disable connectivity -checking (as a privacy control panel might want to do). - - - - The "ConnectivityCheckUri" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ConnectivityCheckUri - -ConnectivityCheckUri readable s - - -The URI that NetworkManager will hit to check if there is internet connectivity. - - - - The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property - org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:GlobalDnsConfiguration - -GlobalDnsConfiguration readwrite a{sv} - - -Dictionary of global DNS settings where the key is one of "searches", -"options" and "domains". The values for the "searches" and "options" keys -are string arrays describing the list of search domains and resolver -options, respectively. The value of the "domains" key is a second-level -dictionary, where each key is a domain name, and each key's value is a -third-level dictionary with the keys "servers" and "options". "servers" is -a string array of DNS servers, "options" is a string array of -domain-specific options. - - - - - diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html index aee3ac66..b98b28ac 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html @@ -769,6 +769,11 @@ domains=ALL and these default values only matter if the per-profile values explicitly indicates to use the default from NetworkManager.conf.

+

+ Note that while nmcli supports various aliases and convenience features for configuring + properties, the settings in this section do not. For example, enum values usually only + can be configured via their numeric magic number. +

Example:

@@ -779,7 +784,7 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0

-

Supported Properties

+

Supported Properties

Not all properties can be overwritten, only the following properties are supported to have their default values configured @@ -813,6 +818,10 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0 +

connection.down-on-poweroff

+

Whether the connection will be brought down before the system is powered off.

+ +

connection.mud-url

If unspecified, MUD URL defaults to "none".

@@ -826,7 +835,13 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0

connection.mdns

-

If unspecified, the ultimate default values depends on the DNS plugin. With systemd-resolved the default currently is "no" (0) and for all other plugins also "no" (0).

+

+ Currently only the systemd-resolve DNS plugin supports this setting. + If the setting is unspecified both in the profile and in the global + default here, then the default is determined by systemd-resolved. + See MulticastDNS= in + resolved.conf(5). +

connection.mptcp-flags

@@ -905,6 +920,10 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0

If left unspecified, the value 3 (fqdn-encoded,fqdn-serv-update) is used.

+

ipv4.dhcp-send-release

+

Whether the DHCP client will send RELEASE message when bringing the connection down.

+ +

ipv4.dhcp-timeout

If left unspecified, the default value for the interface type is used.

@@ -960,6 +979,10 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0

If left unspecified, the value 1 (fqdn-serv-update) is used.

+

ipv6.dhcp-send-release

+

Whether the DHCP client will send RELEASE message when bringing the connection down.

+ +

ipv6.dhcp-timeout

If left unspecified, the default value for the interface type is used.

@@ -971,8 +994,23 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0

ipv6.ip6-privacy

-

If ipv6.ip6-privacy is unset, use the content of - "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr" as last fallback. +

If ipv6.ip6-privacy is unset, fall back to the original + value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/use_tempaddr" from before NetworkManager + started. +

+ + +

ipv6.temp-valid-lifetime

+

If ipv6.temp-valid-lifetime is unset, fall back to the + original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/temp_valid_lft" from before + NetworkManager started. +

+ + +

ipv6.temp-preferred-lifetime

+

If ipv6.temp-preferred-lifetime is unset, fall back to + the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/temp_prefered_lft" from + before NetworkManager started.

diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 index 6e0036ab..2102feb9 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 @@ -747,6 +747,15 @@ + + + + + + + + + @@ -803,6 +812,7 @@ + diff --git a/docs/api/html/index.html b/docs/api/html/index.html index f43e0514..6f397e91 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/index.html +++ b/docs/api/html/index.html @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@

- for NetworkManager 1.46.0 + for NetworkManager 1.47.90 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://networkmanager.dev/docs/api/latest/. diff --git a/docs/api/html/ix01.html b/docs/api/html/ix01.html index 6dc24c5d..7443e3f6 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ix01.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ix01.html @@ -780,9 +780,11 @@

dhcp-send-hostname, ipv4, ipv6
-
dhcp-timeout, ipv4, ipv6 +
dhcp-send-release, ipv4, ipv6
-
dhcp-vendor-class-identifier, ipv4 +
dhcp-timeout, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
dhcp-vendor-class-identifier, ipv4
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config
@@ -792,22 +794,24 @@
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config:Options, The "Options" property
-
dns, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns, ipv4, ipv6
-
dns-data, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns-data, ipv4, ipv6
-
dns-options, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns-options, ipv4, ipv6
dns-over-tls, connection
-
dns-priority, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns-priority, ipv4, ipv6
-
dns-search, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns-search, ipv4, ipv6
domain-match, 802-1x
domain-suffix-match, 802-1x
+
down-on-poweroff, connection +
driver, match
duplex, 802-3-ethernet @@ -859,9 +863,9 @@

G

-
gateway, ipv4, ipv6 +
gateway, ipv4, ipv6
-
gateway-ping-timeout, connection +
gateway-ping-timeout, connection
generate-mac-address-mask, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless
@@ -895,13 +899,13 @@

I

-
id, connection, vlan, vxlan +
id, connection, vlan, vxlan
identity, 802-1x
-
ignore-auto-dns, ipv4, ipv6 +
ignore-auto-dns, ipv4, ipv6
-
ignore-auto-routes, ipv4, ipv6 +
ignore-auto-routes, ipv4, ipv6
ingress-priority-map, vlan
@@ -911,13 +915,13 @@
input-key, ip-tunnel
-
interface-name, connection, bond, bridge, match, team, vlan +
interface-name, connection, bond, bridge, match, team, vlan
ip4-auto-default-route, wireguard
ip6-auto-default-route, wireguard
-
ip6-privacy, ipv6 +
ip6-privacy, ipv6
@@ -957,15 +961,15 @@
limit, vxlan
-
link-local, ipv4 +
link-local, ipv4
link-watchers, team, team-port
listen-port, wireguard
-
lldp, connection +
lldp, connection
-
llmnr, connection +
llmnr, connection
local, ip-tunnel, vxlan
@@ -978,7 +982,9 @@
mac-address-blacklist, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless
-
mac-address-randomization, 802-11-wireless +
mac-address-denylist, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
+
mac-address-randomization, 802-11-wireless
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager
@@ -1080,11 +1086,11 @@
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanHardwareEnabled, The "WwanHardwareEnabled" property
-
master, connection +
master, connection
max-age, bridge
-
may-fail, ipv4, ipv6 +
may-fail, ipv4, ipv6
mcast-rejoin-count, team
@@ -1092,11 +1098,11 @@
mcast-snooping-enable, ovs-bridge
-
mdns, connection +
mdns, connection
-
metered, connection +
metered, connection
-
method, ipv4, ipv6, proxy +
method, ipv4, ipv6, proxy
mka-cak, macsec
@@ -1108,15 +1114,15 @@
mppe-stateful, ppp
-
mptcp-flags, connection +
mptcp-flags, connection
mru, ppp
mtu, cdma, gsm, infiniband, ipv6, ip-tunnel, ppp, 802-3-ethernet, wireguard, 802-11-wireless, loopback
-
mud-url, connection +
mud-url, connection
-
multi-connect, connection +
multi-connect, connection
multi-queue, tun
@@ -1163,7 +1169,7 @@
network-name, wimax
-
never-default, ipv4, ipv6 +
never-default, ipv4, ipv6
NM80211ApFlags, enum NM80211ApFlags
@@ -1270,7 +1276,9 @@
only-from-default, hostname
-
optional, 802-1x +
openssl-ciphers, 802-1x +
+
optional, 802-1x
options, bond
@@ -1285,7 +1293,7 @@
p-key, infiniband
-
pac-file, 802-1x +
pac-file, 802-1x
pac-script, proxy
@@ -1301,13 +1309,13 @@
parity, serial
-
password, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe +
password, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe
-
password-flags, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe +
password-flags, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe
-
password-raw, 802-1x +
password-raw, 802-1x
-
password-raw-flags, 802-1x +
password-raw-flags, 802-1x
path, match
@@ -1321,67 +1329,67 @@
peers, wireguard
-
permissions, connection +
permissions, connection
persistent, vpn
-
phase1-auth-flags, 802-1x +
phase1-auth-flags, 802-1x
-
phase1-fast-provisioning, 802-1x +
phase1-fast-provisioning, 802-1x
-
phase1-peaplabel, 802-1x +
phase1-peaplabel, 802-1x
-
phase1-peapver, 802-1x +
phase1-peapver, 802-1x
-
phase2-altsubject-matches, 802-1x +
phase2-altsubject-matches, 802-1x
-
phase2-auth, 802-1x +
phase2-auth, 802-1x
-
phase2-autheap, 802-1x +
phase2-autheap, 802-1x
-
phase2-ca-cert, 802-1x +
phase2-ca-cert, 802-1x
-
phase2-ca-cert-password, 802-1x +
phase2-ca-cert-password, 802-1x
-
phase2-ca-cert-password-flags, 802-1x +
phase2-ca-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
phase2-ca-path, 802-1x +
phase2-ca-path, 802-1x
-
phase2-client-cert, 802-1x +
phase2-client-cert, 802-1x
-
phase2-client-cert-password, 802-1x +
phase2-client-cert-password, 802-1x
-
phase2-client-cert-password-flags, 802-1x +
phase2-client-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
phase2-domain-match, 802-1x +
phase2-domain-match, 802-1x
-
phase2-domain-suffix-match, 802-1x +
phase2-domain-suffix-match, 802-1x
-
phase2-private-key, 802-1x +
phase2-private-key, 802-1x
-
phase2-private-key-password, 802-1x +
phase2-private-key-password, 802-1x
-
phase2-private-key-password-flags, 802-1x +
phase2-private-key-password-flags, 802-1x
-
phase2-subject-match, 802-1x +
phase2-subject-match, 802-1x
pi, tun
-
pin, 802-1x, gsm +
pin, 802-1x, gsm
-
pin-flags, 802-1x, gsm +
pin-flags, 802-1x, gsm
pmf, 802-11-wireless-security
port, macsec, 802-3-ethernet
-
port-type, connection +
port-type, connection
port1, hsr
port2, hsr
-
powersave, 802-11-wireless +
powersave, 802-11-wireless
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP
@@ -1415,13 +1423,13 @@
priority-traffic-class, dcb
-
private-key, 802-1x, wireguard +
private-key, 802-1x, wireguard
private-key-flags, wireguard
-
private-key-password, 802-1x +
private-key-password, 802-1x
-
private-key-password-flags, 802-1x +
private-key-password-flags, 802-1x
promiscuous, macvlan
@@ -1451,11 +1459,11 @@

R

-
ra-timeout, ipv6 +
ra-timeout, ipv6
-
rate, 802-11-wireless +
rate, 802-11-wireless
-
read-only, connection +
read-only, connection
refuse-chap, ppp
@@ -1469,23 +1477,23 @@
remote, ip-tunnel, vxlan
-
replace-local-rule, ipv4, ipv6 +
replace-local-rule, ipv4, ipv6
require-mppe, ppp
require-mppe-128, ppp
-
required-timeout, ipv4, ipv6 +
required-timeout, ipv4, ipv6
-
route-data, ipv4, ipv6 +
route-data, ipv4, ipv6
-
route-metric, ipv4, ipv6 +
route-metric, ipv4, ipv6
-
route-table, ipv4, ipv6 +
route-table, ipv4, ipv6
-
routes, ipv4, ipv6 +
routes, ipv4, ipv6
-
routing-rules, ipv4, ipv6 +
routing-rules, ipv4, ipv6
rsc, vxlan
@@ -1516,19 +1524,19 @@

S

-
s390-nettype, 802-3-ethernet +
s390-nettype, 802-3-ethernet
-
s390-options, 802-3-ethernet +
s390-options, 802-3-ethernet
-
s390-subchannels, 802-3-ethernet +
s390-subchannels, 802-3-ethernet
-
secondaries, connection +
secondaries, connection
secrets, vpn
-
security, 802-11-wireless +
security, 802-11-wireless
-
seen-bssids, 802-11-wireless +
seen-bssids, 802-11-wireless
send-delay, serial
@@ -1544,17 +1552,17 @@
sim-operator-id, gsm
-
slave-type, connection +
slave-type, connection
source-port-max, vxlan
source-port-min, vxlan
-
speed, 802-3-ethernet +
speed, 802-3-ethernet
ssid, 802-11-olpc-mesh, 802-11-wireless
-
stable-id, connection +
stable-id, connection
sticky, team-port
@@ -1564,9 +1572,9 @@
stp-enable, ovs-bridge
-
subject-match, 802-1x +
subject-match, 802-1x
-
system-ca-certs, 802-1x +
system-ca-certs, 802-1x
@@ -1579,13 +1587,17 @@
tap, macvlan
+
temp-preferred-lifetime, ipv6 +
+
temp-valid-lifetime, ipv6 +
tfilters, tc
timeout, vpn
-
timestamp, connection +
timestamp, connection
-
token, ipv6 +
token, ipv6
tos, ip-tunnel, vxlan
@@ -1597,11 +1609,11 @@
ttl, ip-tunnel, vxlan
-
tx-power, 802-11-wireless +
tx-power, 802-11-wireless
tx-queue-length, link
-
type, connection, bluetooth, ovs-interface +
type, connection, bluetooth, ovs-interface
@@ -1612,7 +1624,7 @@
username, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe
-
uuid, connection +
uuid, connection
@@ -1690,15 +1702,15 @@

W

-
wait-activation-delay, connection +
wait-activation-delay, connection
-
wait-device-timeout, connection +
wait-device-timeout, connection
-
wake-on-lan, 802-3-ethernet +
wake-on-lan, 802-3-ethernet
-
wake-on-lan-password, 802-3-ethernet +
wake-on-lan-password, 802-3-ethernet
-
wake-on-wlan, 802-11-wireless +
wake-on-wlan, 802-11-wireless
wep-key-flags, 802-11-wireless-security
@@ -1744,7 +1756,7 @@

Z

-
zone, connection +
zone, connection
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html b/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html index 96afcda9..eba72972 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html @@ -3144,6 +3144,141 @@   + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_BY_DEFAULT

+

+ + +

= 69

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged because the device type is unmanaged by default. Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_EXTERNAL_DOWN

+

+ + +

= 70

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged because it is an external device and is unconfigured (down or without addresses). Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_LINK_NOT_INIT

+

+ + +

= 71

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged because the link is not initialized by udev. Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_QUITTING

+

+ + +

= 72

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged because NetworkManager is quitting. Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_SLEEPING

+

+ + +

= 73

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged because networking is disabled or the system is suspended. Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_CONF

+

+ + +

= 74

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged by user decision in NetworkManager.conf ('unmanaged' in a [device*] section). Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_EXPLICIT

+

+ + +

= 75

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged by explicit user decision (e.g. 'nmcli device set $DEV managed no'). Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_SETTINGS

+

+ + +

= 76

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged by user decision via settings plugin ('unmanaged-devices' for keyfile or 'NM_CONTROLLED=no' for ifcfg-rh). Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_UDEV

+

+ + +

= 77

+

+ + +

The device is unmanaged via udev rule. Since: 1.48

+

+ +  + @@ -3151,7 +3286,7 @@

enum NMMetered

-

The NMMetered enum has two different purposes: one is to configure "connection.metered" setting of a connection profile in NMSettingConnection, and the other is to express the actual metered state of the NMDevice at a given moment.

+

The NMMetered enum has two different purposes: one is to configure "connection.metered" setting of a connection profile in NMSettingConnection, and the other is to express the actual metered state of the NMDevice at a given moment.

For the connection profile only NM_METERED_UNKNOWN, NM_METERED_NO and NM_METERED_YES are allowed.

The device's metered state at runtime is determined by the profile which is currently active. If the profile explicitly specifies NM_METERED_NO or NM_METERED_YES, then the device's metered state is as such. If the connection profile leaves it undecided at NM_METERED_UNKNOWN (the default), then NetworkManager tries to guess the metered state, for example based on the device type or on DHCP options (like Android devices exposing a "ANDROID_METERED" DHCP vendor option). This then leads to either NM_METERED_GUESS_NO or NM_METERED_GUESS_YES.

Most applications probably should treat the runtime state NM_METERED_GUESS_YES like NM_METERED_YES, and all other states as not metered.

@@ -4144,6 +4279,21 @@   + + +

NM_CHECKPOINT_CREATE_FLAG_TRACK_INTERNAL_GLOBAL_DNS

+

+ + +

= 0x20

+

+ + +

during rollback, by default changes to global DNS via D-BUS interface are preserved. With this flag, the rollback reverts the global DNS changes made via D-Bus interface. Global DNS defined in [global-dns] section of NetworkManager.conf is not impacted by this flag. Since: 1.48.

+

+ +  +
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-dbus.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-dbus.html index 52539c2e..96992290 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-dbus.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-dbus.html @@ -160,7 +160,9 @@ Depending on "connection.multi-connect", a profile can (auto)connect only once a autoconnect-slaves NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32)   -Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The properties "autoconnect", "autoconnect-priority" and "autoconnect-retries" are unrelated to this setting. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0. +Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The properties "autoconnect", "autoconnect-priority" and "autoconnect-retries" are unrelated to this setting. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0. + +Deprecated 1.46. Use "autoconnect-ports" instead, this is just an alias. @@ -182,6 +184,13 @@ This feature requires a plugin which supports DNSOverTls. Otherwise, the setting +down-on-poweroff +int32 +-1 +Whether the connection will be brought down before the system is powered off. The default value is -1 (default). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as 0 (no). + + + gateway-ping-timeout uint32 0 @@ -239,9 +248,9 @@ Deprecated 1.46. Use "controller" instead, this is just an alias. -1 Whether mDNS is enabled for the connection. -The permitted values are: "yes" (2) register hostname and resolving for the connection, "no" (0) disable mDNS for the interface, "resolve" (1) do not register hostname but allow resolving of mDNS host names and "default" (-1) to allow lookup of a global default in NetworkManager.conf. If unspecified, "default" ultimately depends on the DNS plugin (which for systemd-resolved currently means "no"). +The permitted values are: "yes" (2) register hostname and resolving for the connection, "no" (0) disable mDNS for the interface, "resolve" (1) do not register hostname but allow resolving of mDNS host names and "default" (-1) to allow lookup of a global default in NetworkManager.conf. If unspecified, "default" ultimately depends on the DNS plugin. -This feature requires a plugin which supports mDNS. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. One such plugin is dns-systemd-resolved. +This feature requires a plugin which supports mDNS. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. Currently the only supported DNS plugin is systemd-resolved. For systemd-resolved, the default is configurable via MulticastDNS= setting in resolved.conf. @@ -556,6 +565,13 @@ Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blo +openssl-ciphers +string +  +Define openssl_ciphers for wpa_supplicant. Openssl sometimes moves ciphers among SECLEVELs, thus compiled-in default value in wpa_supplicant (as modified by some linux distributions) sometimes prevents to connect to old servers that do not support new protocols. + + + optional boolean FALSE @@ -1822,6 +1838,13 @@ This property is currently not implemented for DHCPv6. +dhcp-send-release +NMTernary (int32) +  +Whether the DHCP client will send RELEASE message when bringing the connection down. The default value is -1 (default). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as FALSE. + + + dhcp-timeout int32 0 @@ -2179,6 +2202,13 @@ This property is currently not implemented for DHCPv6. +dhcp-send-release +NMTernary (int32) +  +Whether the DHCP client will send RELEASE message when bringing the connection down. The default value is -1 (default). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as FALSE. + + + dhcp-timeout int32 0 @@ -2281,9 +2311,7 @@ Note that the gateway usually conflicts with routing that NetworkManager configu   Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified EUI-64. This enhances privacy, but could cause problems in some applications, on the other hand. The permitted values are: -1: unknown, 0: disabled, 1: enabled (prefer public address), 2: enabled (prefer temporary addresses). -Having a per-connection setting set to "-1" (unknown) means fallback to global configuration "ipv6.ip6-privacy". - -If also global configuration is unspecified or set to "-1", fallback to read "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr". +If set to "-1" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.ip6-privacy" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "-1", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/use_tempaddr" from before NetworkManager started. Note that this setting is distinct from the Stable Privacy addresses that can be enabled with the "addr-gen-mode" property's "stable-privacy" setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses. @@ -2396,6 +2424,24 @@ Array of IPv6 route structures. Each IPv6 route structure is composed of an IPv +temp-preferred-lifetime +int32 +0 +The preferred lifetime of autogenerated temporary addresses, in seconds. + +If set to "0" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.temp-preferred-lifetime" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "0", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/temp_prefered_lft" from before NetworkManager started. + + + +temp-valid-lifetime +int32 +0 +The valid lifetime of autogenerated temporary addresses, in seconds. + +If set to "0" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.temp-valid-lifetime" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "0", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/temp_valid_lft" from before NetworkManager started. + + + token string   @@ -4230,6 +4276,13 @@ If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is cho +mac-address-denylist +array of string +  +If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55). + + + mtu uint32 0 @@ -4495,6 +4548,13 @@ Note that marking the network as hidden may be a privacy issue for you (in infra +mac-address-denylist +array of string +  +A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55"). + + + mac-address-randomization uint32 0 diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html index 890e4643..cdeeabf6 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html @@ -354,6 +354,13 @@ Example: BSSID=00:1E:BD:64:83:21 It denies usage of the connection for any device whose address is listed. +mac-address-denylist +HWADDR_BLACKLIST(+) + +  +It denies usage of the connection for any device whose address is listed. + + seen-bssids (none)   @@ -913,6 +920,13 @@ Example: IEEE_8021X_PRIVATE_KEY=/home/joe/mykey.p12   whether the 802.1X authentication is optional + +openssl-ciphers +IEEE_8021X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS(+) + +  +Cipher string for tls setup of wpa_supplicant. + @@ -982,6 +996,15 @@ Example: IEEE_8021X_PRIVATE_KEY=/home/joe/mykey.p12   It denies usage of the connection for any device whose address is listed. +Example: HWADDR_BLACKLIST="00:22:68:11:69:08 00:11:22:11:44:55" + + +mac-address-denylist +HWADDR_BLACKLIST(+) + +  +It denies usage of the connection for any device whose address is listed. + Example: HWADDR_BLACKLIST="00:22:68:11:69:08 00:11:22:11:44:55" diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html index 6779fa4c..d998d502 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html @@ -241,6 +241,14 @@ Example: ssid=Quick Net Example: mac-address-blacklist= 00:22:68:12:79:A6;00:22:68:12:79:78 + +mac-address-denylist +  +list of MACs (separated with semicolons) +MAC address denylist. + +Example: mac-address-denylist= 00:22:68:12:79:A6;00:22:68:12:79:78 + @@ -280,6 +288,14 @@ Example: mac-address-blacklist= 00:22:68:12:79:A6;00:22:68:12:79 Example: mac-address-blacklist= 00:22:68:12:79:A6;00:22:68:12:79:78 + +mac-address-denylist +  +list of MACs (separated with semicolons) +MAC address denylist. + +Example: mac-address-denylist= 00:22:68:12:79:A6;00:22:68:12:79:78 + diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-nmcli.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-nmcli.html index 9d266d92..d91c80e3 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-nmcli.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-nmcli.html @@ -141,6 +141,7 @@

connection.autoconnect-slaves

Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The properties "autoconnect", "autoconnect-priority" and "autoconnect-retries" are unrelated to this setting. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.

+

Deprecated 1.46. Use "autoconnect-ports" instead, this is just an alias.

Format: choice (NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves)

@@ -170,6 +171,16 @@ +

connection.down-on-poweroff

+ +

Whether the connection will be brought down before the system is powered off. The default value is "default" (-1). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as "no" (0).

+

+ Format: ternary

+

+ Valid values: true/yes/on, false/no/off, default/unknown

+ + +

connection.gateway-ping-timeout

If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

@@ -238,8 +249,8 @@

connection.mdns

Whether mDNS is enabled for the connection.

-

The permitted values are: "yes" (2) register hostname and resolving for the connection, "no" (0) disable mDNS for the interface, "resolve" (1) do not register hostname but allow resolving of mDNS host names and "default" (-1) to allow lookup of a global default in NetworkManager.conf. If unspecified, "default" ultimately depends on the DNS plugin (which for systemd-resolved currently means "no").

-

This feature requires a plugin which supports mDNS. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. One such plugin is dns-systemd-resolved.

+

The permitted values are: "yes" (2) register hostname and resolving for the connection, "no" (0) disable mDNS for the interface, "resolve" (1) do not register hostname but allow resolving of mDNS host names and "default" (-1) to allow lookup of a global default in NetworkManager.conf. If unspecified, "default" ultimately depends on the DNS plugin.

+

This feature requires a plugin which supports mDNS. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. Currently the only supported DNS plugin is systemd-resolved. For systemd-resolved, the default is configurable via MulticastDNS= setting in resolved.conf.

Format: choice (NMSettingConnectionMdns)

@@ -376,7 +387,7 @@

The connection.uuid is the real identifier of a profile. It cannot change and it must be unique. It is therefore often best to refer to a profile by UUID, for example with `nmcli connection up uuid $UUID`.

The UUID cannot be changed, except in offline mode. In that case, the special values "new", "generate" and "" are allowed to generate a new random UUID.

- Format: string

+ Format: a valid RFC4122 universally unique identifier (UUID).

@@ -479,9 +490,9 @@

802-1x.ca-cert

-

Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property.

-

Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; three are currently supported: blob, path and pkcs#11 URL. When using the blob scheme this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

-

Note that enabling NMSetting8021x:system-ca-certs will override this setting to use the built-in path, if the built-in path is not a directory.

+

Contains the path to the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the 802-1x.eap property.

+

This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

+

Note that enabling 802-1x.system-ca-certs will override this setting to use the built-in path, if the built-in path is not a directory.

Format: filesystem path

@@ -516,8 +527,7 @@

802-1x.client-cert

-

Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property.

-

Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.

+

Contains the path to the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the 802-1x.eap property.

Format: filesystem path

@@ -575,6 +585,14 @@ +

802-1x.openssl-ciphers

+ +

Define openssl_ciphers for wpa_supplicant. Openssl sometimes moves ciphers among SECLEVELs, thus compiled-in default value in wpa_supplicant (as modified by some linux distributions) sometimes prevents to connect to old servers that do not support new protocols.

+

+ Format: string

+ + +

802-1x.optional

Whether the 802.1X authentication is optional. If TRUE, the activation will continue even after a timeout or an authentication failure. Setting the property to TRUE is currently allowed only for Ethernet connections. If set to FALSE, the activation can continue only after a successful authentication.

@@ -699,9 +717,9 @@

802-1x.phase2-ca-cert

-

Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties.

-

Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; three are currently supported: blob, path and pkcs#11 URL. When using the blob scheme this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

-

Note that enabling NMSetting8021x:system-ca-certs will override this setting to use the built-in path, if the built-in path is not a directory.

+

Contains the path to the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the 802-1x.phase2-auth or 802-1x.phase2-autheap properties.

+

This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

+

Note that enabling 802-1x.system-ca-certs will override this setting to use the built-in path, if the built-in path is not a directory.

Format: filesystem path

@@ -736,8 +754,7 @@

802-1x.phase2-client-cert

-

Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties.

-

Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

+

Contains the path to the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the 802-1x.phase2-auth or 802-1x.phase2-autheap properties.

Format: filesystem path

@@ -779,8 +796,7 @@

802-1x.phase2-private-key

-

Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" property is set to "tls".

-

Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

+

The path to the "phase 2" inner private key when the 802-1x.phase2-auth or 802-1x.phase2-autheap property is set to "tls".

Format: filesystem path

@@ -788,7 +804,7 @@

802-1x.phase2-private-key-password

-

The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the "phase2-private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.

+

The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the 802-1x.phase2-private-key property. This is normally used by secret agents, not directly by users.

Format: string

@@ -835,9 +851,7 @@

802-1x.private-key

-

Contains the private key when the "eap" property is set to "tls".

-

Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

-

WARNING: "private-key" is not a "secret" property, and thus unencrypted private key data using the BLOB scheme may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

+

The path to the private key when the 802-1.eap property is set to "tls".

Format: filesystem path

@@ -845,7 +859,7 @@

802-1x.private-key-password

-

The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the "private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.

+

The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the 802-1x.private-key property. This is normally used by secret agents, not directly by users.

Format: string

@@ -2772,7 +2786,7 @@ Alias: ip4

A list of IPv4 addresses and their prefix length. Multiple addresses can be separated by comma. For example "192.168.1.5/24, 10.1.0.5/24". The addresses are listed in decreasing priority, meaning the first address will be the primary address.

- Format: list of ipv4.addresses objects

+ Format: a comma separated list of addresses

@@ -2886,6 +2900,16 @@ +

ipv4.dhcp-send-release

+ +

Whether the DHCP client will send RELEASE message when bringing the connection down. The default value is "default" (-1). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as FALSE.

+

+ Format: ternary

+

+ Valid values: true/yes/on, false/no/off, default/unknown

+ + +

ipv4.dhcp-timeout

A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds. If zero (the default), a globally configured default is used. If still unspecified, a device specific timeout is used (usually 45 seconds).

@@ -2925,7 +2949,7 @@

When using a caching DNS plugin (dnsmasq or systemd-resolved in NetworkManager.conf) then "edns0" and "trust-ad" are automatically added.

The valid "ipv4.dns-options" and "ipv6.dns-options" get merged together.

- Format: list of strings

+ Format: a comma separated list of DNS options

@@ -3150,7 +3174,7 @@ For details see also `man ip-route`.

- Format: list of ipv4.routes objects

+ Format: a comma separated list of routes

@@ -3166,7 +3190,7 @@ fixed priority. Example: priority 5 from 192.167.4.0/24 table 45

- Format: list of ipv4.routing-rules objects

+ Format: a comma separated list of routing rules

@@ -3196,7 +3220,7 @@ Example: priority 5 from 192.167.4.0/24 table 45

If not specified, when creating a new profile the default is "default".

Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.

- Format: choice (NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode)

+ Format: one of "eui64" (0), "stable-privacy" (1), "default" (3) or "default-or-eui64" (2)

Valid values: eui64 (0), stable-privacy (1), default-or-eui64 (2), default (3)

@@ -3208,7 +3232,7 @@ Example: priority 5 from 192.167.4.0/24 table 45 Alias: ip6

A list of IPv6 addresses and their prefix length. Multiple addresses can be separated by comma. For example "2001:db8:85a3::8a2e:370:7334/64, 2001:db8:85a3::5/64". The addresses are listed in decreasing priority, meaning the first address will be the primary address. This can make a difference with IPv6 source address selection (RFC 6724, section 5).

- Format: list of ipv6.addresses objects

+ Format: a comma separated list of addresses

@@ -3284,6 +3308,16 @@ Example: priority 5 from 192.167.4.0/24 table 45 +

ipv6.dhcp-send-release

+ +

Whether the DHCP client will send RELEASE message when bringing the connection down. The default value is "default" (-1). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as FALSE.

+

+ Format: ternary

+

+ Valid values: true/yes/on, false/no/off, default/unknown

+ + +

ipv6.dhcp-timeout

A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds. If zero (the default), a globally configured default is used. If still unspecified, a device specific timeout is used (usually 45 seconds).

@@ -3315,7 +3349,7 @@ Example: priority 5 from 192.167.4.0/24 table 45

When using a caching DNS plugin (dnsmasq or systemd-resolved in NetworkManager.conf) then "edns0" and "trust-ad" are automatically added.

The valid "ipv4.dns-options" and "ipv6.dns-options" get merged together.

- Format: list of strings

+ Format: a comma separated list of DNS options

@@ -3381,8 +3415,7 @@ Example: priority 5 from 192.167.4.0/24 table 45

ipv6.ip6-privacy

Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified EUI-64. This enhances privacy, but could cause problems in some applications, on the other hand. The permitted values are: -1: unknown, 0: disabled, 1: enabled (prefer public address), 2: enabled (prefer temporary addresses).

-

Having a per-connection setting set to "-1" (unknown) means fallback to global configuration "ipv6.ip6-privacy".

-

If also global configuration is unspecified or set to "-1", fallback to read "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr".

+

If set to "-1" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.ip6-privacy" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "-1", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/use_tempaddr" from before NetworkManager started.

Note that this setting is distinct from the Stable Privacy addresses that can be enabled with the "addr-gen-mode" property's "stable-privacy" setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.

Format: choice (NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy)

@@ -3554,7 +3587,7 @@ Example: priority 5 from 192.167.4.0/24 table 45 For details see also `man ip-route`.

- Format: list of ipv6.routes objects

+ Format: a comma separated list of routes

@@ -3570,7 +3603,29 @@ fixed priority. Example: priority 5 from 1:2:3::5/128 table 45

- Format: list of ipv6.routing-rules objects

+ Format: a comma separated list of routing rules

+ + + +

ipv6.temp-preferred-lifetime

+ +

The preferred lifetime of autogenerated temporary addresses, in seconds.

+

If set to "0" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.temp-preferred-lifetime" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "0", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/temp_prefered_lft" from before NetworkManager started.

+

+ Format: integer

+

+ Valid values: 0 - 2147483647

+ + + +

ipv6.temp-valid-lifetime

+ +

The valid lifetime of autogenerated temporary addresses, in seconds.

+

If set to "0" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.temp-valid-lifetime" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "0", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/temp_valid_lft" from before NetworkManager started.

+

+ Format: integer

+

+ Valid values: 0 - 2147483647

@@ -5042,7 +5097,7 @@ Linux traffic control subsystem

- Format: list of tc.qdiscs objects

+ Format: GPtrArray(NMTCQdisc)

@@ -5144,7 +5199,7 @@ Linux traffic control subsystem

- Format: list of tc.tfilters objects

+ Format: GPtrArray(NMTCTfilter)

@@ -6057,6 +6112,14 @@ Linux traffic control subsystem +

802-3-ethernet.mac-address-denylist

+ +

If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55).

+

+ Format: list of MAC addresses

+ + +

802-3-ethernet.mtu

@@ -6349,6 +6412,14 @@ Linux traffic control subsystem +

802-11-wireless.mac-address-denylist

+ +

A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

+

+ Format: list of MAC addresses

+ + +

802-11-wireless.mac-address-randomization

One of "default" (0) (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), "never" (1) (never randomize the MAC address), or "always" (2) (always randomize the MAC address).

diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html index 0d402d10..c740d610 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html @@ -136,6 +136,12 @@ Note that marking the network as hidden may be a privacy issue for you (in infra A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55"). +
mac-address-denylist
+
array of string
+

+A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply.  Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").
+
+
 
mac-address-randomization
uint32
0
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html index f72bffab..e889c1be 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html @@ -146,6 +146,12 @@ Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blo Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name. +
openssl-ciphers
+
string
+

+Define openssl_ciphers for wpa_supplicant. Openssl sometimes moves ciphers among SECLEVELs, thus compiled-in default value in wpa_supplicant (as modified by some linux distributions) sometimes prevents to connect to old servers that do not support new protocols.
+
+
 
optional
boolean
FALSE
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html index a182b834..9323cf39 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html @@ -110,6 +110,12 @@ If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is cho If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55). +
mac-address-denylist
+
array of string
+

+If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list.  Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55).
+
+
 
mtu
uint32
0
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html b/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html index afd9d6cc..06693539 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html @@ -97,7 +97,9 @@ Depending on "connection.multi-connect", a profile can (auto)connect only once a
autoconnect-slaves
NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32)

-Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The properties "autoconnect", "autoconnect-priority" and "autoconnect-retries" are unrelated to this setting. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.
+Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The properties "autoconnect", "autoconnect-priority" and "autoconnect-retries" are unrelated to this setting. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.
+
+Deprecated 1.46. Use "autoconnect-ports" instead, this is just an alias.
 
 
 
controller
@@ -116,6 +118,12 @@ The permitted values are: "yes" (2) use DNSOverTls and disabled fallback, "oppor This feature requires a plugin which supports DNSOverTls. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. One such plugin is dns-systemd-resolved. +
down-on-poweroff
+
int32
+
-1
+Whether the connection will be brought down before the system is powered off. The default value is -1 (default). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as 0 (no). + +
gateway-ping-timeout
uint32
0
@@ -167,9 +175,9 @@ Deprecated 1.46. Use "controller" instead, this is just an alias.
-1
Whether mDNS is enabled for the connection. -The permitted values are: "yes" (2) register hostname and resolving for the connection, "no" (0) disable mDNS for the interface, "resolve" (1) do not register hostname but allow resolving of mDNS host names and "default" (-1) to allow lookup of a global default in NetworkManager.conf. If unspecified, "default" ultimately depends on the DNS plugin (which for systemd-resolved currently means "no"). +The permitted values are: "yes" (2) register hostname and resolving for the connection, "no" (0) disable mDNS for the interface, "resolve" (1) do not register hostname but allow resolving of mDNS host names and "default" (-1) to allow lookup of a global default in NetworkManager.conf. If unspecified, "default" ultimately depends on the DNS plugin. -This feature requires a plugin which supports mDNS. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. One such plugin is dns-systemd-resolved. +This feature requires a plugin which supports mDNS. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. Currently the only supported DNS plugin is systemd-resolved. For systemd-resolved, the default is configurable via MulticastDNS= setting in resolved.conf.
metered
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html index 587db9c2..2ce34426 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html @@ -159,6 +159,12 @@ This property is currently not implemented for DHCPv6. If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent. +
dhcp-send-release
+
NMTernary (int32)
+

+Whether the DHCP client will send RELEASE message when bringing the connection down. The default value is -1 (default). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as FALSE.
+
+
 
dhcp-timeout
int32
0
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html index 54b78c27..ae18ca4c 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html @@ -173,6 +173,12 @@ This property is currently not implemented for DHCPv6. If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent. +
dhcp-send-release
+
NMTernary (int32)
+

+Whether the DHCP client will send RELEASE message when bringing the connection down. The default value is -1 (default). When the default value is specified, then the global value from NetworkManager configuration is looked up, if not set, it is considered as FALSE.
+
+
 
dhcp-timeout
int32
0
@@ -266,9 +272,7 @@ Note that the gateway usually conflicts with routing that NetworkManager configu

 Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941.  If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified EUI-64.  This enhances privacy, but could cause problems in some applications, on the other hand.  The permitted values are: -1: unknown, 0: disabled, 1: enabled (prefer public address), 2: enabled (prefer temporary addresses).
 
-Having a per-connection setting set to "-1" (unknown) means fallback to global configuration "ipv6.ip6-privacy".
-
-If also global configuration is unspecified or set to "-1", fallback to read "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr".
+If set to "-1" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.ip6-privacy" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "-1", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/use_tempaddr" from before NetworkManager started.
 
 Note that this setting is distinct from the Stable Privacy addresses that can be enabled with the "addr-gen-mode" property's "stable-privacy" setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.
 
@@ -368,6 +372,22 @@ Array of IPv6 route structures.  Each IPv6 route structure is composed of an IPv
 Array of dictionaries for routing rules. Each routing rule supports the following options: action (y), dport-end (q), dport-start (q), family (i), from (s), from-len (y), fwmark (u), fwmask (u), iifname (s), invert (b), ipproto (s), oifname (s), priority (u), sport-end (q), sport-start (q), supress-prefixlength (i), table (u), to (s), tos (y), to-len (y), range-end (u), range-start (u).
 
 
+
temp-preferred-lifetime
+
int32
+
0
+The preferred lifetime of autogenerated temporary addresses, in seconds. + +If set to "0" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.temp-preferred-lifetime" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "0", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/temp_prefered_lft" from before NetworkManager started. + + +
temp-valid-lifetime
+
int32
+
0
+The valid lifetime of autogenerated temporary addresses, in seconds. + +If set to "0" (unknown) for a connection, the value is taken from the global "ipv6.temp-valid-lifetime" setting. If the global setting is unspecified or also set to "0", the value is set from the original value of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/<iface>/temp_valid_lft" from before NetworkManager started. + +
token
string

diff --git a/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml b/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml
index faee8799..a7cf2461 100644
--- a/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml
+++ b/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
-
 ]>
 
diff --git a/docs/api/network-manager-overrides.txt b/docs/api/network-manager-overrides.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
diff --git a/docs/api/settings-spec.xml b/docs/api/settings-spec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a1105e0..00000000
--- a/docs/api/settings-spec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,575 +0,0 @@
-
-
-Configuration SettingsconnectionGeneral Connection Profile Settings
-            Properties
-        Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionauth-retriesauth-retriesint32-1The number of retries for the authentication. Zero means to try indefinitely; -1 means to use a global default. If the global default is not set, the authentication retries for 3 times before failing the connection.
-
-Currently, this only applies to 802-1x authentication.autoconnectautoconnectbooleanTRUEWhether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.
-
-Autoconnect happens when the circumstances are suitable. That means for example that the device is currently managed and not active. Autoconnect thus never replaces or competes with an already active profile.
-
-Note that autoconnect is not implemented for VPN profiles. See "secondaries" as an alternative to automatically connect VPN profiles.
-
-If multiple profiles are ready to autoconnect on the same device, the one with the better "connection.autoconnect-priority" is chosen. If the priorities are equal, then the most recently connected profile is activated. If the profiles were not connected earlier or their "connection.timestamp" is identical, the choice is undefined.
-
-Depending on "connection.multi-connect", a profile can (auto)connect only once at a time or multiple times.autoconnect-portsautoconnect-portsint32-1Whether or not ports of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for controller connections. The properties "autoconnect", "autoconnect-priority" and "autoconnect-retries" are unrelated to this setting. The permitted values are: 0: leave port connections untouched, 1: activate all the port connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-ports is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.autoconnect-priorityautoconnect-priorityint320The autoconnect priority in range -999 to 999. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. The higher number means higher priority. Defaults to 0. Note that this property only matters if there are more than one candidate profile to select for autoconnect. In case of equal priority, the profile used most recently is chosen.autoconnect-retriesautoconnect-retriesint32-1The number of times a connection should be tried when autoactivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden). Setting this to 1 means to try activation only once before blocking autoconnect. Note that after a timeout, NetworkManager will try to autoconnect again.autoconnect-slavesautoconnect-slavesNMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32)Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The properties "autoconnect", "autoconnect-priority" and "autoconnect-retries" are unrelated to this setting. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.controllercontrollerstringInterface name of the controller device or UUID of the controller connection.dns-over-tlsdns-over-tlsint32-1Whether DNSOverTls (dns-over-tls) is enabled for the connection. DNSOverTls is a technology which uses TLS to encrypt dns traffic.
-
-The permitted values are: "yes" (2) use DNSOverTls and disabled fallback, "opportunistic" (1) use DNSOverTls but allow fallback to unencrypted resolution, "no" (0) don't ever use DNSOverTls. If unspecified "default" depends on the plugin used. Systemd-resolved uses global setting.
-
-This feature requires a plugin which supports DNSOverTls. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. One such plugin is dns-systemd-resolved.gateway-ping-timeoutgateway-ping-timeoutuint320If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.ididstringA human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".interface-nameinterface-namestringThe name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).
-
-For software devices this specifies the name of the created device.
-
-For connection types where interface names cannot easily be made persistent (e.g. mobile broadband or USB Ethernet), this property should not be used. Setting this property restricts the interfaces a connection can be used with, and if interface names change or are reordered the connection may be applied to the wrong interface.lldplldpint32-1Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.llmnrllmnrint32-1Whether Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution (LLMNR) is enabled for the connection. LLMNR is a protocol based on the Domain Name System (DNS) packet format that allows both IPv4 and IPv6 hosts to perform name resolution for hosts on the same local link.
-
-The permitted values are: "yes" (2) register hostname and resolving for the connection, "no" (0) disable LLMNR for the interface, "resolve" (1) do not register hostname but allow resolving of LLMNR host names If unspecified, "default" ultimately depends on the DNS plugin (which for systemd-resolved currently means "yes").
-
-This feature requires a plugin which supports LLMNR. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. One such plugin is dns-systemd-resolved.mastermasterstringInterface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.
-
-Deprecated 1.46. Use "controller" instead, this is just an alias.mdnsmdnsint32-1Whether mDNS is enabled for the connection.
-
-The permitted values are: "yes" (2) register hostname and resolving for the connection, "no" (0) disable mDNS for the interface, "resolve" (1) do not register hostname but allow resolving of mDNS host names and "default" (-1) to allow lookup of a global default in NetworkManager.conf. If unspecified, "default" ultimately depends on the DNS plugin (which for systemd-resolved currently means "no").
-
-This feature requires a plugin which supports mDNS. Otherwise, the setting has no effect. One such plugin is dns-systemd-resolved.meteredmeteredNMMetered (int32)Whether the connection is metered.
-
-When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.mptcp-flagsmptcp-flagsuint320Whether to configure MPTCP endpoints and the address flags. If MPTCP is enabled in NetworkManager, it will configure the addresses of the interface as MPTCP endpoints. Note that IPv4 loopback addresses (127.0.0.0/8), IPv4 link local addresses (169.254.0.0/16), the IPv6 loopback address (::1), IPv6 link local addresses (fe80::/10), IPv6 unique local addresses (ULA, fc00::/7) and IPv6 privacy extension addresses (rfc3041, ipv6.ip6-privacy) will be excluded from being configured as endpoints.
-
-If "disabled" (0x1), MPTCP handling for the interface is disabled and no endpoints are registered.
-
-The "enabled" (0x2) flag means that MPTCP handling is enabled. This flag can also be implied from the presence of other flags.
-
-Even when enabled, MPTCP handling will by default still be disabled unless "/proc/sys/net/mptcp/enabled" sysctl is on. NetworkManager does not change the sysctl and this is up to the administrator or distribution. To configure endpoints even if the sysctl is disabled, "also-without-sysctl" (0x4) flag can be used. In that case, NetworkManager doesn't look at the sysctl and configures endpoints regardless.
-
-Even when enabled, NetworkManager will only configure MPTCP endpoints for a certain address family, if there is a unicast default route (0.0.0.0/0 or ::/0) in the main routing table. The flag "also-without-default-route" (0x8) can override that.
-
-When MPTCP handling is enabled then endpoints are configured with the specified address flags "signal" (0x10), "subflow" (0x20), "backup" (0x40), "fullmesh" (0x80). See ip-mptcp(8) manual for additional information about the flags.
-
-If the flags are zero (0x0), the global connection default from NetworkManager.conf is honored. If still unspecified, the fallback is "enabled,subflow". Note that this means that MPTCP is by default done depending on the "/proc/sys/net/mptcp/enabled" sysctl.
-
-NetworkManager does not change the MPTCP limits nor enable MPTCP via "/proc/sys/net/mptcp/enabled". That is a host configuration which the admin can change via sysctl and ip-mptcp.
-
-Strict reverse path filtering (rp_filter) breaks many MPTCP use cases, so when MPTCP handling for IPv4 addresses on the interface is enabled, NetworkManager would loosen the strict reverse path filtering (1) to the loose setting (2).mud-urlmud-urlstringIf configured, set to a Manufacturer Usage Description (MUD) URL that points to manufacturer-recommended network policies for IoT devices. It is transmitted as a DHCPv4 or DHCPv6 option. The value must be a valid URL starting with "https://".
-
-The special value "none" is allowed to indicate that no MUD URL is used.
-
-If the per-profile value is unspecified (the default), a global connection default gets consulted. If still unspecified, the ultimate default is "none".multi-connectmulti-connectint320Specifies whether the profile can be active multiple times at a particular moment. The value is of type NMConnectionMultiConnect.permissionspermissionsarray of stringAn array of strings defining what access a given user has to this connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection; otherwise users are allowed if and only if they are in this list.  When this is not empty, the connection can be active only when one of the specified users is logged into an active session.  Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".
-
-At this time only the "user" [type] is allowed.  Any other values are ignored and reserved for future use.  [id] is the username that this permission refers to, which may not contain the ":" character. Any [reserved] information present must be ignored and is reserved for future use.  All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.port-typeport-typestringSetting name of the device type of this port's controller connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a port.read-onlyread-onlybooleanFALSEThis property is deprecated and has no meaning.secondariessecondariesarray of stringList of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently, only VPN connections are supported.slave-typeslave-typestringSetting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.
-
-Deprecated 1.46. Use "port-type" instead, this is just an alias.stable-idstable-idstringThis represents the identity of the connection used for various purposes. It allows to configure multiple profiles to share the identity. Also, the stable-id can contain placeholders that are substituted dynamically and deterministically depending on the context.
-
-The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. It is also used to derive the DHCP client identifier with ipv4.dhcp-client-id=stable, the DHCPv6 DUID with ipv6.dhcp-duid=stable-[llt,ll,uuid] and the DHCP IAID with ipv4.iaid=stable and ipv6.iaid=stable.
-
-Note that depending on the context where it is used, other parameters are also seeded into the generation algorithm. For example, a per-host key is commonly also included, so that different systems end up generating different IDs. Or with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy, also the device's name is included, so that different interfaces yield different addresses. The per-host key is the identity of your machine and stored in /var/lib/NetworkManager/secret_key. See NetworkManager(8) manual about the secret-key and the host identity.
-
-The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at activation time. Currently, supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${DEVICE}", "${MAC}", "${NETWORK_SSID}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}".  These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-device, per-SSID, per-boot, or every time.  The "${CONNECTION}" uses the profile's connection.uuid, the "${DEVICE}" uses the interface name of the device and "${MAC}" the permanent MAC address of the device. "${NETWORK_SSID}" uses the SSID for Wi-Fi networks and falls back to "${CONNECTION}" on other networks. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$".  For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}-${BOOT}-${DEVICE}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot and differs depending on the interface where the profile activates.
-
-If the value is unset, a global connection default is consulted. If the value is still unset, the default is "default${CONNECTION}" go generate an ID unique per connection profile.timestamptimestampuint640The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated.
-
-NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the connection is active to ensure that an active connection has the latest timestamp. The property is only meant for reading (changes to this property will not be preserved).typetypestringBase type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for non-hardware dependent connections like VPN or otherwise, should contain the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).uuiduuidstringA universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same network.  For example, it should not be changed when the "id" property or NMSettingIP4Config changes, but might need to be re-created when the Wi-Fi SSID, mobile broadband network provider, or "type" property changes.
-
-The UUID must be in the format "2815492f-7e56-435e-b2e9-246bd7cdc664" (ie, contains only hexadecimal characters and "-").wait-activation-delaywait-activation-delayint32-1Time in milliseconds to wait for connection to be considered activated. The wait will start after the pre-up dispatcher event.
-
-The value 0 means no wait time. The default value is -1, which currently has the same meaning as no wait time.wait-device-timeoutwait-device-timeoutint32-1Timeout in milliseconds to wait for device at startup. During boot, devices may take a while to be detected by the driver. This property will cause to delay NetworkManager-wait-online.service and nm-online to give the device a chance to appear. This works by waiting for the given timeout until a compatible device for the profile is available and managed.
-
-The value 0 means no wait time. The default value is -1, which currently has the same meaning as no wait time.zonezonestringThe trust level of a the connection.  Free form case-insensitive string (for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall.
-
-When updating this property on a currently activated connection, the change takes effect immediately.
6lowpan6LoWPAN Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionparentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this 6LowPAN interface should be created.
802-1xIEEE 802.1x Authentication Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionaltsubject-matchesaltsubject-matchesarray of stringList of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.anonymous-identityanonymous-identitystringAnonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.auth-timeoutauth-timeoutint320A timeout for the authentication. Zero means the global default; if the global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds.ca-certca-certbyte arrayContains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. - -Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; three are currently supported: blob, path and pkcs#11 URL. When using the blob scheme this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended. - -Note that enabling NMSetting8021x:system-ca-certs will override this setting to use the built-in path, if the built-in path is not a directory.ca-cert-passwordca-cert-passwordstringThe password used to access the CA certificate stored in "ca-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.ca-cert-password-flagsca-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "ca-cert-password" property.ca-pathca-pathstringUTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "ca-cert" property. - -If NMSetting8021x:system-ca-certs is enabled and the built-in CA path is an existing directory, then this setting is ignored.client-certclient-certbyte arrayContains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "eap" property. - -Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.client-cert-passwordclient-cert-passwordstringThe password used to access the client certificate stored in "client-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.client-cert-password-flagsclient-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "client-cert-password" property.domain-matchdomain-matchstringConstraint for server domain name. If set, this list of FQDNs is used as a match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using the same comparison. Multiple valid FQDNs can be passed as a ";" delimited list.domain-suffix-matchdomain-suffix-matchstringConstraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison. Since version 1.24, multiple valid FQDNs can be passed as a ";" delimited list.eapeaparray of stringThe allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with 802.1x. Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd", and "fast". Each method requires different configuration using the properties of this setting; refer to wpa_supplicant documentation for the allowed combinations.identityidentitystringIdentity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.optionaloptionalbooleanFALSEWhether the 802.1X authentication is optional. If TRUE, the activation will continue even after a timeout or an authentication failure. Setting the property to TRUE is currently allowed only for Ethernet connections. If set to FALSE, the activation can continue only after a successful authentication.pac-filepac-filestringUTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.passwordpasswordstringUTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred.password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.password-rawpassword-rawbyte arrayPassword used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred.password-raw-flagspassword-raw-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password-raw" property.phase1-auth-flagsphase1-auth-flagsuint320Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The individual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. TLS time checks can be also disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x and tls_disable_time_checks settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.phase1-fast-provisioningphase1-fast-provisioningstringEnables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the "eap" property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated provisioning), "2" (allow authenticated provisioning), and "3" (allow both authenticated and unauthenticated provisioning). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.phase1-peaplabelphase1-peaplabelstringForces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.phase1-peapverphase1-peapverstringForces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the "eap" property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it is necessary to force the client to use a particular PEAP version. To do so, this property may be set to "0" or "1" to force that specific PEAP version.phase2-altsubject-matchesphase2-altsubject-matchesarray of stringList of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.phase2-authphase2-authstringSpecifies the allowed "phase 2" inner authentication method when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the "eap" property. For TTLS this property selects one of the supported non-EAP inner methods: "pap", "chap", "mschap", "mschapv2" while "phase2-autheap" selects an EAP inner method. For PEAP this selects an inner EAP method, one of: "gtc", "otp", "md5" and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details. Both "phase2-auth" and "phase2-autheap" cannot be specified.phase2-autheapphase2-autheapstringSpecifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication method when TTLS is specified in the "eap" property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are "md5", "mschapv2", "otp", "gtc", and "tls". Each "phase 2" inner method requires specific parameters for successful authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.phase2-ca-certphase2-ca-certbyte arrayContains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. - -Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; three are currently supported: blob, path and pkcs#11 URL. When using the blob scheme this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended. - -Note that enabling NMSetting8021x:system-ca-certs will override this setting to use the built-in path, if the built-in path is not a directory.phase2-ca-cert-passwordphase2-ca-cert-passwordstringThe password used to access the "phase2" CA certificate stored in "phase2-ca-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.phase2-ca-cert-password-flagsphase2-ca-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-ca-cert-password" property.phase2-ca-pathphase2-ca-pathstringUTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the "phase2-ca-cert" property. - -If NMSetting8021x:system-ca-certs is enabled and the built-in CA path is an existing directory, then this setting is ignored.phase2-client-certphase2-client-certbyte arrayContains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" properties. - -Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme (which is backwards compatible with NM 0.7.x) this property should be set to the certificate's DER encoded data. When using the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the certificate, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. This property can be unset even if the EAP method supports CA certificates, but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.phase2-client-cert-passwordphase2-client-cert-passwordstringThe password used to access the "phase2" client certificate stored in "phase2-client-cert" property. Only makes sense if the certificate is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.phase2-client-cert-password-flagsphase2-client-cert-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-client-cert-password" property.phase2-domain-matchphase2-domain-matchstringConstraint for server domain name. If set, this list of FQDNs is used as a match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using the same comparison. Multiple valid FQDNs can be passed as a ";" delimited list.phase2-domain-suffix-matchphase2-domain-suffix-matchstringConstraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If a matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison. Since version 1.24, multiple valid FQDNs can be passed as a ";" delimited list.phase2-private-keyphase2-private-keybyte arrayContains the "phase 2" inner private key when the "phase2-auth" or "phase2-autheap" property is set to "tls". - -Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "phase2-private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.phase2-private-key-passwordphase2-private-key-passwordstringThe password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the "phase2-private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.phase2-private-key-password-flagsphase2-private-key-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "phase2-private-key-password" property.phase2-subject-matchphase2-subject-matchstringSubstring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and should not be used.pinpinstringPIN used for EAP authentication methods.pin-flagspin-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property.private-keyprivate-keybyte arrayContains the private key when the "eap" property is set to "tls". - -Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob and path. When using the blob scheme and private keys, this property should be set to the key's encrypted PEM encoded data. When using private keys with the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte. When using PKCS#12 format private keys and the blob scheme, this property should be set to the PKCS#12 data and the "private-key-password" property must be set to password used to decrypt the PKCS#12 certificate and key. When using PKCS#12 files and the path scheme, this property should be set to the full UTF-8 encoded path of the key, prefixed with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte, and as with the blob scheme the "private-key-password" property must be set to the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate. - -WARNING: "private-key" is not a "secret" property, and thus unencrypted private key data using the BLOB scheme may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.private-key-passwordprivate-key-passwordstringThe password used to decrypt the private key specified in the "private-key" property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.private-key-password-flagsprivate-key-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "private-key-password" property.subject-matchsubject-matchstringSubstring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property provides little security, if any, and should not be used.system-ca-certssystem-ca-certsbooleanFALSEWhen TRUE, overrides the "ca-path" and "phase2-ca-path" properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in addition to any certificates specified by the "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties. If the path provided with --system-ca-path is rather a file name (bundle of trusted CA certificates), it overrides "ca-cert" and "phase2-ca-cert" properties instead (sets ca_cert/ca_cert2 options for wpa_supplicant).
adslADSL Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionencapsulationencapsulationstringEncapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".passwordpasswordstringPassword used to authenticate with the ADSL service.password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.protocolprotocolstringADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".usernameusernamestringUsername used to authenticate with the ADSL service.vcivciuint320VCI of ADSL connectionvpivpiuint320VPI of ADSL connection
bluetoothBluetooth Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionbdaddrbdaddrbyte arrayThe Bluetooth address of the device.typetypestringEither "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.
bondBonding Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptioninterface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bond's interface name.optionsoptionsdict of string to string{'mode': 'balance-rr'}Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options. Both keys and values must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).
bridgeBridging Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionageing-timeageing-timeuint32300The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.forward-delayforward-delayuint3215The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.group-addressgroup-addressbyte arrayIf specified, The MAC address of the multicast group this bridge uses for STP. - -The address must be a link-local address in standard Ethernet MAC address format, ie an address of the form 01:80:C2:00:00:0X, with X in [0, 4..F]. If not specified the default value is 01:80:C2:00:00:00.group-forward-maskgroup-forward-maskuint320A mask of group addresses to forward. Usually, group addresses in the range from 01:80:C2:00:00:00 to 01:80:C2:00:00:0F are not forwarded according to standards. This property is a mask of 16 bits, each corresponding to a group address in that range that must be forwarded. The mask can't have bits 0, 1 or 2 set because they are used for STP, MAC pause frames and LACP.hello-timehello-timeuint322The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.interface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bridge's interface name.mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. - -If this field is left unspecified, the "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" is referred instead to generate the initial MAC address. Note that setting "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" anyway overwrites the MAC address of the bridge later while activating the bridge.max-agemax-ageuint3220The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.multicast-hash-maxmulticast-hash-maxuint324096Set maximum size of multicast hash table (value must be a power of 2).multicast-last-member-countmulticast-last-member-countuint322Set the number of queries the bridge will send before stopping forwarding a multicast group after a "leave" message has been received.multicast-last-member-intervalmulticast-last-member-intervaluint64100Set interval (in deciseconds) between queries to find remaining members of a group, after a "leave" message is received.multicast-membership-intervalmulticast-membership-intervaluint6426000Set delay (in deciseconds) after which the bridge will leave a group, if no membership reports for this group are received.multicast-queriermulticast-querierbooleanFALSEEnable or disable sending of multicast queries by the bridge. If not specified the option is disabled.multicast-querier-intervalmulticast-querier-intervaluint6425500If no queries are seen after this delay (in deciseconds) has passed, the bridge will start to send its own queries.multicast-query-intervalmulticast-query-intervaluint6412500Interval (in deciseconds) between queries sent by the bridge after the end of the startup phase.multicast-query-response-intervalmulticast-query-response-intervaluint641000Set the Max Response Time/Max Response Delay (in deciseconds) for IGMP/MLD queries sent by the bridge.multicast-query-use-ifaddrmulticast-query-use-ifaddrbooleanFALSEIf enabled the bridge's own IP address is used as the source address for IGMP queries otherwise the default of 0.0.0.0 is used.multicast-routermulticast-routerstringSets bridge's multicast router. Multicast-snooping must be enabled for this option to work. - -Supported values are: 'auto', 'disabled', 'enabled' to which kernel assigns the numbers 1, 0, and 2, respectively. If not specified the default value is 'auto' (1).multicast-snoopingmulticast-snoopingbooleanTRUEControls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are resolved.multicast-startup-query-countmulticast-startup-query-countuint322Set the number of IGMP queries to send during startup phase.multicast-startup-query-intervalmulticast-startup-query-intervaluint643125Sets the time (in deciseconds) between queries sent out at startup to determine membership information.prioritypriorityuint3232768Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.stpstpbooleanTRUEControls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.vlan-default-pvidvlan-default-pviduint321The default PVID for the ports of the bridge, that is the VLAN id assigned to incoming untagged frames.vlan-filteringvlan-filteringbooleanFALSEControl whether VLAN filtering is enabled on the bridge.vlan-protocolvlan-protocolstringIf specified, the protocol used for VLAN filtering. - -Supported values are: '802.1Q', '802.1ad'. If not specified the default value is '802.1Q'.vlan-stats-enabledvlan-stats-enabledbooleanFALSEControls whether per-VLAN stats accounting is enabled.vlansvlansarray of vardictArray of bridge VLAN objects. In addition to the VLANs specified here, the bridge will also have the default-pvid VLAN configured by the bridge.vlan-default-pvid property. - -In nmcli the VLAN list can be specified with the following syntax: - -$vid [pvid] [untagged] [, $vid [pvid] [untagged]]... - -where $vid is either a single id between 1 and 4094 or a range, represented as a couple of ids separated by a dash.
bridge-portBridge Port Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionhairpin-modehairpin-modebooleanFALSEEnables or disables "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.path-costpath-costuint32100The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.prioritypriorityuint3232The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.vlansvlansarray of vardictArray of bridge VLAN objects. In addition to the VLANs specified here, the port will also have the default-pvid VLAN configured on the bridge by the bridge.vlan-default-pvid property. - -In nmcli the VLAN list can be specified with the following syntax: - -$vid [pvid] [untagged] [, $vid [pvid] [untagged]]... - -where $vid is either a single id between 1 and 4094 or a range, represented as a couple of ids separated by a dash.
cdmaCDMA-based Mobile Broadband Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionmtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.numbernumberstringThe number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (#777) is used when required.passwordpasswordstringThe password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.usernameusernamestringThe username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.
dcbData Center Bridging Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionapp-fcoe-flagsapp-fcoe-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application. Flags may be any combination of 0x1 (enable), 0x2 (advertise), and 0x4 (willing).app-fcoe-modeapp-fcoe-modestringThe FCoE controller mode; either "fabric" or "vn2vn". - -Since 1.34, NULL is the default and means "fabric". Before 1.34, NULL was rejected as invalid and the default was "fabric".app-fcoe-priorityapp-fcoe-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fcoe-flags" property includes the 0x1 (enable) flag.app-fip-flagsapp-fip-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application. Flags may be any combination of 0x1 (enable), 0x2 (advertise), and 0x4 (willing).app-fip-priorityapp-fip-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-fip-flags" property includes the 0x1 (enable) flag.app-iscsi-flagsapp-iscsi-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application. Flags may be any combination of 0x1 (enable), 0x2 (advertise), and 0x4 (willing).app-iscsi-priorityapp-iscsi-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-iscsi-flags" property includes the 0x1 (enable) flag.priority-bandwidthpriority-bandwidtharray of uint32An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percents.priority-flow-controlpriority-flow-controlarray of uint32An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause.priority-flow-control-flagspriority-flow-control-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of 0x1 (enable), 0x2 (advertise), and 0x4 (willing).priority-group-bandwidthpriority-group-bandwidtharray of uint32An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percents.priority-group-flagspriority-group-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups. Flags may be any combination of 0x1 (enable), 0x2 (advertise), and 0x4 (willing).priority-group-idpriority-group-idarray of uint32An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID. Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.priority-strict-bandwidthpriority-strict-bandwidtharray of uint32An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.priority-traffic-classpriority-traffic-classarray of uint32An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to which the priority is mapped.
dummyDummy Link Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
ethtoolEthtool Ethernet Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
genericGeneric Link Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiondevice-handlerdevice-handlerstringName of the device handler that will be invoked to add and delete the device for this connection. The name can only contain ASCII alphanumeric characters and '-', '_', '.'. It cannot start with '.'. - -See the NetworkManager-dispatcher(8) man page for more details about how to write the device handler. - -By setting this property the generic connection becomes "virtual", meaning that it can be activated without an existing device; the device will be created at the time the connection is started by invoking the device-handler.
gsmGSM-based Mobile Broadband Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionapnapnstringThe GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has access to the Internet or just a provider-specific walled-garden, so it is important to use the correct APN for the user's mobile broadband plan. The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM 03.60 Section 14.9. - -If the APN is unset (the default) then it may be detected based on "auto-config" setting. The property can be explicitly set to the empty string to prevent that and use no APN.auto-configauto-configbooleanFALSEWhen TRUE, the settings such as APN, username, or password will default to values that match the network the modem will register to in the Mobile Broadband Provider database.device-iddevice-idstringThe device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will only apply to the specified device.home-onlyhome-onlybooleanFALSEWhen TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.initial-eps-bearer-apninitial-eps-bearer-apnstringFor LTE modems, this sets the APN for the initial EPS bearer that is set up when attaching to the network. Setting this parameter implies initial-eps-bearer-configure to be TRUE.initial-eps-bearer-configureinitial-eps-bearer-configurebooleanFALSEFor LTE modems, this setting determines whether the initial EPS bearer shall be configured when bringing up the connection. It is inferred TRUE if initial-eps-bearer-apn is set.mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.network-idnetwork-idstringThe Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. This can be used to ensure that the device does not roam when direct roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.numbernumberstringLegacy setting that used to help establishing PPP data sessions for GSM-based modems.passwordpasswordstringThe password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.pinpinstringIf the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.pin-flagspin-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property.sim-idsim-idstringThe SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" which contains a SIM card matching the given identifier.sim-operator-idsim-operator-idstringA MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioned by the given operator.usernameusernamestringThe username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.
infinibandInfiniband Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionmac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.p-keyp-keyint32-1The InfiniBand p-key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default p-key (aka "the p-key at index 0"). Otherwise, it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit 0x8000 is set if it is a "full membership" p-key. The values 0 and 0x8000 are not allowed. - -With the p-key set, the interface name is always "$parent.$p_key". Setting "connection.interface-name" to another name is not supported. - -Note that kernel will internally always set the full membership bit, although the interface name does not reflect that. Usually the user would want to configure a full membership p-key with 0x8000 flag set.parentparentstringThe interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the "p_key" property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or "mac-address".transport-modetransport-modestringThe IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".
ipv4IPv4 Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionaddress-dataaddress-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv4 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.addressesaddressesarray of array of uint32Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. -Array of IPv4 address structures. Each IPv4 address structure is composed of 3 32-bit values; the first being the IPv4 address (network byte order), the second the prefix (1 - 32), and last the IPv4 gateway (network byte order). The gateway may be left as 0 if no gateway exists for that subnet.auto-route-ext-gwauto-route-ext-gwNMTernary (int32)VPN connections will default to add the route automatically unless this setting is set to FALSE. - -For other connection types, adding such an automatic route is currently not supported and setting this to TRUE has no effect.dad-timeoutdad-timeoutint32-1Maximum timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. The property is currently implemented only for IPv4. - -A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either the value configured globally in NetworkManger.conf or 200ms). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds. Note that the time intervals are subject to randomization as per RFC 5227 and so the actual duration can be between half and the full time specified in this property.dhcp-client-iddhcp-client-idstringA string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options. When the property is a hex string ('aa:bb:cc') it is interpreted as a binary client ID, in which case the first byte is assumed to be the 'type' field as per RFC 2132 section 9.14 and the remaining bytes may be an hardware address (e.g. '01:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx' where 1 is the Ethernet ARP type and the rest is a MAC address). If the property is not a hex string it is considered as a non-hardware-address client ID and the 'type' field is set to 0. - -The special values "mac" and "perm-mac" are supported, which use the current or permanent MAC address of the device to generate a client identifier with type ethernet (01). Currently, these options only work for ethernet type of links. - -The special value "ipv6-duid" uses the DUID from "ipv6.dhcp-duid" property as an RFC4361-compliant client identifier. As IAID it uses "ipv4.dhcp-iaid" and falls back to "ipv6.dhcp-iaid" if unset. - -The special value "duid" generates a RFC4361-compliant client identifier based on "ipv4.dhcp-iaid" and uses a DUID generated by hashing /etc/machine-id. - -The special value "stable" is supported to generate a type 0 client identifier based on the stable-id (see connection.stable-id) and a per-host key. If you set the stable-id, you may want to include the "${DEVICE}" or "${MAC}" specifier to get a per-device key. - -The special value "none" prevents any client identifier from being sent. Note that this is normally not recommended. - -If unset, a globally configured default from NetworkManager.conf is used. If still unset, the default depends on the DHCP plugin. The internal dhcp client will default to "mac" and the dhclient plugin will try to use one from its config file if present, or won't sent any client-id otherwise.dhcp-dscpdhcp-dscpstringSpecifies the value for the DSCP field (traffic class) of the IP header. When empty, the global default value is used; if no global default is specified, it is assumed to be "CS0". Allowed values are: "CS0", "CS4" and "CS6". - -The property is currently valid only for IPv4, and it is supported only by the "internal" DHCP plugin.dhcp-fqdndhcp-fqdnstringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-hostname" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.dhcp-hostnamedhcp-hostnamestringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.dhcp-hostname-flagsdhcp-hostname-flagsuint320Flags for the DHCP hostname and FQDN. - -Currently, this property only includes flags to control the FQDN flags set in the DHCP FQDN option. Supported FQDN flags are 0x1 (fqdn-serv-update), 0x2 (fqdn-encoded) and 0x4 (fqdn-no-update). When no FQDN flag is set and 0x8 (fqdn-clear-flags) is set, the DHCP FQDN option will contain no flag. Otherwise, if no FQDN flag is set and 0x8 (fqdn-clear-flags) is not set, the standard FQDN flags are set in the request: 0x1 (fqdn-serv-update), 0x2 (fqdn-encoded) for IPv4 and 0x1 (fqdn-serv-update) for IPv6. - -When this property is set to the default value 0x0 (none), a global default is looked up in NetworkManager configuration. If that value is unset or also 0x0 (none), then the standard FQDN flags described above are sent in the DHCP requests.dhcp-iaiddhcp-iaidstringA string containing the "Identity Association Identifier" (IAID) used by the DHCP client. The string can be a 32-bit number (either decimal, hexadecimal or as colon separated hexadecimal numbers). Alternatively it can be set to the special values "mac", "perm-mac", "ifname" or "stable". When set to "mac" (or "perm-mac"), the last 4 bytes of the current (or permanent) MAC address are used as IAID. When set to "ifname", the IAID is computed by hashing the interface name. The special value "stable" can be used to generate an IAID based on the stable-id (see connection.stable-id), a per-host key and the interface name. When the property is unset, the value from global configuration is used; if no global default is set then the IAID is assumed to be "ifname". - -For DHCPv4, the IAID is only used with "ipv4.dhcp-client-id" values "duid" and "ipv6-duid" to generate the client-id. - -For DHCPv6, note that at the moment this property is only supported by the "internal" DHCPv6 plugin. The "dhclient" DHCPv6 plugin always derives the IAID from the MAC address. - -The actually used DHCPv6 IAID for a currently activated interface is exposed in the lease information of the device.dhcp-reject-serversdhcp-reject-serversarray of stringArray of servers from which DHCP offers must be rejected. This property is useful to avoid getting a lease from misconfigured or rogue servers. - -For DHCPv4, each element must be an IPv4 address, optionally followed by a slash and a prefix length (e.g. "192.168.122.0/24"). - -This property is currently not implemented for DHCPv6.dhcp-send-hostnamedhcp-send-hostnamebooleanTRUEIf TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.dhcp-timeoutdhcp-timeoutint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds. If zero (the default), a globally configured default is used. If still unspecified, a device specific timeout is used (usually 45 seconds). - -Set to 2147483647 (MAXINT32) for infinity.dhcp-vendor-class-identifierdhcp-vendor-class-identifierstringThe Vendor Class Identifier DHCP option (60). Special characters in the data string may be escaped using C-style escapes, nevertheless this property cannot contain nul bytes. If the per-profile value is unspecified (the default), a global connection default gets consulted. If still unspecified, the DHCP option is not sent to the server.dnsdnsarray of uint32Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (as network-byte-order integers)dns-datadns-dataarray of stringsArray of DNS name servers. This replaces the deprecated "dns" property. Each name server can also contain a DoT server name.dns-optionsdns-optionsarray of stringArray of DNS options to be added to resolv.conf. - -NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties. - -The following options are directly added to resolv.conf: "attempts", "debug", "edns0", "inet6", "ip6-bytestring", "ip6-dotint", "ndots", "no-aaaa", "no-check-names", "no-ip6-dotint", "no-reload", "no-tld-query", "rotate", "single-request", "single-request-reopen", "timeout", "trust-ad", "use-vc". See the resolv.conf(5) man page for a detailed description of these options. - -In addition, NetworkManager supports the special options "_no-add-edns0" and "_no-add-trust-ad". They are not added to resolv.conf, and can be used to prevent the automatic addition of options "edns0" and "trust-ad" when using caching DNS plugins (see below). - -The "trust-ad" setting is only honored if the profile contributes name servers to resolv.conf, and if all contributing profiles have "trust-ad" enabled. - -When using a caching DNS plugin (dnsmasq or systemd-resolved in NetworkManager.conf) then "edns0" and "trust-ad" are automatically added, unless "_no-add-edns0" and "_no-add-trust-ad" are present.dns-prioritydns-priorityint320DNS servers priority. - -The relative priority for DNS servers specified by this setting. A lower numerical value is better (higher priority). - -Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater numerical priority value; so in presence of at least one negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used. To avoid all DNS leaks, set the priority of the profile that should be used to the most negative value of all active connections profiles. - -Zero selects a globally configured default value. If the latter is missing or zero too, it defaults to 50 for VPNs (including WireGuard) and 100 for other connections. - -Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. - -When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, VPNs will be considered first, then devices with the best (lowest metric) default route and then all other devices. - -When using dns=default, servers with higher priority will be on top of resolv.conf. To prioritize a given server over another one within the same connection, just specify them in the desired order. Note that commonly the resolver tries name servers in /etc/resolv.conf in the order listed, proceeding with the next server in the list on failure. See for example the "rotate" option of the dns-options setting. If there are any negative DNS priorities, then only name servers from the devices with that lowest priority will be considered. - -When using a DNS resolver that supports Conditional Forwarding or Split DNS (with dns=dnsmasq or dns=systemd-resolved settings), each connection is used to query domains in its search list. The search domains determine which name servers to ask, and the DNS priority is used to prioritize name servers based on the domain. Queries for domains not present in any search list are routed through connections having the '~.' special wildcard domain, which is added automatically to connections with the default route (or can be added manually). When multiple connections specify the same domain, the one with the best priority (lowest numerical value) wins. If a sub domain is configured on another interface it will be accepted regardless the priority, unless parent domain on the other interface has a negative priority, which causes the sub domain to be shadowed. With Split DNS one can avoid undesired DNS leaks by properly configuring DNS priorities and the search domains, so that only name servers of the desired interface are configured.dns-searchdns-searcharray of stringList of DNS search domains. Domains starting with a tilde ('~') are considered 'routing' domains and are used only to decide the interface over which a query must be forwarded; they are not used to complete unqualified host names. - -When using a DNS plugin that supports Conditional Forwarding or Split DNS, then the search domains specify which name servers to query. This makes the behavior different from running with plain /etc/resolv.conf. For more information see also the dns-priority setting. - -When set on a profile that also enabled DHCP, the DNS search list received automatically (option 119 for DHCPv4 and option 24 for DHCPv6) gets merged with the manual list. This can be prevented by setting "ignore-auto-dns". Note that if no DNS searches are configured, the fallback will be derived from the domain from DHCP (option 15).gatewaygatewaystringThe gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set. - -Setting the gateway causes NetworkManager to configure a standard default route with the gateway as next hop. This is ignored if "never-default" is set. An alternative is to configure the default route explicitly with a manual route and /0 as prefix length. - -Note that the gateway usually conflicts with routing that NetworkManager configures for WireGuard interfaces, so usually it should not be set in that case. See "ip4-auto-default-route".ignore-auto-dnsignore-auto-dnsbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured name servers and search domains are ignored and only name servers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used.ignore-auto-routesignore-auto-routesbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used.link-locallink-localint320Enable and disable the IPv4 link-local configuration independently of the ipv4.method configuration. This allows a link-local address (169.254.x.y/16) to be obtained in addition to other addresses, such as those manually configured or obtained from a DHCP server. - -When set to "auto", the value is dependent on "ipv4.method". When set to "default", it honors the global connection default, before falling back to "auto". Note that if "ipv4.method" is "disabled", then link local addressing is always disabled too. The default is "default".may-failmay-failbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.methodmethodstringIP configuration method. - -NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "disabled", "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. - -In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. - -For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. - -For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen. Note that the shared method must be configured on the interface which shares the internet to a subnet, not on the uplink which is shared.never-defaultnever-defaultbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.replace-local-rulereplace-local-ruleNMTernary (int32)Connections will default to keep the autogenerated priority 0 local rule unless this setting is set to TRUE.required-timeoutrequired-timeoutint32-1The minimum time interval in milliseconds for which dynamic IP configuration should be tried before the connection succeeds. - -This property is useful for example if both IPv4 and IPv6 are enabled and are allowed to fail. Normally the connection succeeds as soon as one of the two address families completes; by setting a required timeout for e.g. IPv4, one can ensure that even if IP6 succeeds earlier than IPv4, NetworkManager waits some time for IPv4 before the connection becomes active. - -Note that if "may-fail" is FALSE for the same address family, this property has no effect as NetworkManager needs to wait for the full DHCP timeout. - -A zero value means that no required timeout is present, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.required-timeout override or zero).route-dataroute-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv4 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'next-hop' entry, containing the next hop IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes.route-metricroute-metricint64-1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.route-tableroute-tableuint320Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes. - -This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table. - -If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection. - -Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally, NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table. This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside of NetworkManager.routesroutesarray of array of uint32Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. -Array of IPv4 route structures. Each IPv4 route structure is composed of 4 32-bit values; the first being the destination IPv4 network or address (network byte order), the second the destination network or address prefix (1 - 32), the third being the next-hop (network byte order) if any, and the fourth being the route metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device. (There is no way to explicitly specify an actual metric of 0 with this property.)routing-rulesrouting-rulesarray of 'a{sv}'Array of dictionaries for routing rules. Each routing rule supports the following options: action (y), dport-end (q), dport-start (q), family (i), from (s), from-len (y), fwmark (u), fwmask (u), iifname (s), invert (b), ipproto (s), oifname (s), priority (u), sport-end (q), sport-start (q), supress-prefixlength (i), table (u), to (s), tos (y), to-len (y), range-end (u), range-start (u).
ipv6IPv6 Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionaddr-gen-modeaddr-gen-modeint323Configure the method for creating the IPv6 interface identifier of addresses for RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration and IPv6 Link Local. - -The permitted values are: 0 (eui64), 1 (stable-privacy). 2 (default-or-eui64) or 3 (default). - -If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface token derived from the hardware address. This makes the host part of the address constant, making it possible to track the host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. If a duplicate address is detected, there is no fallback to generate another address. When configured, the "ipv6.token" is used instead of the MAC address to generate addresses for stateless autoconfiguration. - -If the property is set to "stable-privacy", the interface identifier is generated as specified by RFC7217. This works by hashing a host specific key (see NetworkManager(8) manual), the interface name, the connection's "connection.stable-id" property and the address prefix. This improves privacy by making it harder to use the address to track the host's presence as every prefix and network has a different identifier. Also, the address is stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. - -The special values "default" and "default-or-eui64" will fallback to the global connection default as documented in the NetworkManager.conf(5) manual. If the global default is not specified, the fallback value is "stable-privacy" or "eui64", respectively. - -For libnm, the property defaults to "default" since 1.40. Previously it used to default to "stable-privacy". On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals "default". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means "default-or-eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. - -Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.address-dataaddress-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.addressesaddressesarray of legacy IPv6 address struct (a(ayuay))Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. -Array of IPv6 address structures. Each IPv6 address structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (0 - 128), and an IPv6 gateway address. The gateway may be zeroed out if no gateway exists for that subnet.auto-route-ext-gwauto-route-ext-gwNMTernary (int32)VPN connections will default to add the route automatically unless this setting is set to FALSE. - -For other connection types, adding such an automatic route is currently not supported and setting this to TRUE has no effect.dad-timeoutdad-timeoutint32-1Maximum timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. The property is currently implemented only for IPv4. - -A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either the value configured globally in NetworkManger.conf or 200ms). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds. Note that the time intervals are subject to randomization as per RFC 5227 and so the actual duration can be between half and the full time specified in this property.dhcp-dscpdhcp-dscpstringSpecifies the value for the DSCP field (traffic class) of the IP header. When empty, the global default value is used; if no global default is specified, it is assumed to be "CS0". Allowed values are: "CS0", "CS4" and "CS6". - -The property is currently valid only for IPv4, and it is supported only by the "internal" DHCP plugin.dhcp-duiddhcp-duidstringA string containing the DHCPv6 Unique Identifier (DUID) used by the dhcp client to identify itself to DHCPv6 servers (RFC 3315). The DUID is carried in the Client Identifier option. If the property is a hex string ('aa:bb:cc') it is interpreted as a binary DUID and filled as an opaque value in the Client Identifier option. - -The special value "lease" will retrieve the DUID previously used from the lease file belonging to the connection. If no DUID is found and "dhclient" is the configured dhcp client, the DUID is searched in the system-wide dhclient lease file. If still no DUID is found, or another dhcp client is used, a global and permanent DUID-UUID (RFC 6355) will be generated based on the machine-id. - -The special values "llt" and "ll" will generate a DUID of type LLT or LL (see RFC 3315) based on the current MAC address of the device. In order to try providing a stable DUID-LLT, the time field will contain a constant timestamp that is used globally (for all profiles) and persisted to disk. - -The special values "stable-llt", "stable-ll" and "stable-uuid" will generate a DUID of the corresponding type, derived from the connection's stable-id and a per-host unique key. You may want to include the "${DEVICE}" or "${MAC}" specifier in the stable-id, in case this profile gets activated on multiple devices. So, the link-layer address of "stable-ll" and "stable-llt" will be a generated address derived from the stable id. The DUID-LLT time value in the "stable-llt" option will be picked among a static timespan of three years (the upper bound of the interval is the same constant timestamp used in "llt"). - -When the property is unset, the global value provided for "ipv6.dhcp-duid" is used. If no global value is provided, the default "lease" value is assumed.dhcp-hostnamedhcp-hostnamestringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.dhcp-hostname-flagsdhcp-hostname-flagsuint320Flags for the DHCP hostname and FQDN. - -Currently, this property only includes flags to control the FQDN flags set in the DHCP FQDN option. Supported FQDN flags are 0x1 (fqdn-serv-update), 0x2 (fqdn-encoded) and 0x4 (fqdn-no-update). When no FQDN flag is set and 0x8 (fqdn-clear-flags) is set, the DHCP FQDN option will contain no flag. Otherwise, if no FQDN flag is set and 0x8 (fqdn-clear-flags) is not set, the standard FQDN flags are set in the request: 0x1 (fqdn-serv-update), 0x2 (fqdn-encoded) for IPv4 and 0x1 (fqdn-serv-update) for IPv6. - -When this property is set to the default value 0x0 (none), a global default is looked up in NetworkManager configuration. If that value is unset or also 0x0 (none), then the standard FQDN flags described above are sent in the DHCP requests.dhcp-iaiddhcp-iaidstringA string containing the "Identity Association Identifier" (IAID) used by the DHCP client. The string can be a 32-bit number (either decimal, hexadecimal or as colon separated hexadecimal numbers). Alternatively it can be set to the special values "mac", "perm-mac", "ifname" or "stable". When set to "mac" (or "perm-mac"), the last 4 bytes of the current (or permanent) MAC address are used as IAID. When set to "ifname", the IAID is computed by hashing the interface name. The special value "stable" can be used to generate an IAID based on the stable-id (see connection.stable-id), a per-host key and the interface name. When the property is unset, the value from global configuration is used; if no global default is set then the IAID is assumed to be "ifname". - -For DHCPv4, the IAID is only used with "ipv4.dhcp-client-id" values "duid" and "ipv6-duid" to generate the client-id. - -For DHCPv6, note that at the moment this property is only supported by the "internal" DHCPv6 plugin. The "dhclient" DHCPv6 plugin always derives the IAID from the MAC address. - -The actually used DHCPv6 IAID for a currently activated interface is exposed in the lease information of the device.dhcp-pd-hintdhcp-pd-hintstringA IPv6 address followed by a slash and a prefix length. If set, the value is sent to the DHCPv6 server as hint indicating the prefix delegation (IA_PD) we want to receive. To only hint a prefix length without prefix, set the address part to the zero address (for example "::/60").dhcp-reject-serversdhcp-reject-serversarray of stringArray of servers from which DHCP offers must be rejected. This property is useful to avoid getting a lease from misconfigured or rogue servers. - -For DHCPv4, each element must be an IPv4 address, optionally followed by a slash and a prefix length (e.g. "192.168.122.0/24"). - -This property is currently not implemented for DHCPv6.dhcp-send-hostnamedhcp-send-hostnamebooleanTRUEIf TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.dhcp-timeoutdhcp-timeoutint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds. If zero (the default), a globally configured default is used. If still unspecified, a device specific timeout is used (usually 45 seconds). - -Set to 2147483647 (MAXINT32) for infinity.dnsdnsarray of byte arrayArray of IP addresses of DNS servers (in network byte order)dns-datadns-dataarray of stringsArray of DNS name servers. This replaces the deprecated "dns" property. Each name server can also contain a DoT server name.dns-optionsdns-optionsarray of stringArray of DNS options to be added to resolv.conf. - -NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties. - -The following options are directly added to resolv.conf: "attempts", "debug", "edns0", "inet6", "ip6-bytestring", "ip6-dotint", "ndots", "no-aaaa", "no-check-names", "no-ip6-dotint", "no-reload", "no-tld-query", "rotate", "single-request", "single-request-reopen", "timeout", "trust-ad", "use-vc". See the resolv.conf(5) man page for a detailed description of these options. - -In addition, NetworkManager supports the special options "_no-add-edns0" and "_no-add-trust-ad". They are not added to resolv.conf, and can be used to prevent the automatic addition of options "edns0" and "trust-ad" when using caching DNS plugins (see below). - -The "trust-ad" setting is only honored if the profile contributes name servers to resolv.conf, and if all contributing profiles have "trust-ad" enabled. - -When using a caching DNS plugin (dnsmasq or systemd-resolved in NetworkManager.conf) then "edns0" and "trust-ad" are automatically added, unless "_no-add-edns0" and "_no-add-trust-ad" are present.dns-prioritydns-priorityint320DNS servers priority. - -The relative priority for DNS servers specified by this setting. A lower numerical value is better (higher priority). - -Negative values have the special effect of excluding other configurations with a greater numerical priority value; so in presence of at least one negative priority, only DNS servers from connections with the lowest priority value will be used. To avoid all DNS leaks, set the priority of the profile that should be used to the most negative value of all active connections profiles. - -Zero selects a globally configured default value. If the latter is missing or zero too, it defaults to 50 for VPNs (including WireGuard) and 100 for other connections. - -Note that the priority is to order DNS settings for multiple active connections. It does not disambiguate multiple DNS servers within the same connection profile. - -When multiple devices have configurations with the same priority, VPNs will be considered first, then devices with the best (lowest metric) default route and then all other devices. - -When using dns=default, servers with higher priority will be on top of resolv.conf. To prioritize a given server over another one within the same connection, just specify them in the desired order. Note that commonly the resolver tries name servers in /etc/resolv.conf in the order listed, proceeding with the next server in the list on failure. See for example the "rotate" option of the dns-options setting. If there are any negative DNS priorities, then only name servers from the devices with that lowest priority will be considered. - -When using a DNS resolver that supports Conditional Forwarding or Split DNS (with dns=dnsmasq or dns=systemd-resolved settings), each connection is used to query domains in its search list. The search domains determine which name servers to ask, and the DNS priority is used to prioritize name servers based on the domain. Queries for domains not present in any search list are routed through connections having the '~.' special wildcard domain, which is added automatically to connections with the default route (or can be added manually). When multiple connections specify the same domain, the one with the best priority (lowest numerical value) wins. If a sub domain is configured on another interface it will be accepted regardless the priority, unless parent domain on the other interface has a negative priority, which causes the sub domain to be shadowed. With Split DNS one can avoid undesired DNS leaks by properly configuring DNS priorities and the search domains, so that only name servers of the desired interface are configured.dns-searchdns-searcharray of stringList of DNS search domains. Domains starting with a tilde ('~') are considered 'routing' domains and are used only to decide the interface over which a query must be forwarded; they are not used to complete unqualified host names. - -When using a DNS plugin that supports Conditional Forwarding or Split DNS, then the search domains specify which name servers to query. This makes the behavior different from running with plain /etc/resolv.conf. For more information see also the dns-priority setting. - -When set on a profile that also enabled DHCP, the DNS search list received automatically (option 119 for DHCPv4 and option 24 for DHCPv6) gets merged with the manual list. This can be prevented by setting "ignore-auto-dns". Note that if no DNS searches are configured, the fallback will be derived from the domain from DHCP (option 15).gatewaygatewaystringThe gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if "addresses" is also set. - -Setting the gateway causes NetworkManager to configure a standard default route with the gateway as next hop. This is ignored if "never-default" is set. An alternative is to configure the default route explicitly with a manual route and /0 as prefix length. - -Note that the gateway usually conflicts with routing that NetworkManager configures for WireGuard interfaces, so usually it should not be set in that case. See "ip4-auto-default-route".ignore-auto-dnsignore-auto-dnsbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured name servers and search domains are ignored and only name servers and search domains specified in the "dns" and "dns-search" properties, if any, are used.ignore-auto-routesignore-auto-routesbooleanFALSEWhen "method" is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the "routes" property, if any, are used.ip6-privacyip6-privacyNMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy (int32)Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified EUI-64. This enhances privacy, but could cause problems in some applications, on the other hand. The permitted values are: -1: unknown, 0: disabled, 1: enabled (prefer public address), 2: enabled (prefer temporary addresses). - -Having a per-connection setting set to "-1" (unknown) means fallback to global configuration "ipv6.ip6-privacy". - -If also global configuration is unspecified or set to "-1", fallback to read "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr". - -Note that this setting is distinct from the Stable Privacy addresses that can be enabled with the "addr-gen-mode" property's "stable-privacy" setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.may-failmay-failbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.methodmethodstringIP configuration method. - -NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "disabled", "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for other values. - -In general, for the "auto" method, properties such as "dns" and "routes" specify information that is added on to the information returned from automatic configuration. The "ignore-auto-routes" and "ignore-auto-dns" properties modify this behavior. - -For methods that imply no upstream network, such as "shared" or "link-local", these properties must be empty. - -For IPv4 method "shared", the IP subnet can be configured by adding one manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen. Note that the shared method must be configured on the interface which shares the internet to a subnet, not on the uplink which is shared.mtumtuuint320Maximum transmission unit size, in bytes. If zero (the default), the MTU is set automatically from router advertisements or is left equal to the link-layer MTU. If greater than the link-layer MTU, or greater than zero but less than the minimum IPv6 MTU of 1280, this value has no effect.never-defaultnever-defaultbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.ra-timeoutra-timeoutint320A timeout for waiting Router Advertisements in seconds. If zero (the default), a globally configured default is used. If still unspecified, the timeout depends on the sysctl settings of the device. - -Set to 2147483647 (MAXINT32) for infinity.replace-local-rulereplace-local-ruleNMTernary (int32)Connections will default to keep the autogenerated priority 0 local rule unless this setting is set to TRUE.required-timeoutrequired-timeoutint32-1The minimum time interval in milliseconds for which dynamic IP configuration should be tried before the connection succeeds. - -This property is useful for example if both IPv4 and IPv6 are enabled and are allowed to fail. Normally the connection succeeds as soon as one of the two address families completes; by setting a required timeout for e.g. IPv4, one can ensure that even if IP6 succeeds earlier than IPv4, NetworkManager waits some time for IPv4 before the connection becomes active. - -Note that if "may-fail" is FALSE for the same address family, this property has no effect as NetworkManager needs to wait for the full DHCP timeout. - -A zero value means that no required timeout is present, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.required-timeout override or zero).route-dataroute-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'next-hop' entry, containing the next hop IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes.route-metricroute-metricint64-1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.route-tableroute-tableuint320Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes. - -This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table. - -If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection. - -Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally, NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table. This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside of NetworkManager.routesroutesarray of legacy IPv6 route struct (a(ayuayu))Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'. -Array of IPv6 route structures. Each IPv6 route structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (0 - 128), an IPv6 next hop address (which may be zeroed out if there is no next hop), and a metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device.routing-rulesrouting-rulesarray of 'a{sv}'Array of dictionaries for routing rules. Each routing rule supports the following options: action (y), dport-end (q), dport-start (q), family (i), from (s), from-len (y), fwmark (u), fwmask (u), iifname (s), invert (b), ipproto (s), oifname (s), priority (u), sport-end (q), sport-start (q), supress-prefixlength (i), table (u), to (s), tos (y), to-len (y), range-end (u), range-start (u).tokentokenstringConfigure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode. - -When set, the token is used as IPv6 interface identifier instead of the hardware address. This only applies to addresses from stateless autoconfiguration, not to IPv6 link local addresses.
ip-tunnelIP Tunneling Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionencapsulation-limitencapsulation-limituint320How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels. To disable this option, add 0x1 (ip6-ign-encap-limit) to ip-tunnel flags.flagsflagsuint320Tunnel flags. Currently, the following values are supported: 0x1 (ip6-ign-encap-limit), 0x2 (ip6-use-orig-tclass), 0x4 (ip6-use-orig-flowlabel), 0x8 (ip6-mip6-dev), 0x10 (ip6-rcv-dscp-copy), 0x20 (ip6-use-orig-fwmark). They are valid only for IPv6 tunnels.flow-labelflow-labeluint320The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.fwmarkfwmarkuint320The fwmark value to assign to tunnel packets. This property can be set to a non zero value only on VTI and VTI6 tunnels.input-keyinput-keystringThe key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.locallocalstringThe local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.modemodeuint320The tunneling mode. Valid values: 1 (ipip), 2 (gre), 3 (sit), 4 (isatap), 5 (vti), 6 (ip6ip6), 7 (ipip6), 8 (ip6gre), 9 (vti6), 10 (gretap) and 11 (ip6gretap)mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple fragments.output-keyoutput-keystringThe key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface.path-mtu-discoverypath-mtu-discoverybooleanTRUEWhether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.remoteremotestringThe remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.tostosuint320The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on tunneled packets.ttlttluint320The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value.
macsecMACSec Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionencryptencryptbooleanTRUEWhether the transmitted traffic must be encrypted.mka-cakmka-cakstringThe pre-shared CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MACsec Key Agreement. Must be a string of 32 hexadecimal characters.mka-cak-flagsmka-cak-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "mka-cak" property.mka-cknmka-cknstringThe pre-shared CKN (Connectivity-association Key Name) for MACsec Key Agreement. Must be a string of hexadecimal characters with a even length between 2 and 64.modemodeint320Specifies how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained.offloadoffloadint32-1Specifies the MACsec offload mode. - -0 (off) disables MACsec offload. - -1 (phy) and 2 (mac) request offload respectively to the PHY or to the MAC; if the selected mode is not available, the connection will fail. - --1 (default) uses the global default value specified in NetworkManager configuration; if no global default is defined, the built-in default is 0 (off).parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MACSEC interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.portportint321The port component of the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier), between 1 and 65534.send-scisend-scibooleanTRUESpecifies whether the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier) is included in every packet.validationvalidationint322Specifies the validation mode for incoming frames.
macvlanMAC VLAN Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionmodemodeuint320The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple macvlans on the same lower device.parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.promiscuouspromiscuousbooleanTRUEWhether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.taptapbooleanFALSEWhether the interface should be a MACVTAP.
matchMatch settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiondriverdriverarray of stringA list of driver names to match. Each element is a shell wildcard pattern. - -See NMSettingMatch:interface-name for how special characters '|', '&', '!' and '\\' are used for optional and mandatory matches and inverting the pattern.interface-nameinterface-namearray of stringA list of interface names to match. Each element is a shell wildcard pattern. - -An element can be prefixed with a pipe symbol (|) or an ampersand (&). The former means that the element is optional and the latter means that it is mandatory. If there are any optional elements, than the match evaluates to true if at least one of the optional element matches (logical OR). If there are any mandatory elements, then they all must match (logical AND). By default, an element is optional. This means that an element "foo" behaves the same as "|foo". An element can also be inverted with exclamation mark (!) between the pipe symbol (or the ampersand) and before the pattern. Note that "!foo" is a shortcut for the mandatory match "&!foo". Finally, a backslash can be used at the beginning of the element (after the optional special characters) to escape the start of the pattern. For example, "&\\!a" is an mandatory match for literally "!a".kernel-command-linekernel-command-linearray of stringA list of kernel command line arguments to match. This may be used to check whether a specific kernel command line option is set (or unset, if prefixed with the exclamation mark). The argument must either be a single word, or an assignment (i.e. two words, joined by "="). In the former case the kernel command line is searched for the word appearing as is, or as left hand side of an assignment. In the latter case, the exact assignment is looked for with right and left hand side matching. Wildcard patterns are not supported. - -See NMSettingMatch:interface-name for how special characters '|', '&', '!' and '\\' are used for optional and mandatory matches and inverting the match.pathpatharray of stringA list of paths to match against the ID_PATH udev property of devices. ID_PATH represents the topological persistent path of a device. It typically contains a subsystem string (pci, usb, platform, etc.) and a subsystem-specific identifier. - -For PCI devices the path has the form "pci-$domain:$bus:$device.$function", where each variable is an hexadecimal value; for example "pci-0000:0a:00.0". - -The path of a device can be obtained with "udevadm info /sys/class/net/$dev | grep ID_PATH=" or by looking at the "path" property exported by NetworkManager ("nmcli -f general.path device show $dev"). - -Each element of the list is a shell wildcard pattern. - -See NMSettingMatch:interface-name for how special characters '|', '&', '!' and '\\' are used for optional and mandatory matches and inverting the pattern.
802-11-olpc-meshOLPC Wireless Mesh Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionchannelchanneluint320Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.dhcp-anycast-addressdhcp-anycast-addressbyte arrayAnycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP. The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class answers the request. - -This is currently only implemented by dhclient DHCP plugin.ssidssidbyte arraySSID of the mesh network to join.
ovs-bridgeOvsBridge Link Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiondatapath-typedatapath-typestringThe data path type. One of "system", "netdev" or empty.fail-modefail-modestringThe bridge failure mode. One of "secure", "standalone" or empty.mcast-snooping-enablemcast-snooping-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable multicast snooping.rstp-enablerstp-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable RSTP.stp-enablestp-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable STP.
ovs-dpdkOvsDpdk Link Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptiondevargsdevargsstringOpen vSwitch DPDK device arguments.n-rxqn-rxquint320Open vSwitch DPDK number of rx queues. Defaults to zero which means to leave the parameter in OVS unspecified and effectively configures one queue.n-rxq-descn-rxq-descuint320The rx queue size (number of rx descriptors) for DPDK ports. Must be zero or a power of 2 between 1 and 4096, and supported by the hardware. Defaults to zero which means to leave the parameter in OVS unspecified and effectively configures 2048 descriptors.n-txq-descn-txq-descuint320The tx queue size (number of tx descriptors) for DPDK ports. Must be zero or a power of 2 between 1 and 4096, and supported by the hardware. Defaults to zero which means to leave the parameter in OVS unspecified and effectively configures 2048 descriptors.
ovs-interfaceOpen vSwitch Interface Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionofport-requestofport-requestuint320Open vSwitch openflow port number. Defaults to zero which means that port number will not be specified and it will be chosen randomly by ovs. OpenFlow ports are the network interfaces for passing packets between OpenFlow processing and the rest of the network. OpenFlow switches connect logically to each other via their OpenFlow ports.typetypestringThe interface type. Either "internal", "system", "patch", "dpdk", or empty.
ovs-patchOvsPatch Link Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionpeerpeerstringSpecifies the name of the interface for the other side of the patch. The patch on the other side must also set this interface as peer.
ovs-portOvsPort Link Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionbond-downdelaybond-downdelayuint320The time port must be inactive in order to be considered down.bond-modebond-modestringBonding mode. One of "active-backup", "balance-slb", or "balance-tcp".bond-updelaybond-updelayuint320The time port must be active before it starts forwarding traffic.lacplacpstringLACP mode. One of "active", "off", or "passive".tagtaguint320The VLAN tag in the range 0-4095.trunkstrunksarray of vardictA list of VLAN ranges that this port trunks. - -The property is valid only for ports with mode "trunk", "native-tagged", or "native-untagged port". If it is empty, the port trunks all VLANs.vlan-modevlan-modestringThe VLAN mode. One of "access", "native-tagged", "native-untagged", "trunk", "dot1q-tunnel" or unset.
pppPoint-to-Point Protocol Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionbaudbauduint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.crtsctscrtsctsbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set to FALSE.lcp-echo-failurelcp-echo-failureuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero value if this property is used.lcp-echo-intervallcp-echo-intervaluint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not possible to autodetect this.mppe-statefulmppe-statefulbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.mrumruuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.mtumtuuint320If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.no-vj-compno-vj-compbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.noauthnoauthbooleanTRUEIf TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.nobsdcompnobsdcompbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.nodeflatenodeflatebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.refuse-chaprefuse-chapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.refuse-eaprefuse-eapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.refuse-mschaprefuse-mschapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.refuse-mschapv2refuse-mschapv2booleanFALSEIf TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.refuse-paprefuse-papbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.require-mpperequire-mppebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.require-mppe-128require-mppe-128booleanFALSEIf TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.
pppoePPP-over-Ethernet Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionparentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name on which this PPPoE connection should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection is activated on the interface specified in "interface-name" of NMSettingConnection.passwordpasswordstringPassword used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.serviceservicestringIf specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.usernameusernamestringUsername used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.
proxyWWW Proxy Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionbrowser-onlybrowser-onlybooleanFALSEWhether the proxy configuration is for browser only.methodmethodint320Method for proxy configuration, Default is 0 (none)pac-scriptpac-scriptstringPAC script for the connection. This is an UTF-8 encoded javascript code that defines a FindProxyForURL() function.pac-urlpac-urlstringPAC URL for obtaining PAC file.
serialSerial Link Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionbaudbauduint3257600Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.bitsbitsuint328Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.parityparitybyteThe connection parity: 69 (ASCII 'E') for even parity, 111 (ASCII 'o') for odd, 110 (ASCII 'n') for none.send-delaysend-delayuint640Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.stopbitsstopbitsuint321Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.
sriovSR-IOV settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionautoprobe-driversautoprobe-driversNMTernary (int32)Whether to autoprobe virtual functions by a compatible driver. - -If set to 1 (true), the kernel will try to bind VFs to a compatible driver and if this succeeds a new network interface will be instantiated for each VF. - -If set to 0 (false), VFs will not be claimed and no network interfaces will be created for them. - -When set to -1 (default), the global default is used; in case the global default is unspecified it is assumed to be 1 (true).eswitch-encap-modeeswitch-encap-modeint32-1Select the eswitch encapsulation support. - -Currently it's only supported for PCI PF devices, and only if the eswitch device is managed from the same PCI address than the PF. - -If set to -1 (preserve) (default) the eswitch encap-mode won't be modified by NetworkManager.eswitch-inline-modeeswitch-inline-modeint32-1Select the eswitch inline-mode of the device. Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. - -Currently it's only supported for PCI PF devices, and only if the eswitch device is managed from the same PCI address than the PF. - -If set to -1 (preserve) (default) the eswitch inline-mode won't be modified by NetworkManager.eswitch-modeeswitch-modeint32-1Select the eswitch mode of the device. Currently it's only supported for PCI PF devices, and only if the eswitch device is managed from the same PCI address than the PF. - -If set to -1 (preserve) (default) the eswitch mode won't be modified by NetworkManager.total-vfstotal-vfsuint320The total number of virtual functions to create. - -Note that when the sriov setting is present NetworkManager enforces the number of virtual functions on the interface (also when it is zero) during activation and resets it upon deactivation. To prevent any changes to SR-IOV parameters don't add a sriov setting to the connection.vfsvfsarray of vardictArray of virtual function descriptors. - -Each VF descriptor is a dictionary mapping attribute names to GVariant values. The 'index' entry is mandatory for each VF. - -When represented as string a VF is in the form: - -"INDEX [ATTR=VALUE[ ATTR=VALUE]...]". - -for example: - -"2 mac=00:11:22:33:44:55 spoof-check=true". - -Multiple VFs can be specified using a comma as separator. Currently, the following attributes are supported: mac, spoof-check, trust, min-tx-rate, max-tx-rate, vlans. - -The "vlans" attribute is represented as a semicolon-separated list of VLAN descriptors, where each descriptor has the form - -"ID[.PRIORITY[.PROTO]]". - -PROTO can be either 'q' for 802.1Q (the default) or 'ad' for 802.1ad.
tcLinux Traffic Control Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionqdiscsqdiscsarray of vardictArray of TC queueing disciplines. - -When the "tc" setting is present, qdiscs from this property are applied upon activation. If the property is empty, all qdiscs are removed and the device will only have the default qdisc assigned by kernel according to the "net.core.default_qdisc" sysctl. - -If the "tc" setting is not present, NetworkManager doesn't touch the qdiscs present on the interface.tfilterstfiltersarray of vardictArray of TC traffic filters. - -When the "tc" setting is present, filters from this property are applied upon activation. If the property is empty, NetworkManager removes all the filters. - -If the "tc" setting is not present, NetworkManager doesn't touch the filters present on the interface.
teamTeaming Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionconfigconfigstringThe JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.interface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the team's interface name.link-watcherslink-watchersarray of vardictLink watchers configuration for the connection: each link watcher is defined by a dictionary, whose keys depend upon the selected link watcher. Available link watchers are 'ethtool', 'nsna_ping' and 'arp_ping' and it is specified in the dictionary with the key 'name'. Available keys are: ethtool: 'delay-up', 'delay-down', 'init-wait'; nsna_ping: 'init-wait', 'interval', 'missed-max', 'target-host'; arp_ping: all the ones in nsna_ping and 'source-host', 'validate-active', 'validate-inactive', 'send-always'. See teamd.conf man for more details.mcast-rejoin-countmcast-rejoin-countint32-1Corresponds to the teamd mcast_rejoin.count.mcast-rejoin-intervalmcast-rejoin-intervalint32-1Corresponds to the teamd mcast_rejoin.interval.notify-peers-countnotify-peers-countint32-1Corresponds to the teamd notify_peers.count.notify-peers-intervalnotify-peers-intervalint32-1Corresponds to the teamd notify_peers.interval.runnerrunnerstringCorresponds to the teamd runner.name. Permitted values are: "roundrobin", "broadcast", "activebackup", "loadbalance", "lacp", "random".runner-activerunner-activebooleanTRUECorresponds to the teamd runner.active.runner-agg-select-policyrunner-agg-select-policystringCorresponds to the teamd runner.agg_select_policy.runner-fast-raterunner-fast-ratebooleanFALSECorresponds to the teamd runner.fast_rate.runner-hwaddr-policyrunner-hwaddr-policystringCorresponds to the teamd runner.hwaddr_policy.runner-min-portsrunner-min-portsint32-1Corresponds to the teamd runner.min_ports.runner-sys-priorunner-sys-prioint32-1Corresponds to the teamd runner.sys_prio.runner-tx-balancerrunner-tx-balancerstringCorresponds to the teamd runner.tx_balancer.name.runner-tx-balancer-intervalrunner-tx-balancer-intervalint32-1Corresponds to the teamd runner.tx_balancer.interval.runner-tx-hashrunner-tx-hasharray of stringCorresponds to the teamd runner.tx_hash.
team-portTeam Port Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionconfigconfigstringThe JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.lacp-keylacp-keyint32-1Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.lacp_key.lacp-priolacp-prioint32-1Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.lacp_prio.link-watcherslink-watchersarray of vardictLink watchers configuration for the connection: each link watcher is defined by a dictionary, whose keys depend upon the selected link watcher. Available link watchers are 'ethtool', 'nsna_ping' and 'arp_ping' and it is specified in the dictionary with the key 'name'. Available keys are: ethtool: 'delay-up', 'delay-down', 'init-wait'; nsna_ping: 'init-wait', 'interval', 'missed-max', 'target-host'; arp_ping: all the ones in nsna_ping and 'source-host', 'validate-active', 'validate-inactive', 'send-always'. See teamd.conf man for more details.prioprioint320Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.prio.queue-idqueue-idint32-1Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.queue_id. When set to -1 means the parameter is skipped from the json config.stickystickybooleanFALSECorresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.sticky.
tunTunnel Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptiongroupgroupstringThe group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.modemodeuint321The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are 1 (tun) to create a layer 3 device and 2 (tap) to create an Ethernet-like layer 2 one.multi-queuemulti-queuebooleanFALSEIf the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only support a single queue.ownerownerstringThe user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.pipibooleanFALSEIf TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the physical interface to the packets.vnet-hdrvnet-hdrbooleanFALSEIf TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio network header.
userGeneral User Profile Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiondatadatadict of string to string{}A dictionary of key/value pairs with user data. This data is ignored by NetworkManager and can be used at the users discretion. The keys only support a strict ascii format, but the values can be arbitrary UTF8 strings up to a certain length.
vlanVLAN Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionegress-priority-mapegress-priority-maparray of stringFor outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".flagsflagsNMVlanFlags (uint32)One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface. Flags include 0x1 (reorder-headers) (reordering of output packet headers), 0x2 (gvrp) (use of the GVRP protocol), and 0x4 (loose-binding) (loose binding of the interface to its master device's operating state). 0x8 (mvrp) (use of the MVRP protocol). - -The default value of this property is NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS, but it used to be 0. To preserve backward compatibility, the default-value in the D-Bus API continues to be 0 and a missing property on D-Bus is still considered as 0.ididuint320The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.ingress-priority-mapingress-priority-maparray of stringFor incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".interface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the vlan's interface name.parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an "802-3-ethernet" setting with a "mac-address" property.protocolprotocolstringSpecifies the VLAN protocol to use for encapsulation. - -Supported values are: '802.1Q', '802.1ad'. If not specified the default value is '802.1Q'.
vpnVPN Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiondatadatadict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data. Both keys and values must be strings.persistentpersistentbooleanFALSEIf the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.secretssecretsdict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.service-typeservice-typestringD-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.timeouttimeoutuint320Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overridden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.user-nameuser-namestringIf the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then leave this property empty. If this property is empty, NetworkManager will automatically supply the username of the user which requested the VPN connection.
vrfVRF settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiontabletableuint320The routing table for this VRF.
vxlanVXLAN Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionageingageinguint32300Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.destination-portdestination-portuint328472Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.ididuint320Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.l2-missl2-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.l3-missl3-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.learninglearningbooleanTRUESpecifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.limitlimituint320Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that the kernel will store unlimited entries.locallocalstringIf given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.proxyproxybooleanFALSESpecifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.remoteremotestringSpecifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.rscrscbooleanFALSESpecifies whether route short circuit is turned on.source-port-maxsource-port-maxuint320Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.source-port-minsource-port-minuint320Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.tostosuint320Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.ttlttluint320Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.
wifi-p2pWi-Fi P2P Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionpeerpeerstringThe P2P device that should be connected to. Currently, this is the only way to create or join a group.wfd-ieswfd-iesbyte arrayThe Wi-Fi Display (WFD) Information Elements (IEs) to set. - -Wi-Fi Display requires a protocol specific information element to be set in certain Wi-Fi frames. These can be specified here for the purpose of establishing a connection. This setting is only useful when implementing a Wi-Fi Display client.wps-methodwps-methoduint320Flags indicating which mode of WPS is to be used. - -There's little point in changing the default setting as NetworkManager will automatically determine the best method to use.
wimaxWiMax Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionmac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (known as MAC spoofing).network-namenetwork-namestringNetwork Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use.
802-3-ethernetWired Ethernet Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionaccept-all-mac-addressesaccept-all-mac-addressesNMTernary (int32)When TRUE, setup the interface to accept packets for all MAC addresses. This is enabling the kernel interface flag IFF_PROMISC. When FALSE, the interface will only accept the packets with the interface destination mac address or broadcast.assigned-mac-addressassigned-mac-addressstringThe new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explicit hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address".auto-negotiateauto-negotiatebooleanFALSEWhen TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of speed and duplex mode. If "speed" and "duplex" properties are both specified, only that single mode will be advertised and accepted during the link auto-negotiation process: this works only for BASE-T 802.3 specifications and is useful for enforcing gigabits modes, as in these cases link negotiation is mandatory. When FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration will be skipped.cloned-mac-addresscloned-mac-addressbyte arrayThis D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address".duplexduplexstringWhen a value is set, either "half" or "full", configures the device to use the specified duplex mode. If "auto-negotiate" is "yes" the specified duplex mode will be the only one advertised during link negotiation: this works only for BASE-T 802.3 specifications and is useful for enforcing gigabits modes, as in these cases link negotiation is mandatory. If the value is unset (the default), the link configuration will be either skipped (if "auto-negotiate" is "no", the default) or will be auto-negotiated (if "auto-negotiate" is "yes") and the local device will advertise all the supported duplex modes. Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified. Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it.generate-mac-address-maskgenerate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. - -If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. - -If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. - -If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. - -If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).mac-address-blacklistmac-address-blacklistarray of stringIf specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55).mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.portportstringSpecific port type to use if the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface). If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.s390-nettypes390-nettypestrings390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.s390-optionss390-optionsdict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options. Both keys and values must be strings. Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others. Key names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]). - -Currently, NetworkManager itself does nothing with this information. However, s390utils ships a udev rule which parses this information and applies it to the interface.s390-subchannelss390-subchannelsarray of stringIdentifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host. Like the "mac-address" property for non-z/VM devices, this property can be used to ensure this connection only applies to the network device that uses these subchannels. The list should contain exactly 3 strings, and each string may only be composed of hexadecimal characters and the period (.) character.speedspeeduint320When a value greater than 0 is set, configures the device to use the specified speed. If "auto-negotiate" is "yes" the specified speed will be the only one advertised during link negotiation: this works only for BASE-T 802.3 specifications and is useful for enforcing gigabit speeds, as in this case link negotiation is mandatory. If the value is unset (0, the default), the link configuration will be either skipped (if "auto-negotiate" is "no", the default) or will be auto-negotiated (if "auto-negotiate" is "yes") and the local device will advertise all the supported speeds. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.wake-on-lanwake-on-lanuint321The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of 0x2 (phy), 0x4 (unicast), 0x8 (multicast), 0x10 (broadcast), 0x20 (arp), 0x40 (magic) or the special values 0x1 (default) (to use global settings) and 0x8000 (ignore) (to disable management of Wake-on-LAN in NetworkManager).wake-on-lan-passwordwake-on-lan-passwordstringIf specified, the password used with magic-packet-based Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, no password will be required.
wireguardWireGuard Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionfwmarkfwmarkuint320The use of fwmark is optional and is by default off. Setting it to 0 disables it. Otherwise, it is a 32-bit fwmark for outgoing packets. - -Note that "ip4-auto-default-route" or "ip6-auto-default-route" enabled, implies to automatically choose a fwmark.ip4-auto-default-routeip4-auto-default-routeNMTernary (int32)Whether to enable special handling of the IPv4 default route. If enabled, the IPv4 default route from wireguard.peer-routes will be placed to a dedicated routing-table and two policy routing rules will be added. The fwmark number is also used as routing-table for the default-route, and if fwmark is zero, an unused fwmark/table is chosen automatically. This corresponds to what wg-quick does with Table=auto and what WireGuard calls "Improved Rule-based Routing". - -Note that for this automatism to work, you usually don't want to set ipv4.gateway, because that will result in a conflicting default route. - -Leaving this at the default will enable this option automatically if ipv4.never-default is not set and there are any peers that use a default-route as allowed-ips. Since this automatism only makes sense if you also have a peer with an /0 allowed-ips, it is usually not necessary to enable this explicitly. However, you can disable it if you want to configure your own routing and rules.ip6-auto-default-routeip6-auto-default-routeNMTernary (int32)Like ip4-auto-default-route, but for the IPv6 default route.listen-portlisten-portuint320The listen-port. If listen-port is not specified, the port will be chosen randomly when the interface comes up.mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple fragments. - -If zero a default MTU is used. Note that contrary to wg-quick's MTU setting, this does not take into account the current routes at the time of activation.peer-routespeer-routesbooleanTRUEWhether to automatically add routes for the AllowedIPs ranges of the peers. If TRUE (the default), NetworkManager will automatically add routes in the routing tables according to ipv4.route-table and ipv6.route-table. Usually you want this automatism enabled. If FALSE, no such routes are added automatically. In this case, the user may want to configure static routes in ipv4.routes and ipv6.routes, respectively. - -Note that if the peer's AllowedIPs is "0.0.0.0/0" or "::/0" and the profile's ipv4.never-default or ipv6.never-default setting is enabled, the peer route for this peer won't be added automatically.peerspeersarray of 'a{sv}'Array of dictionaries for the WireGuard peers.private-keyprivate-keystringThe 256 bit private-key in base64 encoding.private-key-flagsprivate-key-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "private-key" property.
802-11-wirelessWi-Fi Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionap-isolationap-isolationNMTernary (int32)Configures AP isolation, which prevents communication between wireless devices connected to this AP. This property can be set to a value different from -1 (default) only when the interface is configured in AP mode. - -If set to 1 (true), devices are not able to communicate with each other. This increases security because it protects devices against attacks from other clients in the network. At the same time, it prevents devices to access resources on the same wireless networks as file shares, printers, etc. - -If set to 0 (false), devices can talk to each other. - -When set to -1 (default), the global default is used; in case the global default is unspecified it is assumed to be 0 (false).assigned-mac-addressassigned-mac-addressstringThe new field for the cloned MAC address. It can be either a hardware address in ASCII representation, or one of the special values "preserve", "permanent", "random" or "stable". This field replaces the deprecated "cloned-mac-address" on D-Bus, which can only contain explicit hardware addresses. Note that this property only exists in D-Bus API. libnm and nmcli continue to call this property "cloned-mac-address".bandbandstring802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not associate with the same network in the 2.4GHz band even if the network's settings are compatible. This setting depends on specific driver capability and may not work with all drivers.bssidbssidbyte arrayIf specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point. This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices. Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future. - -Locking a client profile to a certain BSSID will prevent roaming and also disable background scanning. That can be useful, if there is only one access point for the SSID.channelchanneluint320Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property also requires the "band" property to be set.cloned-mac-addresscloned-mac-addressbyte arrayThis D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address".generate-mac-address-maskgenerate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. - -If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. - -If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. - -If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. - -If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.hiddenhiddenbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, indicates that the network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. This works both in infrastructure and AP mode. - -In infrastructure mode, various workarounds are used for a more reliable discovery of hidden networks, such as probe-scanning the SSID. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution. - -In AP mode, the created network does not broadcast its SSID. - -Note that marking the network as hidden may be a privacy issue for you (in infrastructure mode) or client stations (in AP mode), as the explicit probe-scans are distinctly recognizable on the air.mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).mac-address-blacklistmac-address-blacklistarray of stringA list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").mac-address-randomizationmac-address-randomizationuint320One of 0 (default) (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), 1 (never) (never randomize the MAC address), or 2 (always) (always randomize the MAC address).modemodestringWi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "mesh", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.powersavepowersaveuint320One of 2 (disable) (disable Wi-Fi power saving), 3 (enable) (enable Wi-Fi power saving), 1 (ignore) (don't touch currently configure setting) or 0 (default) (use the globally configured value). All other values are reserved.raterateuint320This property is not implemented and has no effect.securitysecurityThis property is deprecated and has no effect. For backwards compatibility, it can be set to "802-11-wireless-security" if the profile has a wireless security setting.seen-bssidsseen-bssidsarray of stringA list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network. NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The property is only meant for reading and reflects the BSSID list of NetworkManager. The changes you make to this property will not be preserved. - -This is not a regular property that the user would configure. Instead, NetworkManager automatically sets the seen BSSIDs and tracks them internally in "/var/lib/NetworkManager/seen-bssids" file.ssidssidbyte arraySSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.tx-powertx-poweruint320This property is not implemented and has no effect.wake-on-wlanwake-on-wlanuint321The NMSettingWirelessWakeOnWLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of 0x2 (any), 0x4 (disconnect), 0x8 (magic), 0x10 (gtk-rekey-failure), 0x20 (eap-identity-request), 0x40 (4way-handshake), 0x80 (rfkill-release), 0x100 (tcp) or the special values 0x1 (default) (to use global settings) and 0x8000 (ignore) (to disable management of Wake-on-LAN in NetworkManager).
802-11-wireless-securityWi-Fi Security Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionauth-algauth-algstringWhen WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the "leap-username" and "leap-password" properties must be specified.filsfilsint320Indicates whether Fast Initial Link Setup (802.11ai) must be enabled for the connection. One of 0 (default) (use global default value), 1 (disable) (disable FILS), 2 (optional) (enable FILS if the supplicant and the access point support it) or 3 (required) (enable FILS and fail if not supported). When set to 0 (default) and no global default is set, FILS will be optionally enabled.groupgrouparray of stringA list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".key-mgmtkey-mgmtstringKey management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP or no password protection), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "owe" (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption), "wpa-psk" (WPA2 + WPA3 personal), "sae" (WPA3 personal only), "wpa-eap" (WPA2 + WPA3 enterprise) or "wpa-eap-suite-b-192" (WPA3 enterprise only). - -This property must be set for any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.leap-passwordleap-passwordstringThe login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").leap-password-flagsleap-password-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "leap-password" property.leap-usernameleap-usernamestringThe login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").pairwisepairwisearray of stringA list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".pmfpmfint320Indicates whether Protected Management Frames (802.11w) must be enabled for the connection. One of 0 (default) (use global default value), 1 (disable) (disable PMF), 2 (optional) (enable PMF if the supplicant and the access point support it) or 3 (required) (enable PMF and fail if not supported). When set to 0 (default) and no global default is set, PMF will be optionally enabled.protoprotoarray of stringList of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN). If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.pskpskstringPre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. For WPA-PSK, it's either an ASCII passphrase of 8 to 63 characters that is (as specified in the 802.11i standard) hashed to derive the actual key, or the key in form of 64 hexadecimal character. The WPA3-Personal networks use a passphrase of any length for SAE authentication.psk-flagspsk-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "psk" property.wep-key-flagswep-key-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "wep-key0", "wep-key1", "wep-key2", and "wep-key3" properties.wep-key-typewep-key-typeNMWepKeyType (uint32)Controls the interpretation of WEP keys. Allowed values are 1 (key), in which case the key is either a 10- or 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password; or 2 (passphrase), in which case the passphrase is provided as a string and will be hashed using the de-facto MD5 method to derive the actual WEP key.wep-key0wep-key0stringIndex 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.wep-key1wep-key1stringIndex 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.wep-key2wep-key2stringIndex 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.wep-key3wep-key3stringIndex 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.wep-tx-keyidxwep-tx-keyidxuint320When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4.wps-methodwps-methoduint320Flags indicating which mode of WPS is to be used if any. - -There's little point in changing the default setting as NetworkManager will automatically determine whether it's feasible to start WPS enrollment from the Access Point capabilities. - -WPS can be disabled by setting this property to a value of 1.
wpanIEEE 802.15.4 (WPAN) MAC Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionchannelchannelint32-1IEEE 802.15.4 channel. A positive integer or -1, meaning "do not set, use whatever the device is already set to".mac-addressmac-addressstringIf specified, this connection will only apply to the IEEE 802.15.4 (WPAN) MAC layer device whose permanent MAC address matches.pagepageint32-1IEEE 802.15.4 channel page. A positive integer or -1, meaning "do not set, use whatever the device is already set to".pan-idpan-iduint3265535IEEE 802.15.4 Personal Area Network (PAN) identifier.short-addressshort-addressuint3265535Short IEEE 802.15.4 address to be used within a restricted environment.
bond-portBond Port Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionprioprioint320The port priority for bond active port re-selection during failover. A higher number means a higher priority in selection. The primary port has the highest priority. This option is only compatible with active-backup, balance-tlb and balance-alb modes.queue-idqueue-iduint320The queue ID of this bond port. The maximum value of queue ID is the number of TX queues currently active in device.
hostnameHostname settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionfrom-dhcpfrom-dhcpNMTernary (int32)Whether the system hostname can be determined from DHCP on this connection. - -When set to -1 (default), the value from global configuration is used. If the property doesn't have a value in the global configuration, NetworkManager assumes the value to be 1 (true).from-dns-lookupfrom-dns-lookupNMTernary (int32)Whether the system hostname can be determined from reverse DNS lookup of addresses on this device. - -When set to -1 (default), the value from global configuration is used. If the property doesn't have a value in the global configuration, NetworkManager assumes the value to be 1 (true).only-from-defaultonly-from-defaultNMTernary (int32)If set to 1 (true), NetworkManager attempts to get the hostname via DHCPv4/DHCPv6 or reverse DNS lookup on this device only when the device has the default route for the given address family (IPv4/IPv6). - -If set to 0 (false), the hostname can be set from this device even if it doesn't have the default route. - -When set to -1 (default), the value from global configuration is used. If the property doesn't have a value in the global configuration, NetworkManager assumes the value to be 0 (false).prioritypriorityint320The relative priority of this connection to determine the system hostname. A lower numerical value is better (higher priority). A connection with higher priority is considered before connections with lower priority. - -If the value is zero, it can be overridden by a global value from NetworkManager configuration. If the property doesn't have a value in the global configuration, the value is assumed to be 100. - -Negative values have the special effect of excluding other connections with a greater numerical priority value; so in presence of at least one negative priority, only connections with the lowest priority value will be used to determine the hostname.
hsrHSR/PRP Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionmulticast-specmulticast-specuint320The last byte of supervision address.port1port1stringThe port1 interface name of the HSR. This property is mandatory.port2port2stringThe port2 interface name of the HSR. This property is mandatory.prpprpbooleanFALSEThe protocol used by the interface, whether it is PRP or HSR.
linkLink settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiongro-max-sizegro-max-sizeint64-1The maximum size of a packet built by the Generic Receive Offload stack for this device. The value must be between 0 and 4294967295. When set to -1, the existing value is preserved.gso-max-segmentsgso-max-segmentsint64-1The maximum segments of a Generic Segment Offload packet the device should accept. The value must be between 0 and 4294967295. When set to -1, the existing value is preserved.gso-max-sizegso-max-sizeint64-1The maximum size of a Generic Segment Offload packet the device should accept. The value must be between 0 and 4294967295. When set to -1, the existing value is preserved.tx-queue-lengthtx-queue-lengthint64-1The size of the transmit queue for the device, in number of packets. The value must be between 0 and 4294967295. When set to -1, the existing value is preserved.
loopbackLoopback Link Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionmtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.
ovs-external-idsOVS External IDs Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiondatadatadict of string to string{}A dictionary of key/value pairs with external-ids for OVS.
ovs-other-configOVS Other Config Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptiondatadatadict of string to string{}A dictionary of key/value pairs with other_config settings for OVS. See also "other_config" in the "ovs-vswitchd.conf.db" manual for the keys that OVS supports.
vethVeth Settings - Properties - Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionpeerpeerstringThis property specifies the peer interface name of the veth. This property is mandatory.
diff --git a/docs/api/settings-spec.xsl b/docs/api/settings-spec.xsl index 7a452237..39d4e357 100644 --- a/docs/api/settings-spec.xsl +++ b/docs/api/settings-spec.xsl @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ diff --git a/docs/api/version.xml b/docs/api/version.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0a3db35b..00000000 --- a/docs/api/version.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -1.46.0 diff --git a/docs/internal/daemon.drawio b/docs/internal/daemon.drawio new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1acb77da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/internal/daemon.drawio @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/internal/daemon.md b/docs/internal/daemon.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67cce725 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/internal/daemon.md @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +NetworkManager daemon +===================== + +The following diagram describes the main components of the +NetworkManager daemon. Note that each component is in most cases a +GObject and the names always start with the "NM" prefix, which has +been omitted for clarity. + +![](daemon.png "") + +## Manager + +The main responsibilities of the manager are: + +- initialize all known device factories. A device factory contains the + logic detect new devices of a certain type and create the + corresponding object; + +- maintain a list of devices created by the factories; + +- maintain a list of active connections; + +- expose on D-Bus properties, methods and signal on the + `/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager` + [object](../../introspection/org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml). + +## Policy + +This object implements some policy decisions that involve multiple +connection profiles, such as: + + - it determines what is the best (with lowest metric) active + connection with default route for IPv4 and IPv6; + + - it updates the DNS configuration in the DNS manager, also according + to what connection has the best default route; + + - it handles the activation of secondary connections when a + connection goes up (see property `connection.secondaries` in + `man nm-settings`); + + - it collects IPv6 prefix delegations from active connections, to + distribute them on connections using IPv6 shared mode; + +## Settings + +This object handles connection profiles; each profile is represented +as a *SettingsConnection* object and is persisted to disk using one of +the existing *SettingsPlugin*s such as keyfile, ifcfg-rh or +ifupdown. + +It also controls *SecretAgent*s; an agent is an external service that +registers to NetworkManager as capable of handling requests for new +secrets. For example, when a Wi-Fi connection is activated and the +password is missing or wrong, NetworkManager asks all registered +agents for the missing secrets and then continues with +activation. Examples of tools that register as agents are: nmcli, +nmtui, GNOME shell, the GTK nm-applet and the KDE network applet. + +## Devices and device factories + +As mentioned before, NetworkManager instantiates device factories to +discover and create new devices. Those factories are internal to the +daemon or provided by a device plugin; a plugin is a dynamic library +(shared object) that is loaded at runtime. NetworkManager uses plugins +for optional functionality that depend on external software. In this +way, it is possible to install a minimal version of NetworkManager +with a limited set of dependencies. As there is no stable API/ABI for +those plugins, they must be built together with the daemonq and +maintained as part of NetworkManager. + +Currently the following device types are provided by plugins: + + - Wi-Fi (depends on wpa_supplicant) + - OVS (depends on openswitch) + - PPP (depends on pppd) + - Bluetooth (depends on bluez) + - team (depends on teamd) + +When a device is activated, it relies on other objects: + + - *L3cfg*: controls the IP configuration (address, routes, etc) on a + given ifindex, and also does IPv4 ACD (address conflict detection, + also know as DAD - duplicate address detection); + - *DhcpClient*: performs DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 on the interface; the + object has different implementations; + - *NDisc*: implements IPv6 SLAAC (stateless address + autoconfiguration, RFC 4861 and 4862); it supports acting both as + a host or a router for shared IPv6 mode; + - *LldpListener*: when the profile enables + [LLDP](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Link_Layer_Discovery_Protocol) + via the `connection.lldp` property, this object sets up a socket + to listen for neighbors; + - *FirewalldManager*: talks with [firewalld](https://firewalld.org/) + to set the interface in the zone specified by the + `connection.zone` property; + - *BondManager*: used to configure bond devices in a special mode + (balance-slb) that requires the creation of nftables rules; + +For more information about the implementation of devices, see [this +document](./device.md). + +## Platform + +*Platform* communicates with kernel to query and update the +configuration of network interfaces; it uses netlink and implements +the crafting and parsing of netlink message by itself without relying +on external libraries such as libnl. + +Platform has two subclasses, *PlatformLinux* and a *PlatformFake*. The +former is the one that contain the actual implementation while the +latter is only used for unit testing. + +Note how the platform object has an incoming dotted arrow in the +diagram, to represent that the object is used by several other +objects. + +As mentioned, the purposes of platform are: + + - perform operations such as adding or removing links, addresses, + routes, routing rules and other kernel entities + + - allow querying the current state of the kernel configuration. To do + so, platform listens to kernel notifications and parses them to + build a cache of `NMPObject`s that is always up to date. + +NMPObject and its subtypes are also used through the core to represent +information about addresses, routes, etc. Thus the cache of NMPlatform +contains the currently configured objects in the netlink API, while +other NMPObject instances are used for other tracking purposes. + +For these purposes platform uses two sockets, one with protocol +NETLINK_ROUTE for regular operations about links, addresses, routes, +etc. and a NETLINK_GENERIC socket to configure Wireguard and MPTCP. + +## Other objects + +The diagram shows other objects on the right side: + + - *DnsManager*: merges all the DNS data received by multiple + interfaces and updates the system configuration. Besides directly + writing `/etc/resolv.conf`, it supports updating + `systemd-resolved` and `dnsmasq` via plugins. + + - *HostnameManager*: implements reading and updating the system + hostname; by default it tries to do that by talking to + [systemd-hostnamed](https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/hostnamed/) + via D-Bus; in case it's not available, the hostname manager falls + back to reading and writing `/etc/hostname` directly. + + - *RfkillManager*: enumerates RFKill devices and controls their status. See also + the [related page](https://networkmanager.dev/docs/rfkill/) on the website. + + - *AuthManager*: is used to authenticate the API requests received by + the daemon. The authentication is done via + [Polkit](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/polkit/docs/latest/polkit.8.html) + + - *DbusManager*: creates a connection to the system D-Bus instance + and allows exporting objects + + - *SleepMonitor*: gets notifications for sleep and wake events by + registering to the available subsystem provided by the distro such + as systemd-logind or ConsoleKit. + + - *SessionMonitor*: tracks which users have an active session by + using systemd-logind, elogind or ConsoleKit. + + - *Dispatcher*: takes care of spawning dispatcher scripts by talking + to the `nm-dispatcher` service via D-Bus. diff --git a/docs/internal/daemon.png b/docs/internal/daemon.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..454c2ebc Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/internal/daemon.png differ diff --git a/docs/internal/device-state-machine.drawio b/docs/internal/device-state-machine.drawio new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc2bbdf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/internal/device-state-machine.drawio @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/internal/device-state-machine.png b/docs/internal/device-state-machine.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35eca6c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/internal/device-state-machine.png differ diff --git a/docs/internal/device.md b/docs/internal/device.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0042fdc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/internal/device.md @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +Devices +======= + +What is a device +---------------- + +In NetworkManager, a device represents an object that allows some sort +of network configuration; it can be a regular Linux network interface +(physical as Ethernet or Wi-Fi; or virtual as a bridge or a VLAN), but +it can also be an entity that does not have a link object in the +kernel; examples of the latter kind are modems and OVS bridges/ports. + +NetworkManager automatically creates device objects at runtime based +on the device found on the system. It also creates special devices, +called *unrealized* devices that represent potential devices, +e.g. that don't exist yet but will exist when a given connection gets +activated. See the section "Unrealized devices" for more details. + +Each device has several properties; the most important are: + + - `iface`: the name of the interface. + + - `ifindex`: for devices backed by a kernel link, this is the kernel + interface index. + + - `ip_ifindex`: some devices have multiple kernel link associated. In + such case, `ifindex` is the index of the base link, while + `ip_ifindex` is the index of the link on which IP configuration + should be made. For example when activating a PPPoE connection, the + device has `ifindex` referring to the Ethernet link and + `ip_ifindex` to the PPP one. + + - `state`: the current state of the device in the device state + machine, see the next sections. + + - `l3cfg`: the L3Cfg instance takes care of configuring IP on one + ifindex. + +The device object also is exposed on D-Bus, with properties, methods +and signals, see the `interface_info_device` structure. + +Activation +---------- + +To configure a device, NetworkManager needs to activate a connection +profile on it. This happens for two reasons: + - it was requested by the user via the `ActivateConnection()` and + `AddAndActivateConnection()` API methods, which are handled by + functions `impl_manager_activate_connection()` and + `impl_manager_add_and_activate_connection()`; + - it is the result of an internal decision; in this case the + activation is handled by `nm_manager_activate_connection()`; the + reason can be: + - the connection profile is activated automatically (for example, + at startup) because it is configured to auto-connect; + - the connection profile is being activated as a dependency of + another profile; for example: + - a port profile (e.g. bridge port) always depends on the + corresponding controller profile (e.g. bridge); + - a controller profile can be configured to automatically + activate port profiles; + - during a checkpoint rollback; + - etc. + +The activation starts by first creating a `NMActiveConnection` +object. This is a abstract type used to track the state of the +activation on a specific device; it has two implementations: +`NMActRequest` for regular devices and `NMVpnConnection` for VPNs. + +Two important fields of an active connection object are: + + - the *settings-connection*: this is a pointer to the connection + being activated; it points to the connection in `NMSettings` and + always reflects the latest changes in the profile; + + - the *applied-connection*: similar to the *settings-connection*, but + this is a copy of the original *settings-connection* done at the + time the activation started. During the current activation, the + properties to configure are always read from this applied + connection because they shouldn't change even if the profile is + modified. + +Unrealized devices +------------------ + +We said that to start an activation we need a profile and a +device. What happens if the device doesn't already exist because it is +a virtual one (such as a bridge or a vlan)? + +This problem is currently solved in NetworkManager by having a special +kind of devices, *unrealized* devices. Those are 'potential' devices, +that don't exist in kernel; they are created to represent the device +for each virtual profile. Technically speaking, a device is unrealized +when the `real` flag is set to zero in the device private struct. + +When NetworkManager decides to activate a virtual profile, the +corresponding device gets realized by calling +`nm_device_create_and_realize()` and then the activation proceeds as +for physical devices. + +Object hierarchy +---------------- + +In the NetworkManager code a device is a `NMDevice` object, which has +several subclasses; each subclass represents a specific kind of device +(`NMDeviceEthernet`, `NMDeviceWifi`, `NMDeviceBridge`, etc.), and can +reimplement properties and methods of the superclass to customize the +behavior (see `struct _NMDeviceClass`). + +To show how this is used in practice, let's look at function +`nm_device_is_available()`, which indicates whether a device is ready +to be activated. The function calls the virtual method `is_available()`: + +```C +gboolean +nm_device_is_available(NMDevice *self, NMDeviceCheckDevAvailableFlags flags) +{ + ... + return NM_DEVICE_GET_CLASS(self)->is_available(self, flags); +} +``` + +`NMDevice` has a generic implementation of that method which performs +generic checks: + +```C +static gboolean +is_available(NMDevice *self, NMDeviceCheckDevAvailableFlags flags) +{ + NMDevicePrivate *priv = NM_DEVICE_GET_PRIVATE(self); + + if (priv->carrier || priv->ignore_carrier) + return TRUE; + ... + + return FALSE; +} +``` + +A Ethernet device needs additional checks and so it reimplements the +method to check that the MAC address is already set: + +```C +static gboolean +is_available(NMDevice *device, NMDeviceCheckDevAvailableFlags flags) +{ + if (!NM_DEVICE_CLASS(nm_device_ethernet_parent_class) + ->is_available(device, flags)) + return FALSE; + + return !!nm_device_get_initial_hw_address(device); +} +``` + +Note how the function first chains up by calling the `NMDevice` +implementation and then it performs an additional check. This pattern +is heavily used in NetworkManager. + +Device states +------------- + +Each device behaves according to a state machine that looks like this: + +![Device state machine](device-state-machine.png "Device state machine") + +While the implementation of the state machine is done in different +functions in `nm-device.c`, the core part is in `_set_state_full()`. + +The states are: + + * UNMANAGED: this is the initial state and means that the device is + not managed by NetworkManager. The unmanaged state is tracked via a + bitmap of flags, and the device stays in this state while at least + one flag is set. See the section "Unmanaged flags" below for more + details. Once all unmanaged flags are cleared, the device is ready + to become UNAVAILABLE. The state transition is done in function + `_set_unmanaged_flags()`, which changes the states to UNMANAGED or + UNAVAILABLE depending on the value of the flags. Note that even if + it's not displayed in the diagram, the UNMANAGED state can be + reached by virtually every other state when a unmanaged flag + becomes set. + + * UNAVAILABLE: the device is managed by NetworkManager, but is not + available for use. Reasons may include the wireless switched off, + missing firmware, no ethernet carrier, missing supplicant or modem + manager, etc. When a device becomes available, it can transition to + DISCONNECTED; this decision is taken in various places by + scheduling a check via `nm_device_queue_recheck_available()`. + + * DISCONNECTED: the device can be activated, but is currently + idle and not connected to a network. When entering this state from + a state that belongs to the activation sequence or from + FAILED/DEACTIVATING, a cleanup of previous configuration is + done. If there is an activation queued, it's started; otherwise, + `NMPolicy` reacts to the state change and calls + `nm_policy_device_recheck_auto_activate_schedule()` to check if + there a connection that can be auto-activated on the device. + + * PREPARE: this is the first state of an activation; in this + state some initial operation are performed, such as changing the + MAC address, setting physical link properties, and anything else + required to connect to the requested network. + + This state is entered via + `nm_device_activate_schedule_stage1_device_prepare()`. When + finished, `nm_device_activate_schedule_stage2_device_config()` is + used to transition to the CONFIG state. Those functions are + re-entrant, in the sense that when a device is in a given state and + needs that an operation completes (or a condition becomes true), it + can wait and then invoke the same function again; in that way it + re-enters the same state, where all the conditions are evaluated + again and if possible the device will transition to the next state. + + * CONFIG: the device is connecting to the requested network. + This may include operations like associating with the Wi-Fi AP, + dialing the modem, connecting to the remote Bluetooth device, etc. + + * NEED_AUTH: the device requires more information to continue + connecting to the requested network. This includes secrets like + WiFi passphrases, login passwords, PIN codes, etc. + + * IP_CONFIG: this state is entered via + `nm_device_activate_schedule_stage3_ip_config()`, and is where IP + addresses and routes are assigned to the device. Function + `_dev_ip_state_check()` checks that the configuration is terminated + according the connection configuration; if so, it moves the device + to state IP_CHECK. + + * IP_CHECK: in this state, NetworkManager waits that the gateway + can be pinged successfully if the property + `connection.gateway-ping-timeout` is set. By default this step is a + no op since the property is unset. After the optional ping, the + dispatcher `pre-up` event is emitted, and the device goes to + SECONDARIES. + + * SECONDARIES: connections have a `connection.secondaries` property + that specifies a list of UUID of connections of type VPN that can + be activated automatically when the connection goes up. If there + are any secondaries, they are activated in this stage; note that + since this operation involves other devices, it is done in + `NMPolicy`, upon the emission of the state change signal handled in + `nm-policy.c:device_state_changed()`. After any secondaries are + activated, the devices transitions to state ACTIVATED. + + * ACTIVATED: the device has a network connection. Upon entering this + state the device emits the `up` dispatcher event. The device + remains is this state until the connection is deactivated or until + it fails. + + * DEACTIVATING: a disconnection from the current network + connection was requested, and the device is cleaning up resources + used for that connection. In this state the `pre-down` dispatcher + event is emitted. When finished, the devices goes again to + DISCONNECTED and the `down` dispatch event is fired. + + * FAILED: the device failed to connect to the requested network + and is cleaning up the connection request. This state can be + reached from any state belonging to the activation. When the + cleanup is done, the device goes to DISCONNECTED. If the device was + previously activated, the `down` dispatcher event is emitted. + +Unmanaged devices +----------------- + +Each device has a mask of flags representing reasons why the device is +unmanaged; when at least of of those flags is set, the device goes to +state UNMANAGED. When all flags are cleared, the device moves to state +UNAVAILABLE. The unmanaged flags are currently: + + - SLEEPING: the system is suspended, or networking is disabled + + - QUITTING: NetworkManager is shutting down. + + - PLATFORM_INIT: NetworkManager is waiting for udev to announce + the device. Note that NetworkManager can't touch the device until + then because udev might perform operations on it (such as renaming + or changing the MAC). Unrealized devices (see later) have this + flag set. + + - USER_EXPLICIT: when unmanaged by explicit user decision + (e.g. via a D-Bus command). + + - USER_SETTINGS: when unmanaged by user decision via the + settings plugin (for example `keyfile.unmanaged-devices` or + ifcfg-rh's `NM_CONTROLLED=no`). Although this is + user-configuration it cannot be overruled and is + authoritative. That is because users may depend on dropping a + ifcfg-rh file to ensure the device is unmanaged. + + - USER_CONF: when unmanaged by user decision via the + NetworkManager.conf ("unmanaged" in the [device] + section). Contrary to USER_SETTINGS, this can be overwritten via + D-Bus. + + - BY_DEFAULT: this flag is no longer used. + + - USER_UDEV: unmanaged via a udev rule. + + - EXTERNAL_DOWN: unmanaged because the interface was not created by + NetworkManager and is currently down. + +Note that the unmanaged flags are tracked via two variables +`unmanaged_mask` and `unmanaged_flags`; in this way each flag is in +practice a tri-state variable with possible values TRUE (unmanaged), +FALSE (managed) and UNSET. + +External devices and sys-iface-state +------------------------------------ + +Even if a device is managed, that doesn't mean that NetworkManager is +actively configuring it. When a device is created externally (for +example via `ip link`) and has an IP configuration, NetworkManager +creates a in-memory connection representing the configuration +parameters on the interface such as IP addresses, routes, DNS, etc.; +the connection appears as active but NetworkManager doesn't actually +touch the interface. The external status is tracked in the +`sys-iface-state` member, which can have the following values: + + - EXTERNAL: the interface is not touched by NM. + - ASSUME: this value is deprecated; it used to mean that NM should manage the device without fully reconfiguring it. Now, the interface is either managed on external. + - MANAGED: the interface is fully managed. + - REMOVED: the link was removed externally. diff --git a/docs/libnm/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 50e41442..00000000 --- a/docs/libnm/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1036 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# -*- mode: makefile -*- -# -# gtk-doc.make - make rules for gtk-doc -# Copyright (C) 2003 James Henstridge -# 2004-2007 Damon Chaplin -# 2007-2017 Stefan Sauer -# -# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see . - -#################################### -# Everything below here is generic # -#################################### -VPATH = @srcdir@ -am__is_gnu_make = { \ - if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ - false; \ - elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ - true; \ - elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ - true; \ - else \ - false; \ - fi; \ -} -am__make_running_with_option = \ - case $${target_option-} in \ - ?) ;; \ - *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ - "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - has_opt=no; \ - sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ - if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ - sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ - else \ - case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ - *\\[\ \ ]*) \ - bs=\\; \ - sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ - | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ - esac; \ - fi; \ - skip_next=no; \ - strip_trailopt () \ - { \ - flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ - }; \ - for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ - test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ - case $$flg in \ - *=*|--*) continue;; \ - -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ - -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ - -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ - -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ - -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ - -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ - -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ - -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ - esac; \ - case $$flg in \ - *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - test $$has_opt = yes -am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) -am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_TRUE@am__append_1 = check-local-gtk-doc-patch -subdir = docs/libnm -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/attributes.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_lib_readline.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_pthread.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/build-to-host.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/compiler_options.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/git-sha-record.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnome-code-coverage.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtk-doc.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/host-cpu-c-abi.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/introspection.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/vapigen.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = version.xml -CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = -AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) -am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -am__v_P_0 = false -am__v_P_1 = : -AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) -am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; -am__v_GEN_1 = -AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) -am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -am__v_at_0 = @ -am__v_at_1 = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -am__can_run_installinfo = \ - case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ - n|no|NO) false;; \ - *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ - esac -am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) -am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/version.xml.in \ - $(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AM_CFLAGS = @AM_CFLAGS@ -AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ -AR = @AR@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BLUEZ5_CFLAGS = @BLUEZ5_CFLAGS@ -BLUEZ5_LIBS = @BLUEZ5_LIBS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CODE_COVERAGE_CFLAGS = @CODE_COVERAGE_CFLAGS@ -CODE_COVERAGE_ENABLED = @CODE_COVERAGE_ENABLED@ -CODE_COVERAGE_LDFLAGS = @CODE_COVERAGE_LDFLAGS@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ -CTAGS = @CTAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DBUS_SYS_DIR = @DBUS_SYS_DIR@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE = @DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE@ -DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ -DL_LIBS = @DL_LIBS@ -DNSMASQ_PATH = @DNSMASQ_PATH@ -DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ -DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_CFLAGS@ -ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS = @ELOGIND_INHIBIT_LIBS@ -ETAGS = @ETAGS@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -FGREP = @FGREP@ -FILECMD = @FILECMD@ -GENHTML = @GENHTML@ -GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ -GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ -GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@ -GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@ -GLIB_MAKEFILE = @GLIB_MAKEFILE@ -GLIB_MKENUMS = @GLIB_MKENUMS@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ -GNUTLS_CFLAGS = @GNUTLS_CFLAGS@ -GNUTLS_LIBS = @GNUTLS_LIBS@ -GREP = @GREP@ -GTKDOC_CHECK = @GTKDOC_CHECK@ -GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH = @GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH@ -GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS@ -GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS = @GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS@ -GTKDOC_MKPDF = @GTKDOC_MKPDF@ -GTKDOC_REBASE = @GTKDOC_REBASE@ -HTML_DIR = @HTML_DIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ -INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ -INTROSPECTION_CFLAGS = @INTROSPECTION_CFLAGS@ -INTROSPECTION_COMPILER = @INTROSPECTION_COMPILER@ -INTROSPECTION_GENERATE = @INTROSPECTION_GENERATE@ -INTROSPECTION_GIRDIR = @INTROSPECTION_GIRDIR@ -INTROSPECTION_LIBS = @INTROSPECTION_LIBS@ -INTROSPECTION_MAKEFILE = @INTROSPECTION_MAKEFILE@ -INTROSPECTION_SCANNER = @INTROSPECTION_SCANNER@ -INTROSPECTION_TYPELIBDIR = @INTROSPECTION_TYPELIBDIR@ -IPTABLES_PATH = @IPTABLES_PATH@ -JANSSON_CFLAGS = @JANSSON_CFLAGS@ -JANSSON_LIBS = @JANSSON_LIBS@ -KERNEL_FIRMWARE_DIR = @KERNEL_FIRMWARE_DIR@ -LCOV = @LCOV@ -LD = @LD@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS = @LIBAUDIT_CFLAGS@ -LIBAUDIT_LIBS = @LIBAUDIT_LIBS@ -LIBCURL_CFLAGS = @LIBCURL_CFLAGS@ -LIBCURL_LIBS = @LIBCURL_LIBS@ -LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ -LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ -LIBNDP_CFLAGS = @LIBNDP_CFLAGS@ -LIBNDP_LIBS = @LIBNDP_LIBS@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPSL_CFLAGS = @LIBPSL_CFLAGS@ -LIBPSL_LIBS = @LIBPSL_LIBS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS@ -LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS = @LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS@ -LIBSYSTEMD_NM_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_NM_CFLAGS@ -LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS@ -LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUDEV_CFLAGS = @LIBUDEV_CFLAGS@ -LIBUDEV_LIBS = @LIBUDEV_LIBS@ -LIPO = @LIPO@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LOG_DRIVER = @LOG_DRIVER@ -LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ -LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MM_GLIB_CFLAGS = @MM_GLIB_CFLAGS@ -MM_GLIB_LIBS = @MM_GLIB_LIBS@ -MOBILE_BROADBAND_PROVIDER_INFO_CFLAGS = @MOBILE_BROADBAND_PROVIDER_INFO_CFLAGS@ -MOBILE_BROADBAND_PROVIDER_INFO_LIBS = @MOBILE_BROADBAND_PROVIDER_INFO_LIBS@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MODPROBE_PATH = @MODPROBE_PATH@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ -MSGMERGE_FOR_MSGFMT_OPTION = @MSGMERGE_FOR_MSGFMT_OPTION@ -NEWT_CFLAGS = @NEWT_CFLAGS@ -NEWT_LIBS = @NEWT_LIBS@ -NFT_PATH = @NFT_PATH@ -NM = @NM@ -NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_AUDIT_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_AUDIT_TEXT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_BACKEND_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_BACKEND_TEXT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_AUTH_POLKIT_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_AUTH_POLKIT_TEXT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_DHCP = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_DHCP@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_MIGRATE_IFCFG_RH_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_MIGRATE_IFCFG_RH_TEXT@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_RC_MANAGER = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_RC_MANAGER@ -NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_WIFI_BACKEND_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_WIFI_BACKEND_TEXT@ -NM_DIST_VERSION = @NM_DIST_VERSION@ -NM_LOG_COMPILER = @NM_LOG_COMPILER@ -NM_MAJOR_VERSION = @NM_MAJOR_VERSION@ -NM_MICRO_VERSION = @NM_MICRO_VERSION@ -NM_MINOR_VERSION = @NM_MINOR_VERSION@ -NM_MODIFY_SYSTEM_POLICY = @NM_MODIFY_SYSTEM_POLICY@ -NM_VERSION = @NM_VERSION@ -NSS_CFLAGS = @NSS_CFLAGS@ -NSS_LIBS = @NSS_LIBS@ -OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -OTOOL = @OTOOL@ -OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ -PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ -PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ -POSUB = @POSUB@ -PPPD_CFLAGS = @PPPD_CFLAGS@ -PPPD_PATH = @PPPD_PATH@ -PPPD_PLUGIN_DIR = @PPPD_PLUGIN_DIR@ -PTHREAD_CC = @PTHREAD_CC@ -PTHREAD_CFLAGS = @PTHREAD_CFLAGS@ -PTHREAD_CXX = @PTHREAD_CXX@ -PTHREAD_LIBS = @PTHREAD_LIBS@ -PYTHON = @PYTHON@ -PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX = @PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX@ -PYTHON_PLATFORM = @PYTHON_PLATFORM@ -PYTHON_PREFIX = @PYTHON_PREFIX@ -PYTHON_VERSION = @PYTHON_VERSION@ -QT_CFLAGS = @QT_CFLAGS@ -QT_LIBS = @QT_LIBS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -READELF = @READELF@ -READLINE_LIBS = @READLINE_LIBS@ -SANITIZER_ENV = @SANITIZER_ENV@ -SANITIZER_EXEC_CFLAGS = @SANITIZER_EXEC_CFLAGS@ -SANITIZER_EXEC_LDFLAGS = @SANITIZER_EXEC_LDFLAGS@ -SANITIZER_LIB_CFLAGS = @SANITIZER_LIB_CFLAGS@ -SANITIZER_LIB_LDFLAGS = @SANITIZER_LIB_LDFLAGS@ -SED = @SED@ -SELINUX_CFLAGS = @SELINUX_CFLAGS@ -SELINUX_LIBS = @SELINUX_LIBS@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SYSTEMD_INHIBIT_CFLAGS = @SYSTEMD_INHIBIT_CFLAGS@ -SYSTEMD_INHIBIT_LIBS = @SYSTEMD_INHIBIT_LIBS@ -SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_CFLAGS = @SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_CFLAGS@ -SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_LIBS = @SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_LIBS@ -SYSTEMD_LOGIN_CFLAGS = @SYSTEMD_LOGIN_CFLAGS@ -SYSTEMD_LOGIN_LIBS = @SYSTEMD_LOGIN_LIBS@ -SYSTEM_CA_PATH = @SYSTEM_CA_PATH@ -UDEV_DIR = @UDEV_DIR@ -USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ -UUID_CFLAGS = @UUID_CFLAGS@ -UUID_LIBS = @UUID_LIBS@ -VAPIGEN = @VAPIGEN@ -VAPIGEN_MAKEFILE = @VAPIGEN_MAKEFILE@ -VAPIGEN_VAPIDIR = @VAPIGEN_VAPIDIR@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ -XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ -XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ -ac_ct_NM = @ac_ct_NM@ -ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@ -ac_ct_READELF = @ac_ct_READELF@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -ax_pthread_config = @ax_pthread_config@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localedir_c = @localedir_c@ -localedir_c_make = @localedir_c_make@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -nmbinary = @nmbinary@ -nmconfdir = @nmconfdir@ -nmdatadir = @nmdatadir@ -nmlibdir = @nmlibdir@ -nmrundir = @nmrundir@ -nmstatedir = @nmstatedir@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -pkgpyexecdir = @pkgpyexecdir@ -pkgpythondir = @pkgpythondir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -pyexecdir = @pyexecdir@ -pythondir = @pythondir@ -runstatedir = @runstatedir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -systemdsystemunitdir = @systemdsystemunitdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -with_dhclient = @with_dhclient@ -with_dhcpcanon = @with_dhcpcanon@ -with_dhcpcd = @with_dhcpcd@ -with_netconfig = @with_netconfig@ -with_resolvconf = @with_resolvconf@ -with_valgrind = @with_valgrind@ -AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.6 -check_local = $(am__append_1) - -# The name of the module -DOC_MODULE = libnm - -# The top-level SGML file. -DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE = $(DOC_MODULE)-docs.xml - -# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir). -# gtk-doc will search all .c & .h files beneath here for inline comments -# documenting functions and macros. -DOC_SOURCE_DIR = \ - $(top_builddir)/src/libnm-core-public \ - $(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-core-public \ - $(top_builddir)/src/libnm-core-impl \ - $(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-core-impl \ - $(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-client-public \ - $(top_builddir)/src/libnm-client-public \ - $(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-client-impl \ - $(top_builddir)/src/libnm-client-impl \ - $(NULL) - - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. -SCAN_OPTIONS = --rebuild-types --rebuild-sections --ignore-decorators='NM_AVAILABLE_IN_\d+_\d+|NM_DEPRECATED_IN_\d+_\d+|NM_DEPRECATED_IN_\d+_\d+_FOR\(\)' - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. -MKDB_OPTIONS = --sgml-mode --output-format=xml - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. -FIXXREF_OPTIONS = - -# Used for dependencies. -HFILE_GLOB = $(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-core-public/*.h $(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-client-public/*.h -CFILE_GLOB = $(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-core-impl/*.c $(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-client-impl/*.c - -# Header files to ignore when scanning. -IGNORE_HFILES = \ - nm-dbus-helpers.h \ - nm-default-libnm.h \ - nm-device-private.h \ - nm-dhcp4-config.h \ - nm-dhcp6-config.h \ - nm-dns-manager.h \ - nm-ip4-config.h \ - nm-ip6-config.h \ - nm-libnm-utils.h \ - nm-object-private.h \ - nm-remote-connection-private.h \ - \ - nm-connection-private.h \ - nm-default-libnm-core.h \ - nm-setting-private.h \ - nm-team-utils.h \ - nm-utils-private.h \ - \ - nm-core-tests-enum-types.h \ - test-general-enums.h \ - \ - $(NULL) - - -# Images to copy into HTML directory. -HTML_IMAGES = libnm.png - -# Extra XML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE). -content_files = version.xml - -# Other files to distribute. -extra_files = libnm.png - -# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed -# if $(DOC_MODULE).types is non-empty. -GTKDOC_CFLAGS = \ - -I$(top_builddir)/src/libnm-core-public \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-core-public \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/src/libnm-client-public \ - -I$(top_builddir)/src/libnm-client-public \ - -DNM_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED=NM_VERSION_0_9_8 \ - $(GLIB_CFLAGS) \ - $(SANITIZER_EXEC_CFLAGS) - -GTKDOC_LIBS = \ - $(top_builddir)/src/libnm-client-impl/libnm.la \ - $(GLIB_LIBS) \ - $(SANITIZER_EXEC_LDFLAGS) - -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_CC = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_CC = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_LD = $(CC) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_LD = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=link $(CC) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_RUN = -@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_RUN = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=execute - -# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make -# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to -# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then -# searched for in VPATH/GPATH. -# -GPATH = $(srcdir) -TARGET_DIR = $(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE) -SETUP_FILES = \ - $(content_files) \ - $(expand_content_files) \ - $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt - - -# include common portion ... -EXTRA_DIST = $(HTML_IMAGES) $(SETUP_FILES) version.xml.in meson.build \ - $(NULL) -DOC_STAMPS = setup-build.stamp scan-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp \ - html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp \ - sgml.stamp html.stamp pdf.stamp - -SCANOBJ_FILES = \ - $(DOC_MODULE).actions \ - $(DOC_MODULE).args \ - $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \ - $(DOC_MODULE).interfaces \ - $(DOC_MODULE).prerequisites \ - $(DOC_MODULE).signals - -REPORT_FILES = \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-undocumented.txt \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt - -CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) \ - gtkdoc-check.test html/* tmpl/* xml/* libnm-overrides.txt \ - libnm-sections.txt libnm.actions $(NULL) -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_FALSE@HTML_BUILD_STAMP = -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_TRUE@HTML_BUILD_STAMP = html-build.stamp -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_PDF_FALSE@PDF_BUILD_STAMP = -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_PDF_TRUE@PDF_BUILD_STAMP = pdf-build.stamp - -#### setup #### -GTK_DOC_V_SETUP = $(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_SETUP_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_SETUP_0 = @echo " DOC Preparing build"; - -#### scan #### -GTK_DOC_V_SCAN = $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_SCAN_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_SCAN_0 = @echo " DOC Scanning header files"; -GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT = $(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0 = @echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects"; - -#### xml #### -GTK_DOC_V_XML = $(GTK_DOC_V_XML_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_XML_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_XML_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_XML_0 = @echo " DOC Building XML"; - -#### html #### -GTK_DOC_V_HTML = $(GTK_DOC_V_HTML_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_HTML_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_HTML_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_HTML_0 = @echo " DOC Building HTML"; -GTK_DOC_V_XREF = $(GTK_DOC_V_XREF_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_XREF_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_XREF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_XREF_0 = @echo " DOC Fixing cross-references"; - -#### pdf #### -GTK_DOC_V_PDF = $(GTK_DOC_V_PDF_@AM_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_PDF_ = $(GTK_DOC_V_PDF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) -GTK_DOC_V_PDF_0 = @echo " DOC Building PDF"; -all: all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make $(am__configure_deps) - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ - && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign docs/libnm/Makefile'; \ - $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign docs/libnm/Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ - esac; -$(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make $(am__empty): - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): -version.xml: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/version.xml.in - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -tags TAGS: - -ctags CTAGS: - -cscope cscopelist: - -distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am - -distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ - dist-hook -check-am: all-am - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-local -check: check-am -@ENABLE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@all-local: -all-am: Makefile all-local -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - install; \ - else \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ - fi -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -clean: clean-am - -clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-local mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-local - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -html-am: - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-data-local - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-dvi-am: - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-html-am: - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-info-am: - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-pdf-am: - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -install-ps-am: - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic \ - maintainer-clean-local - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-local - -.MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am all-local check check-am check-local clean \ - clean-generic clean-libtool clean-local cscopelist-am ctags-am \ - dist-hook distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool \ - distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ - install install-am install-data install-data-am \ - install-data-local install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ - install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ - install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ - install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ - installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ - maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - tags-am uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local - -.PRECIOUS: Makefile - - -gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile - $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \ - echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \ - chmod +x $@ - -all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) -.PHONY: all-gtk-doc - -@ENABLE_GTK_DOC_TRUE@all-local: all-gtk-doc - -docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) - -$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp - -setup-build.stamp: - -$(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ - files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \ - if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ - for file in $$files ; do \ - destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \ - test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \ - test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ - done; \ - fi; \ - fi - $(AM_V_at)touch setup-build.stamp - -scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) - $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \ - for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ - _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ - done ; \ - gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) - $(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT)if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ - scanobj_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ - if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ - if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ - scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - CC="$(GTKDOC_CC)" LD="$(GTKDOC_LD)" RUN="$(GTKDOC_RUN)" CFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_LIBS) $(LDFLAGS)" \ - gtkdoc-scangobj $(SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS) $$scanobj_options --module=$(DOC_MODULE); \ - else \ - for i in $(SCANOBJ_FILES) ; do \ - test -f $$i || touch $$i ; \ - done \ - fi - $(AM_V_at)touch scan-build.stamp - -$(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt: scan-build.stamp - @true - -sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent - $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)_source_dir='' ; \ - for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ - _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ - done ; \ - gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --expand-content-files="$(expand_content_files)" --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $${_source_dir} $(MKDB_OPTIONS) - $(AM_V_at)touch sgml-build.stamp - -sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp - @true - -$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE): sgml-build.stamp - @true - -xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile - $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - echo ""; \ - ) > $@ - -html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files) - $(GTK_DOC_V_HTML)rm -rf html && mkdir html && \ - mkhtml_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ - if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ - if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ - mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-path"; \ - if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ - mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --path=\"$(abs_srcdir)\""; \ - fi; \ - cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) - -@test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || \ - for file in $(HTML_IMAGES) ; do \ - test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && cp $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \ - test -f $(abs_builddir)/$$file && cp $(abs_builddir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \ - test -f $$file && cp $$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \ - done; - $(GTK_DOC_V_XREF)gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) - $(AM_V_at)touch html-build.stamp - -pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files) - $(GTK_DOC_V_PDF)rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf && \ - mkpdf_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ - if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ - if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ - mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - if test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" != "x"; then \ - for img in $(HTML_IMAGES); do \ - part=`dirname $$img`; \ - echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\-\-imgdir=$$part "; \ - if test $$? != 0; then \ - mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --imgdir=$$part"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - fi; \ - gtkdoc-mkpdf --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkpdf_options $(DOC_MODULE) $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKPDF_OPTIONS) - $(AM_V_at)touch pdf-build.stamp - -############## - -clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak - @rm -rf .libs - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ - rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ - fi - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-sections" ; then \ - rm -f $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt; \ - fi - -distclean-local: - @rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt - @if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ - rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ - fi - -maintainer-clean-local: - @rm -rf xml html - -install-data-local: - @installfiles=`echo $(builddir)/html/*`; \ - if test "$$installfiles" = '$(builddir)/html/*'; \ - then echo 1>&2 'Nothing to install' ; \ - else \ - if test -n "$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; then \ - installdir="$(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)-$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; \ - else \ - installdir="$(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)"; \ - fi; \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $${installdir} ; \ - for i in $$installfiles; do \ - echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$i ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $${installdir}; \ - done; \ - if test -n "$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; then \ - mv -f $${installdir}/$(DOC_MODULE).devhelp2 \ - $${installdir}/$(DOC_MODULE)-$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION).devhelp2; \ - fi; \ - $(GTKDOC_REBASE) --relative --dest-dir=$(DESTDIR) --html-dir=$${installdir}; \ - fi - -uninstall-local: - @if test -n "$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; then \ - installdir="$(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)-$(DOC_MODULE_VERSION)"; \ - else \ - installdir="$(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)"; \ - fi; \ - rm -rf $${installdir} - -# -# Require gtk-doc when making dist -# -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_TRUE@dist-check-gtkdoc: docs -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@dist-check-gtkdoc: -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@ @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***" -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@ @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***" -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@ @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***" -@HAVE_GTK_DOC_FALSE@ @false - -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local - @mkdir $(distdir)/html - @cp ./html/* $(distdir)/html - @-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE).pdf $(distdir)/ - @-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE).types $(distdir)/ - @-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(distdir)/ - @cd $(distdir) && rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES) - @$(GTKDOC_REBASE) --online --relative --html-dir=$(distdir)/html - -.PHONY : dist-hook-local docs - -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_TRUE@check-local-gtk-doc-patch: -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_TRUE@ @if grep -q -F 'nm-setting-user' "$(top_builddir)/docs/libnm/html/index.html"; then \ -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_TRUE@ echo "WARNING: The generated documentation has issues. Patch your gtk-doc (see https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/merge_requests/2). Let this check fail with NMTST_CHECK_GTK_DOC=1"; \ -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_TRUE@ test "$$NMTST_CHECK_GTK_DOC" != 1; \ -@GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML_TRUE@ fi - -check-local: $(check_local) - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html index fb8aceb1..2d0166c9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_bandwidth () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ -guint +guint bandwidth Read @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Read -guint +guint frequency Read @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Read -guint +guint max-bitrate Read @@ -205,12 +205,12 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * ssid Read -guchar +guchar strength Read @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ point.


nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the SSID of the access point.

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (

Returns

-

the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the +

the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the SSID is unknown.

[transfer none]

@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ not be modified or freed.


nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the frequency of the access point in MHz.

@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (

nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (

nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the current signal strength of the access point as a percentage.

@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ point has not been found in a scan.


nm_access_point_get_bandwidth ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_bandwidth (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the bandwidth advertised by the access point in MHz.

@@ -593,9 +593,9 @@ nm_access_point_get_bandwidth (

nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GPtrArray *connections);
+ const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and returns connections which may be activated with the access point. Any returned connections will match the ap @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ filter.

an array of NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

WARNING: the transfer annotation for this function may not work correctly with bindings. See https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gobject-introspection/-/issues/305. You can filter the list yourself with nm_access_point_connection_valid().

@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ You can filter the list yourself with

nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
                                   NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that @@ -677,8 +677,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ against

Property Details

The “bandwidth” property

-
  “bandwidth”                guint
+
  “bandwidth”                guint

The channel bandwidth announced by the AP in MHz.

Owner: NMAccessPoint

Flags: Read

@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ against


The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint
+
  “frequency”                guint

The frequency of the access point.

Owner: NMAccessPoint

Flags: Read

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.


The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint
+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

Owner: NMAccessPoint

Flags: Read

@@ -856,15 +856,15 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
-

The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
+

The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

Owner: NMAccessPoint

Flags: Read


The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar
+
  “strength”                 guchar

The current signal strength of the access point.

Owner: NMAccessPoint

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html index ae71af7e..5998216c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_active_connection_get_devices () @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default6 () @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_vpn () @@ -204,18 +204,18 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean default Read -gboolean +gboolean default6 Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * devices Read @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Read -guint +guint state-flags Read @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean vpn Read @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void state-changed -Run First +Run First
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.


nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMDevice]

@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ deprecated

nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection


@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ state.


nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection


@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is +

the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ state.


nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean
+
  “default”                  gboolean

Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

Owner: NMActiveConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean
+
  “default6”                 gboolean

Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

Owner: NMActiveConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *
+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

The devices of the active connection.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMActiveConnection

@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “state-flags” property

-
  “state-flags”              guint
+
  “state-flags”              guint

The state flags of the active connection.

Owner: NMActiveConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean
+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

Owner: NMActiveConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -1179,9 +1179,9 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               guint               state,
-               guint               reason,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ guint state, + guint reason, + gpointer user_data)

Parameters

@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ user_function (Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html index 1e4f8e00..3362ecdd 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - - + +GPtrArray * - + @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMCheckpoint
 
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Functions

nm_checkpoint_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_checkpoint_get_devices (NMCheckpoint *checkpoint);

The devices that are part of this checkpoint.

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ nm_checkpoint_get_devices (

nm_checkpoint_get_created ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_checkpoint_get_created (NMCheckpoint *checkpoint);

Gets the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME milliseconds) of checkpoint creation.

Use nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec() to obtain current time value suitable for @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ comparing to this value.


nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout (NMCheckpoint *checkpoint);

Gets the timeout in seconds for automatic rollback.

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout (

Property Details

The “created” property

-
  “created”                  gint64
+
  “created”                  gint64

The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME milliseconds) of checkpoint creation.

Owner: NMCheckpoint

Flags: Read

@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout (

The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *
+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

The devices that are part of this checkpoint.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMCheckpoint

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout (

The “rollback-timeout” property

-
  “rollback-timeout”         guint
+
  “rollback-timeout”         guint

Timeout in seconds for automatic rollback, or zero.

Owner: NMCheckpoint

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html index 7e923ca9..3c5f5d9c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
- - - - - - - - +GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * - + +GArray * +GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * @@ -918,12 +918,12 @@ - + - + @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ +GDBusConnection * @@ -947,13 +947,13 @@ +GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * @@ -976,22 +976,22 @@ - + - + - + - + @@ -1007,12 +1007,12 @@ - + - + @@ -1029,37 +1029,37 @@ +GArray * - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -1078,47 +1078,47 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_checkpoint_get_devices () @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_checkpoint_get_created () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout () @@ -77,18 +77,18 @@
gint64gint64 created Read
-GPtrArray * devices Read
guintguint rollback-timeout Read
-GQuark +GQuark nm_client_error_quark () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_dns_entry_get_vpn () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
-GDBusConnection * +GDBusConnection * nm_client_get_dbus_connection () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
-GMainContext * +GMainContext * nm_client_get_main_context () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_client_get_context_busy_watcher () @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
const guint32 * +const guint32 * nm_client_get_version_info () @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_startup () @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_nm_running () @@ -215,14 +215,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()
const guint32 * +const guint32 * nm_client_get_capabilities () @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_set_enabled () @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_get_enabled () @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_get_enabled () @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_get_enabled () @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available () @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled () @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_logging () @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_set_logging () @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname () @@ -429,21 +429,21 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_devices ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_all_devices () @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_active_connections () @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection () @@ -554,14 +554,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_connections () @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections () @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections_finish () @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections () @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections_finish () @@ -686,14 +686,14 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_dns_configuration ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_checkpoints () @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish () @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_client_checkpoint_rollback_finish () @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish () @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_finish () @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_client_dbus_call_finish () @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish () @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_certificate () @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_private_key () @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 () @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish () @@ -879,36 +879,36 @@
-GPtrArray *active-connections Read
-GPtrArray *all-devices Read
gbooleangboolean can-modify Read
-GArray *capabilities Read
-GPtrArray *checkpoints Read
-GPtrArray *connections Read
Read
gbooleangboolean connectivity-check-available Read
gbooleangboolean connectivity-check-enabled Read / Write
-GDBusConnection *dbus-connection Read / Write / Construct Only
-GPtrArray *devices Read
-GPtrArray *dns-configuration Read
Read
guintguint instance-flags Read / Write / Construct
guintguint metered Read
gbooleangboolean networking-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean nm-running Read
Read
guintguint radio-flags Read
gbooleangboolean startup Read
-GArray *version-info Read
gbooleangboolean wimax-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wimax-hardware-enabled Read
gbooleangboolean wireless-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wireless-hardware-enabled Read
gbooleangboolean wwan-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wwan-hardware-enabled Read
void active-connection-addedRun FirstRun First
void active-connection-removedRun FirstRun First
void any-device-addedRun FirstRun First
void any-device-removedRun FirstRun First
void connection-addedRun FirstRun First
void connection-removedRun FirstRun First
void device-addedRun FirstRun First
void device-removedRun FirstRun First
void permission-changedRun FirstRun First
@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ ╰── NMClientError GFlags ╰── NMClientInstanceFlags - GObject + GObject ╰── NMClient
@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMClient implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ NMClient implements

Functions

nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_priority (

nm_dns_entry_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (NMDnsEntry *entry);

Gets whether the entry refers to VPN name servers.

@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (

Returns

-

TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

+

TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

Since: 1.6

@@ -1529,29 +1529,29 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (

nm_client_new ()

NMClient *
-nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
-               GError **error);
+nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMClient synchronously.

Note that this will block until a NMClient instance is fully initialized. -This does nothing beside calling g_initable_new(). You are free to call -g_initable_new() or g_object_new()/g_initable_init() directly for more +This does nothing beside calling g_initable_new(). You are free to call +g_initable_new() or g_object_new()/g_initable_init() directly for more control, to set GObject properties or get access to the NMClient instance while it is still initializing.

Using the synchronous initialization creates an NMClient instance -that uses an internal GMainContext. This context is invisible to the +that uses an internal GMainContext. This context is invisible to the user. This introduces an additional overhead that is payed not only during object initialization, but for the entire lifetime of this object. -Also, due to this internal GMainContext, the events are no longer -in sync with other messages from GDBusConnection (but all events +Also, due to this internal GMainContext, the events are no longer +in sync with other messages from GDBusConnection (but all events of the NMClient will themselves still be ordered). For a serious program, you should therefore avoid these problems by -using g_async_initable_init_async() or nm_client_new_async() instead. +using g_async_initable_init_async() or nm_client_new_async() instead. The sync initialization is still useful for simple scripts or interactive testing for example via pygobject.

Creating an NMClient instance can only fail for two reasons. First, if you didn't -provide a NM_CLIENT_DBUS_CONNECTION and the call to g_bus_get() -fails. You can avoid that by using g_initable_new() directly and +provide a NM_CLIENT_DBUS_CONNECTION and the call to g_bus_get() +fails. You can avoid that by using g_initable_new() directly and set a D-Bus connection. Second, if you cancelled the creation. If you do that, then note that after the failure there might still be idle actions pending @@ -1571,12 +1571,12 @@ does not cause a failure.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -1591,20 +1591,20 @@ does not cause a failure.

nm_client_new_async ()

void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);
+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Creates a new NMClient asynchronously. callback will be called when it is done. Use nm_client_new_finish() to get the result.

-

This does nothing beside calling g_async_initable_new_async(). You are free to -call g_async_initable_new_async() or g_object_new()/g_async_initable_init_async() +

This does nothing beside calling g_async_initable_new_async(). You are free to +call g_async_initable_new_async() or g_object_new()/g_async_initable_init_async() directly for more control, to set GObject properties or get access to the NMClient instance while it is still initializing.

Creating an NMClient instance can only fail for two reasons. First, if you didn't -provide a NM_CLIENT_DBUS_CONNECTION and the call to g_bus_get() -fails. You can avoid that by using g_async_initable_new_async() directly and +provide a NM_CLIENT_DBUS_CONNECTION and the call to g_bus_get() +fails. You can avoid that by using g_async_initable_new_async() directly and set a D-Bus connection. Second, if you cancelled the creation. If you do that, then note that after the failure there might still be idle actions pending @@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ does not cause a failure.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -1646,8 +1646,8 @@ does not cause a failure.

nm_client_new_finish ()

NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);
+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

Parameters

@@ -1660,12 +1660,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

result

-

a GAsyncResult

+

a GAsyncResult

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

Returns

-

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+

a new NMClient, or NULL on error


@@ -1705,9 +1705,9 @@ nm_client_get_instance_flags (

nm_client_get_dbus_connection ()

-
GDBusConnection *
+
GDBusConnection *
 nm_client_get_dbus_connection (NMClient *client);
-

Gets the GDBusConnection of the instance. This can be either passed when +

Gets the GDBusConnection of the instance. This can be either passed when constructing the instance (as "dbus-connection" property), or it will be automatically initialized during async/sync init.

@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ automatically initialized during async/sync init.

Returns

-

the D-Bus connection of the client, or NULL if none is set.

+

the D-Bus connection of the client, or NULL if none is set.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.22

@@ -1735,10 +1735,10 @@ automatically initialized during async/sync init.


nm_client_get_main_context ()

-
GMainContext *
+
GMainContext *
 nm_client_get_main_context (NMClient *self);

The NMClient instance is permanently associated with the current -thread default GMainContext, referenced the time when the instance +thread default GMainContext, referenced the time when the instance was created. To receive events, the user must iterate this context and can use it to synchronize access to the client.

Note that even after NMClient instance got destroyed, there might @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the GMainContext of the client.

+

the GMainContext of the client.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.22

@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ the

nm_client_get_context_busy_watcher ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_client_get_context_busy_watcher (NMClient *self);

Parameters

@@ -1804,14 +1804,14 @@ GMainContext running to ensure everything is cleaned up? The answer is this GObject. Subscribe a weak reference to the returned object and keep iterating the main context until the object got unreferenced.

Note that after the NMClient instance gets destroyed, all outstanding operations -will be cancelled right away. That means, the user needs to iterate the GMainContext +will be cancelled right away. That means, the user needs to iterate the GMainContext a bit longer, but it is guaranteed that the cleanup happens soon after.

The way of using the context-busy-watch, is by registering a weak pointer to see when it gets destroyed. That means, user code should not take additional references on this object to not keep it alive longer.

If you plan to exit the program after releasing the NMClient instance you may not need to worry about these "leaks". Also, if you anyway plan to continue -iterating the GMainContext afterwards, then you don't need to care when exactly +iterating the GMainContext afterwards, then you don't need to care when exactly NMClient is gone completely.

[transfer none]

@@ -1867,15 +1867,15 @@ nm_client_get_version (

Returns

-

string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

+

string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)


nm_client_get_version_info ()

-
const guint32 *
+
const guint32 *
 nm_client_get_version_info (NMClient *client,
-                            gsize *length);
+ gsize *length);

If available, the first element in the array is NM_VERSION which encodes the daemon version as "(major << 16 | minor << 8 | micro)". The following elements are a bitfield of NMVersionInfoCapabilities @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ that indicate that the daemon supports a certain capability.

Returns

the -list of capabilities reported by the server or NULL +list of capabilities reported by the server or NULL if the capabilities are unknown.

[transfer none][array length=length]

@@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (

nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating connections at startup.

@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ connections at startup.


nm_client_get_nm_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the daemon is running.

@@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (

Returns

-

TRUE if the daemon is running

+

TRUE if the daemon is running


@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ nm_client_get_object_by_path (

Returns

the NMObject instance that is cached under dbus_path -, or NULL if no such object exists.

+, or NULL if no such object exists.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.24

@@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ nm_client_get_metered (

nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

@@ -2076,15 +2076,15 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+

TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled


nm_client_get_capabilities ()

-
const guint32 *
+
const guint32 *
 nm_client_get_capabilities (NMClient *client,
-                            gsize *length);
+ gsize *length);

Parameters

@@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ nm_client_get_capabilities (

Returns

the -list of capabilities reported by the server or NULL +list of capabilities reported by the server or NULL if the capabilities are unknown. The numeric values correspond to NMCapability enum. The array is terminated by a numeric zero sentinel @@ -2123,10 +2123,10 @@ at position length


nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled,
-                                  GError **error);
+ gboolean enabled, + GError **error);

nm_client_networking_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_call() on NM_DBUS_PATH, @@ -2151,12 +2151,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

- + - + @@ -2164,13 +2164,13 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

@@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if wireless is enabled

+

TRUE if wireless is enabled


@@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

nm_client_wireless_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on NM_DBUS_PATH, @@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

- + @@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

@@ -2252,13 +2252,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled

Returns

-

TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled


nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+

TRUE if WWAN is enabled


@@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

nm_client_wwan_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on NM_DBUS_PATH, @@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

enabled

-
+ @@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

@@ -2339,13 +2339,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled


nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

nm_client_wimax_get_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+

TRUE if WiMAX is enabled


@@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

nm_client_wimax_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

This function does nothing because WiMax is no longer supported.

@@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

enabled

-
+ @@ -2409,7 +2409,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled


@@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ nm_client_get_radio_flags (

nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available
                                (NMClient *client);

Determine whether connectivity checking is available. This @@ -2489,14 +2489,14 @@ configuration file.

Returns

-

TRUE if connectivity checking is available.

+

TRUE if connectivity checking is available.

Since: 1.10


nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

Determine whether connectivity checking is enabled.

@@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled

Returns

-

TRUE if connectivity checking is enabled.

+

TRUE if connectivity checking is enabled.

Since: 1.10

@@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled
void
 nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on NM_DBUS_PATH, @@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ have any effect.

- + @@ -2592,11 +2592,11 @@ connectivity.


nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

nm_client_get_logging has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_call() on NM_DBUS_PATH, @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

- + @@ -2639,17 +2639,17 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

nm_client_set_logging has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_call() on NM_DBUS_PATH, @@ -2672,18 +2672,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (

level

-
+ +domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

- + @@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


@@ -2794,8 +2794,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

nm_client_check_connectivity ()

NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_client_check_connectivity has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_client_check_connectivity_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2821,12 +2821,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

- + - + @@ -2842,9 +2842,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes callback when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), @@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ re-checking, and

cancellable

-
+ @@ -2889,8 +2889,8 @@ re-checking, and

nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async() call.

@@ -2909,12 +2909,12 @@ call.

- + - + @@ -2928,11 +2928,11 @@ call.


nm_client_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                          const char *hostname,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_client_save_hostname has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_client_save_hostname_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2955,18 +2955,18 @@ or cleared.

- - + - + @@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed


@@ -2983,9 +2983,9 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

void
 nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                const char *hostname,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

@@ -3004,13 +3004,13 @@ or cleared.

- - + @@ -3031,10 +3031,10 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.


nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

Parameters

@@ -3052,12 +3052,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (
- + - + @@ -3065,13 +3065,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed


nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

Gets all the known network devices. Use nm_device_get_type() or the NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of @@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@ methods such as

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -3103,7 +3103,7 @@ containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is o

nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager @@ -3130,7 +3130,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -3169,7 +3169,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given object_path -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

@@ -3205,14 +3205,14 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given iface -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]


nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

Gets the active connections.

@@ -3232,7 +3232,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the active NMActiveConnections. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route, then this function returns the active connection that contains the route to the VPN endpoint.

If there is no default route, or the default route is over a -non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

Parameters

enabled

TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 

enabled

TRUE to enable wireless

TRUE to enable wireless

 

TRUE to enable WWAN

TRUE to enable WWAN

 

TRUE to enable WiMAX

TRUE to enable WiMAX

 

enabled

TRUE to enable connectivity checking

TRUE to enable connectivity checking

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[nullable]

domains

logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log -domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[nullable]

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable

a GCancellable

 

error

return location for a GError

return location for a GError

 

a GCancellable

a GCancellable

 

result

the GAsyncResult

the GAsyncResult

 

error

return location for a GError

return location for a GError

 

hostname

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[nullable]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 

hostname

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[nullable]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 
@@ -3312,9 +3312,9 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMConnection *connection, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the configuration settings from connection and the network device device @@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

- + @@ -3394,8 +3394,8 @@ details of the newly added connection.

nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()

NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

Parameters

@@ -3413,12 +3413,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (

Returns

-

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -3441,9 +3441,9 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async NMConnection *partial, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template, automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given device and specific object. The new connection is then asynchronously @@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

@@ -3485,7 +3485,7 @@ before being added.

- + @@ -3520,8 +3520,8 @@ If the variant is floating, it will be consumed.

NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

@@ -3541,12 +3541,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
- + - + @@ -3554,7 +3554,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish

Returns

-

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -3569,10 +3569,10 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection2 NMConnection *partial, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GVariant *options, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template, automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given device and specific object. The new connection is then asynchronously @@ -3612,7 +3612,7 @@ by the daemon:

@@ -3627,7 +3627,7 @@ before being added.

- + - + @@ -3667,9 +3667,9 @@ details of the newly added connection.

NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection2_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GVariant **out_result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GVariant **out_result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection2().

You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

@@ -3689,12 +3689,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection2_finish
- + - + @@ -3709,7 +3709,7 @@ output is implemented yet.

Returns

-

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -3719,11 +3719,11 @@ will be set.


nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                  NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_client_deactivate_connection has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_client_deactivate_connection_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -3750,12 +3750,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
- + - + @@ -3772,9 +3772,9 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

@@ -3797,7 +3797,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (

cancellable

-
+ @@ -3818,11 +3818,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (

nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

Parameters

@@ -3840,12 +3840,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
- + - + @@ -3859,7 +3859,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish

nm_client_get_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

Parameters

@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no matching object was found.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -3957,7 +3957,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -3996,7 +3996,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -4009,13 +4009,13 @@ to void nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client, NMConnection *connection, - gboolean save_to_disk, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data);
+ gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new connection. If save_to_disk - is TRUE, the connection is immediately written + is TRUE, the connection is immediately written to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() method.

@@ -4057,7 +4057,7 @@ added, not the object itself

- + @@ -4080,8 +4080,8 @@ added, not the object itself

nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                 GAsyncResult *result,
-                                 GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

Parameters

@@ -4099,12 +4099,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
- + - + @@ -4112,7 +4112,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (

Returns

-

the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -4123,13 +4123,13 @@ will be set.

nm_client_add_connection2 ()

void
 nm_client_add_connection2 (NMClient *client,
-                           GVariant *settings,
+                           GVariant *settings,
                            NMSettingsAddConnection2Flags flags,
-                           GVariant *args,
-                           gboolean ignore_out_result,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                           gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *args, + gboolean ignore_out_result, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Call AddConnection2() D-Bus API asynchronously.

Parameters

@@ -4147,7 +4147,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection2 (

settings

-
+ @@ -4157,24 +4157,24 @@ nm_client_add_connection2 (

args

-
- + @@ -4198,9 +4198,9 @@ under the hood always calls AddConnection2().

<

nm_client_add_connection2_finish ()

NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection2_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GVariant **out_result,
-                                  GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GVariant **out_result, + GError **error);

Parameters

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -3371,7 +3371,7 @@ details of the newly added connection.

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

partial

an NMConnection to add; the connection may be -partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager +partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager using the given device and specific_object before being added.

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -3496,7 +3496,7 @@ If the variant is floating, it will be consumed.

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

partial

an NMConnection to add; the connection may be -partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager +partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager using the given device and specific_object before being added.

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (i.e., no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -3637,12 +3637,12 @@ details of the newly added connection.

options

a GVariant containing a dictionary with options, or NULL

a GVariant containing a dictionary with options, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

the "a{sa{sv}}" GVariant with the content of the setting.

the "a{sa{sv}}" GVariant with the content of the setting.

 

the "a{sv}" GVariant with extra argument or NULL +

the "a{sv}" GVariant with extra argument or NULL for no extra arguments.

[nullable]

ignore_out_result

this function wraps AddConnection2(), which has an -additional result "a{sv}" output parameter. By setting this to TRUE, +additional result "a{sv}" output parameter. By setting this to TRUE, you signal that you are not interested in that output parameter. This allows the function to fall back to AddConnection() and AddConnectionUnsaved(), which is interesting if you run against an older server version that does -not yet provide AddConnection2(). By setting this to FALSE, the function +not yet provide AddConnection2(). By setting this to FALSE, the function under the hood always calls AddConnection2().

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
@@ -4217,15 +4217,15 @@ nm_client_add_connection2_finish ( - + +parameter of nm_client_add_connection2() must not be set to TRUE.

@@ -4247,12 +4247,12 @@ parameter of

nm_client_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                             char **filenames,
                             char ***failures,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_client_load_connections has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_client_load_connections_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -4263,11 +4263,11 @@ adding or updating the connections described within.

client 's connections array when the function returns.

If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the -function will return TRUE, and failures - will be set to NULL. If +function will return TRUE, and failures + will be set to NULL. If NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed, then failures - will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the + will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the filenames that failed to load.

Parameters

@@ -4285,23 +4285,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

- + - - + - + @@ -4309,7 +4309,7 @@ filenames that failed to load.

Returns

-

TRUE on success.

+

TRUE on success.

Warning: before libnm 1.22, the boolean return value was inconsistent. That is made worse, because when running against certain server versions before 1.20, the server would return wrong values for success/failure. @@ -4330,9 +4330,9 @@ With 1.22, the return value is consistent with void nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client, char **filenames, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

@@ -4352,12 +4352,12 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

- + - + @@ -4378,11 +4378,11 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.


nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                    char ***failures,
-                                   GAsyncResult *result,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

@@ -4402,17 +4402,17 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
+NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

- + - + @@ -4420,7 +4420,7 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success. +

TRUE on success. Note that even in the success case, you might have individual failures .

@@ -4428,10 +4428,10 @@ Note that even in the success case, you might have individual

nm_client_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_client_reload_connections has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_client_reload_connections_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -4455,12 +4455,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

- + - + @@ -4468,7 +4468,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure


@@ -4476,9 +4476,9 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

void
 nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -4498,7 +4498,7 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

- + @@ -4519,10 +4519,10 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.


nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

Parameters

@@ -4540,12 +4540,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
- + - + @@ -4553,7 +4553,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure


@@ -4579,7 +4579,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_mode (

Returns

-

the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the +

the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the value is not available.

Since: 1.6

@@ -4607,7 +4607,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_rc_manager (

Returns

-

the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the +

the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the value is not available.

Since: 1.6

@@ -4615,7 +4615,7 @@ value is not available.


nm_client_get_dns_configuration ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_dns_configuration (NMClient *client);

Gets the current DNS configuration

@@ -4635,8 +4635,8 @@ nm_client_get_dns_configuration (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray -containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not +

a GPtrArray +containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not available. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDnsEntry]

@@ -4646,7 +4646,7 @@ and should not be modified.


nm_client_get_checkpoints ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_checkpoints (NMClient *client);

Gets all the active checkpoints.

@@ -4666,7 +4666,7 @@ nm_client_get_checkpoints (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the NMCheckpoint. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMCheckpoint]

@@ -4678,12 +4678,12 @@ containing all the

nm_client_checkpoint_create ()

void
 nm_client_checkpoint_create (NMClient *client,
-                             const GPtrArray *devices,
-                             guint32 rollback_timeout,
+                             const GPtrArray *devices,
+                             guint32 rollback_timeout,
                              NMCheckpointCreateFlags flags,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Creates a checkpoint of the current networking configuration for given interfaces. An empty devices argument means all @@ -4722,7 +4722,7 @@ checkpoint should be created.

- + @@ -4746,8 +4746,8 @@ checkpoint should be created.

nm_client_checkpoint_create_finish ()

NMCheckpoint *
 nm_client_checkpoint_create_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_checkpoint_create().

Parameters

@@ -4765,12 +4765,12 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_create_finish (
- + - + @@ -4778,7 +4778,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_create_finish (

Returns

-

the new NMCheckpoint on success, NULL on +

the new NMCheckpoint on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -4791,9 +4791,9 @@ will be set.

void
 nm_client_checkpoint_destroy (NMClient *client,
                               const char *checkpoint_path,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Destroys an existing checkpoint without performing a rollback.

Parameters

@@ -4816,7 +4816,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_destroy (

cancellable

-
+ @@ -4838,10 +4838,10 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_destroy (

nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_checkpoint_destroy().

Parameters

@@ -4859,12 +4859,12 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish (
- + - + @@ -4872,7 +4872,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success or FALSE on failure, in which case +

TRUE on success or FALSE on failure, in which case error will be set.

@@ -4884,9 +4884,9 @@ will be set.

void
 nm_client_checkpoint_rollback (NMClient *client,
                                const char *checkpoint_path,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Performs the rollback of a checkpoint before the timeout is reached.

Parameters

@@ -4909,7 +4909,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_rollback (
- + @@ -4931,10 +4931,10 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_rollback (

nm_client_checkpoint_rollback_finish ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_client_checkpoint_rollback_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_checkpoint_rollback().

Parameters

@@ -4952,12 +4952,12 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_rollback_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -4979,10 +4979,10 @@ D-Bus path; each result is a NMClient *client, const char *checkpoint_path, - guint32 add_timeout, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + guint32 add_timeout, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Resets the timeout for the checkpoint with path checkpoint_path to timeout_add @@ -5014,7 +5014,7 @@ Set to zero, to disable the timeout.

- + @@ -5036,11 +5036,11 @@ Set to zero, to disable the timeout.


nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout().

Parameters

@@ -5058,12 +5058,12 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish
- + - + @@ -5071,7 +5071,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish

Returns

-

TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

+

TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

Since: 1.12

@@ -5081,9 +5081,9 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish
void
 nm_client_reload (NMClient *client,
                   NMManagerReloadFlags flags,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                  gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Reload NetworkManager's configuration and perform certain updates, like flushing caches or rewriting external state to disk. This is similar to sending SIGHUP to NetworkManager but it allows for more fine-grained control @@ -5111,7 +5111,7 @@ PolicyKit and contrary to signals it is synchronous.

- + @@ -5133,10 +5133,10 @@ PolicyKit and contrary to signals it is synchronous.


nm_client_reload_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_finish (NMClient *client,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_reload().

Parameters

@@ -5154,12 +5154,12 @@ nm_client_reload_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -5167,7 +5167,7 @@ nm_client_reload_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

+

TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

Since: 1.22

@@ -5179,19 +5179,19 @@ nm_client_dbus_call (const char *object_path, const char *interface_name, const char *method_name, - GVariant *parameters, - const GVariantType *reply_type, + GVariant *parameters, + const GVariantType *reply_type, int timeout_msec, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); -

Call g_dbus_connection_call() on the current name owner with the specified -arguments. Most importantly, this invokes g_dbus_connection_call() with the -client's GMainContext, so that the response is always in order with other -events D-Bus events. Of course, the call uses GTask and will invoke the -callback on the current g_main_context_get_thread_default().

-

This API is merely a convenient wrapper for g_dbus_connection_call(). You can -also use g_dbus_connection_call() directly, with the same effect.

+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data); +

Call g_dbus_connection_call() on the current name owner with the specified +arguments. Most importantly, this invokes g_dbus_connection_call() with the +client's GMainContext, so that the response is always in order with other +events D-Bus events. Of course, the call uses GTask and will invoke the +callback on the current g_main_context_get_thread_default().

+

This API is merely a convenient wrapper for g_dbus_connection_call(). You can +also use g_dbus_connection_call() directly, with the same effect.

Parameters

result

the GAsyncResult

the GAsyncResult

 

out_result

the output -GVariant from AddConnection2(). +GVariant from AddConnection2(). If you care about the output result, then the "ignore_out_result" -parameter of nm_client_add_connection2() must not be set to TRUE.

[out][optional][nullable][transfer full]

filenames

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

[array zero-terminated=1]

failures

on return, a NULL-terminated array of +

on return, a NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

[out][transfer full]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 

filenames

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

[array zero-terminated=1]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

failures

on return, a -NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

[out][transfer full][array zero-terminated=1]

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
@@ -5223,31 +5223,31 @@ also use

parameters

-
+ +tuple), or NULL.

+timeout or G_MAXINT for no timeout

- + - @@ -5265,10 +5265,10 @@ method invocation.


nm_client_dbus_call_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_client_dbus_call_finish (NMClient *client,
-                            GAsyncResult *result,
-                            GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_dbus_call().

Parameters

@@ -5286,12 +5286,12 @@ nm_client_dbus_call_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -5299,7 +5299,7 @@ nm_client_dbus_call_finish (

Returns

-

the result GVariant or NULL on error.

+

the result GVariant or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.24

@@ -5312,11 +5312,11 @@ nm_client_dbus_set_property (const char *object_path, const char *interface_name, const char *property_name, - GVariant *value, + GVariant *value, int timeout_msec, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Like nm_client_dbus_call() but calls "Set" on the standard "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties" D-Bus interface.

@@ -5350,24 +5350,24 @@ D-Bus interface.

- + +timeout or G_MAXINT for no timeout

- + - @@ -5385,10 +5385,10 @@ method invocation.


nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_dbus_set_property().

Parameters

@@ -5406,12 +5406,12 @@ nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish (
- + - + @@ -5419,7 +5419,7 @@ nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

+

TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

Since: 1.24

@@ -5429,10 +5429,10 @@ nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish (void nm_utils_print (int output_mode, const char *msg); -

The only purpose of this function is to give access to g_print() -or g_printerr() from pygobject. libnm can do debug logging by -setting LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG and uses thereby g_printerr() or -g_print(). A plain "print()" function in python is not in sync +

The only purpose of this function is to give access to g_print() +or g_printerr() from pygobject. libnm can do debug logging by +setting LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG and uses thereby g_printerr() or +g_print(). A plain "print()" function in python is not in sync with these functions (it implements additional buffering). By using nm_utils_print(), the same logging mechanisms can be used.

LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG is a list of keywords separated by commas. The keyword @@ -5440,7 +5440,7 @@ using g_critical() and WARN messages with g_warning(). Together with G_DEBUG="fatal-warnings" +g_critical() and WARN messages with g_warning(). Together with G_DEBUG="fatal-warnings" or G_DEBUG="fatal-critical" this can be used to abort the program on errors. Note that all <error> messages imply an unexpected data on the D-Bus API (due to a bug). <warn> also implies unexepected data, but that can happen @@ -5465,10 +5465,10 @@ are supported since 1.46.

- @@ -5486,7 +5486,7 @@ a trailing newline.


nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

Tests if filename has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file @@ -5509,15 +5509,15 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not


nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
-                              gboolean *out_encrypted);
+ gboolean *out_encrypted);

Tests if filename has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format @@ -5546,13 +5546,13 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not


nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

Tests if filename is a PKCS#12 file.

@@ -5573,7 +5573,7 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not


@@ -5581,10 +5581,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

nm_client_wait_shutdown ()

void
 nm_client_wait_shutdown (NMClient *client,
-                         gboolean integrate_maincontext,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+ gboolean integrate_maincontext, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

The way to stop NMClient is by unrefing it. That will cancel all internally pending async operations. However, as async operations in NMClient use GTask, hence they cannot complete right away. Instead, @@ -5594,22 +5594,22 @@ the client's main context.

everything is wrapped up. nm_client_get_context_busy_watcher() helps to watch how long that will be.

This function automates that waiting. Like all glib async operations -this honors the current g_main_context_get_thread_default().

+this honors the current g_main_context_get_thread_default().

In any case, to complete the shutdown, nm_client_get_main_context() -must be iterated. If the current g_main_context_get_thread_default() is +must be iterated. If the current g_main_context_get_thread_default() is the same as nm_client_get_main_context(), then integrate_maincontext is ignored. In that case, the caller is required to iterate the context -for shutdown to complete. Otherwise, if g_main_context_get_thread_default() +for shutdown to complete. Otherwise, if g_main_context_get_thread_default() differs from nm_client_get_main_context() and integrate_maincontext -is FALSE, the caller must make sure that both contexts are iterated +is FALSE, the caller must make sure that both contexts are iterated until completion. Otherwise, if integrate_maincontext - is TRUE, then -nm_client_get_main_context() will be integrated in g_main_context_get_thread_default(). + is TRUE, then +nm_client_get_main_context() will be integrated in g_main_context_get_thread_default(). This means, the caller gives nm_client_get_main_context() up until the waiting completes, the function will acquire the context and hook it into -g_main_context_get_thread_default(). +g_main_context_get_thread_default(). It is a bug to request integrate_maincontext while having nm_client_get_main_context() acquired or iterated otherwise because a context can only be acquired once @@ -5627,7 +5627,7 @@ The latter case is useful if the client has a separate context and you hand it over to another GMainContext to wrap up.

The main use is to have a NMClient and a separate GMainContext on a worker thread. When being done, you can hand over the cleanup of the context -to g_main_context_default(), assuming that the main thread iterates +to g_main_context_default(), assuming that the main thread iterates the default context. In that case, you don't need to care about passing a callback to know when shutdown completed.

@@ -5655,13 +5655,13 @@ may instead only iterate the latter.

- + - @@ -5679,9 +5679,9 @@ method invocation.


nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish ()

-
gboolean
-nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+
gboolean
+nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

Parameters

a GVariant tuple with parameters for the method -or NULL if not passing parameters.

a GVariant tuple with parameters for the method +or NULL if not passing parameters.

[nullable]

reply_type

the expected type of the reply (which will be a -tuple), or NULL.

[nullable]

timeout_msec

the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default -timeout or G_MAXINT for no timeout

 

cancellable

a GCancellable or NULL.

a GCancellable or NULL.

[nullable]

callback

a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request -is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the +

a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request +is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the method invocation.

[nullable]

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

value

a GVariant with the value to set.

a GVariant with the value to set.

 

timeout_msec

the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default -timeout or G_MAXINT for no timeout

 

cancellable

a GCancellable or NULL.

a GCancellable or NULL.

[nullable]

callback

a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request -is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the +

a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request +is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the method invocation.

[nullable]

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

output_mode

if 1 it uses g_print(). If 2, it uses g_printerr(). +

if 1 it uses g_print(). If 2, it uses g_printerr(). If 0, it uses the same output as internal libnm debug logging does. That is, depending on LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG's "stdout" flag -it uses g_print() or g_printerr() and if LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG_FILE is +it uses g_print() or g_printerr() and if LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG_FILE is set, it writes the output to file instead

 

cancellable

the GCancellable to abort the shutdown.

the GCancellable to abort the shutdown.

 

callback

a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request -is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the +

a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request +is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the method invocation.

 
@@ -5693,12 +5693,12 @@ nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -5706,7 +5706,7 @@ nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if waiting is complete successfully. In that case, all resources of the +

TRUE if waiting is complete successfully. In that case, all resources of the nmclient are wrapped up and released. This can only fail by user cancellation.

Since: 1.42

@@ -6093,10 +6093,10 @@ operation succeeded, but the object that was allegedly created (eg,

NMClient

typedef struct _NMClient NMClient;

NMClient contains a cache of the objects of NetworkManager's D-Bus API. -It uses GMainContext and GDBusConnection for that and registers to -D-Bus signals. That means, when iterating the associated GMainContext, +It uses GMainContext and GDBusConnection for that and registers to +D-Bus signals. That means, when iterating the associated GMainContext, D-Bus signals gets processed and the NMClient instance updates and -emits GObject signals.

+emits GObject signals.


@@ -6118,7 +6118,7 @@ likely to become the new

The “active-connections” property

-
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *
+
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

The active connections.

[type GPtrArray(NMActiveConnection)]

Owner: NMClient

@@ -6127,7 +6127,7 @@ likely to become the new

The “all-devices” property

-
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *
+
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

List of both real devices and device placeholders.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMClient

@@ -6137,8 +6137,8 @@ likely to become the new

The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -6146,8 +6146,8 @@ likely to become the new

The “capabilities” property

-
  “capabilities”             GArray *
-

The list of capabilities numbers as guint32 or NULL if +

  “capabilities”             GArray *
+

The list of capabilities numbers as guint32 or NULL if there are no capabilities. The numeric value correspond to NMCapability enum.

[type GArray(guint32)]

@@ -6158,7 +6158,7 @@ to

The “checkpoints” property

-
  “checkpoints”              GPtrArray *
+
  “checkpoints”              GPtrArray *

The list of active checkpoints.

[type GPtrArray(NMCheckpoint)]

Owner: NMClient

@@ -6168,7 +6168,7 @@ to

The “connections” property

-
  “connections”              GPtrArray *
+
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have @@ -6189,7 +6189,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)


The “connectivity-check-available” property

-
  “connectivity-check-available” gboolean
+
  “connectivity-check-available” gboolean

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -6197,7 +6197,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)


The “connectivity-check-enabled” property

-
  “connectivity-check-enabled” gboolean
+
  “connectivity-check-enabled” gboolean

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -6215,10 +6215,10 @@ permission to read the details of.)


The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
-

The GDBusConnection to use.

+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
+

The GDBusConnection to use.

If this is not set during object construction, the D-Bus connection will -automatically be chosen during async/sync initalization via g_bus_get().

+automatically be chosen during async/sync initalization via g_bus_get().

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

Since: 1.22

@@ -6236,7 +6236,7 @@ automatically be chosen during async/sync initalization via

The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *
+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

List of real network devices. Does not include placeholder devices.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMClient

@@ -6245,7 +6245,7 @@ automatically be chosen during async/sync initalization via

The “dns-configuration” property

-
  “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *
+
  “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *

The current DNS configuration, represented as an array of NMDnsEntry objects.

[type GPtrArray(NMDnsEntry)]

@@ -6286,7 +6286,7 @@ modified by calling

The “instance-flags” property

-
  “instance-flags”           guint
+
  “instance-flags”           guint

NMClientInstanceFlags for the instance. These affect behavior of NMClient. This is a construct property and you may only set most flags only during construction.

@@ -6304,7 +6304,7 @@ cannot be set, however they will be returned by the getter after initialization

The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint
+
  “metered”                  guint

Whether the connectivity is metered.

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read

@@ -6314,7 +6314,7 @@ cannot be set, however they will be returned by the getter after initialization

The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean
+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

Whether networking is enabled.

The property setter is a synchronous D-Bus call. This is deprecated since 1.22.

Owner: NMClient

@@ -6324,7 +6324,7 @@ cannot be set, however they will be returned by the getter after initialization

The “nm-running” property

-
  “nm-running”               gboolean
+
  “nm-running”               gboolean

Whether the daemon is running.

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read

@@ -6364,7 +6364,7 @@ see

The “radio-flags” property

-
  “radio-flags”              guint
+
  “radio-flags”              guint

Flags for radio interfaces. See NMRadioFlags.

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read

@@ -6374,7 +6374,7 @@ see

The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean
+
  “startup”                  gboolean

Whether the daemon is still starting up.

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read

@@ -6401,7 +6401,7 @@ see

The “version-info” property

-
  “version-info”             GArray *
+
  “version-info”             GArray *

Expose version info and capabilities of NetworkManager. If non-empty, the first element is NM_VERSION, which encodes the version of the daemon as "(major << 16 | minor << 8 | micro)". The following elements @@ -6415,7 +6415,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.


The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean
+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

NMClient:wimax-enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -6428,7 +6428,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.


The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean
+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

NMClient:wimax-hardware-enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -6441,7 +6441,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.


The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean
+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

Whether wireless is enabled.

The property setter is a synchronous D-Bus call. This is deprecated since 1.22.

Owner: NMClient

@@ -6451,7 +6451,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.


The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean
+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read

@@ -6460,7 +6460,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.


The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean
+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

The property setter is a synchronous D-Bus call. This is deprecated since 1.22.

Owner: NMClient

@@ -6470,7 +6470,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.


The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean
+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

Owner: NMClient

Flags: Read

@@ -6484,7 +6484,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.

void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been added.

Parameters

@@ -6513,7 +6513,7 @@ user_function (

a GAsyncResult obtained from the GAsyncReadyCallback passed to nm_client_wait_shutdown()

a GAsyncResult obtained from the GAsyncReadyCallback passed to nm_client_wait_shutdown()

 

error

return location for error or NULL

return location for error or NULL

 
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


@@ -6521,7 +6521,7 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - gpointer user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been removed.

Parameters

@@ -6550,15 +6550,15 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “any-device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

@@ -6588,15 +6588,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “any-device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

@@ -6626,7 +6626,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


@@ -6634,7 +6634,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

Parameters

@@ -6663,7 +6663,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


@@ -6671,7 +6671,7 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMRemoteConnection *connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

Parameters

@@ -6700,15 +6700,15 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

@@ -6738,15 +6738,15 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

@@ -6776,16 +6776,16 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “permission-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a permission has changed

Parameters

@@ -6819,7 +6819,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html index cdd050db..75cc154a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_connection_to_dbus () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify_secrets () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_virtual () @@ -675,8 +675,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

nm_connection_remove_setting ()

void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);
-

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

Parameters

@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ operation dereferences the

setting_type

-

the GType of the setting object to remove

+

the GType of the setting object to remove

  @@ -706,8 +706,8 @@ operation dereferences the

nm_connection_get_setting ()

NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);
-

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

Parameters

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ to the

setting_type

-

the GType of the setting object to return

+

the GType of the setting object to return

  @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ to the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -778,10 +778,10 @@ added to the

nm_connection_to_dbus ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);
-

Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type +

Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant describing the connection, +

a new floating GVariant describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's properties.

[transfer none]

@@ -816,10 +816,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties.


nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GVariant *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);
+ GVariant *new_settings, + GError **error);

Replaces connection 's settings with new_settings (which must be @@ -841,12 +841,12 @@ need to result in a connection that passes

new_settings

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

+

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

 

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes

Returns

-

TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings +

TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings could not be deserialized (in which case connection will be unchanged).

@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (

nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
@@ -957,17 +957,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);
+ GHashTable **out_settings);

Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -1011,16 +1011,16 @@ contains the key names that differ mapped to one or more of

Returns

-

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Parameters

@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1054,15 +1054,15 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not


nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Verifies the secrets in the connection.

Parameters

@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1088,23 +1088,23 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

Since: 1.2


nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);
+ GHashTable *parameters, + gboolean *modified, + GError **error);

Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

-

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

+

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1124,10 +1124,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

parameters

-

a GHashTable with +

a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings compared with g_str_equal() function. +used. The keys must be strings compared with g_str_equal() function. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

[nullable][element-type utf8 gpointer] @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

error

-

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not


@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

nm_connection_need_secrets ()

const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);
+ GPtrArray **hints);

Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1177,10 +1177,10 @@ secrets are needed.

hints

-

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

[out][element-type utf8][nullable][transfer container] @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags

func

function to be called to determine whether a -specific secret should be cleared or not. If NULL, all secrets are cleared.

+specific secret should be cleared or not. If NULL, all secrets are cleared.

[scope call][nullable] @@ -1260,16 +1260,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. If

nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GVariant *secrets,
-                              GError **error);
+ GVariant *secrets, + GError **error);

Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary. If setting_name - is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

@@ -1294,13 +1294,13 @@ settings contained in secrets

secrets

-

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

 

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1399,13 +1399,13 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL


nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

A convenience function to check if the given connection @@ -1438,8 +1438,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not


@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

@@ -1485,10 +1485,10 @@ at each invocation

nm_connection_get_settings ()

NMSetting **
 nm_connection_get_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                            guint *out_length);
+ guint *out_length);

Retrieves the settings in connection .

-

The returned array is NULL-terminated.

+

The returned array is NULL-terminated.

Parameters

@@ -1514,9 +1514,9 @@ nm_connection_get_settings (

Returns

a -NULL-terminated array containing every setting of connection +NULL-terminated array containing every setting of connection . -If the connection has no settings, NULL is returned.

+If the connection has no settings, NULL is returned.

[array length=out_length][transfer container][nullable]

Since: 1.10

@@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (

nm_connection_is_virtual ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

Checks if connection refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be @@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Returns

the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

[transfer full]

@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

Returns

-

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

Returns

-

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

Returns

-

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dummy (

Returns

-

an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.8

@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

Returns

-

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

an NMSettingIP4Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

an NMSettingIP6Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]

@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macsec (

Returns

-

an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.6

@@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_interface

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsInterface if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsInterface if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_patch (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsPatch if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsPatch if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2347,7 +2347,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_proxy (

Returns

-

an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.6

@@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

Returns

-

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tc_config (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTCConfig if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTCConfig if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.12

@@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

Returns

-

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2648,7 +2648,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2703,7 +2703,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2730,7 +2730,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2789,7 +2789,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (
- + @@ -2817,8 +2817,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

#define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
 
-

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is -an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of +

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is +an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.


diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html index 21fb84ab..e0735656 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html @@ -123,14 +123,14 @@
- - - - + +GPtrArray * @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ - + @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ - + @@ -643,27 +643,27 @@ +GPtrArray * - + - + - + - + @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ +GPtrArray * @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ - + @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ - + @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ - +

GTypeInterface parent;

GTypeInterface parent;

the parent interface struct

 
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_ports () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors () @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply () @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply_finish () @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect () @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect_finish () @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete () @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete_finish () @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_value () @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value () @@ -509,14 +509,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()
const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type () @@ -541,13 +541,13 @@ Read
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write
-GPtrArray *available-connections Read
Read
gbooleangboolean firmware-missing Read
Read
guintguint interface-flags Read
-GPtrArray *lldp-neighbors Read
gbooleangboolean managed Read
guintguint metered Read
guintguint mtu Read
gbooleangboolean nm-plugin-missing Read
-GPtrArray *ports Read
Read
gbooleangboolean real Read
Read
guintguint state-reason Read
void state-changedRun FirstRun First
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GBoxed
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDevice6Lowpan
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ nm_device_get_path (

Returns

the path of the device.

The string is backslash escaped (C escaping) for invalid characters. The escaping -can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

Since: 1.26

@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Returns

-

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. +

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

@@ -1255,13 +1255,13 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+

TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager


nm_device_get_ports ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_ports (NMDevice *device);

Gets the devices currently set as port of device .

@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ nm_device_get_ports (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device and must not be modified.

@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ must not be modified.

nm_device_set_managed ()

void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);
+ gboolean managed);

nm_device_set_managed has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ not emit a property changed signal.

managed

-

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

+

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ not emit a property changed signal.


nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+

TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected


@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);
+ gboolean autoconnect);

nm_device_set_autoconnect has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ and modifies the content of the NMClient cache client side.

autoconnect

-

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

+

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ and modifies the content of the NMClient cache client side.


nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

@@ -1417,14 +1417,14 @@ to be missing.

Returns

-

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.


nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

+

TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

[transfer none]

@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

+

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCPv6.

[transfer none]

@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

Returns

-

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

[transfer none]

@@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@ not part of an active connection.


nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could be activated on device @@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ be activated on device

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Returns

-

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ must not be modified.


nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

Gets the MTU of the NMDevice.

@@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (

nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

Parameters

@@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device +

TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its

nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

Whether the device is a software device.

@@ -1823,8 +1823,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (

Returns

-

TRUE if device -is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+

TRUE if device +is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.


@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ nm_device_get_product (g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.


@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ nm_device_get_vendor (g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.


@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (

nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

@@ -1964,7 +1964,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -2040,13 +2040,13 @@ devices in devices

nm_device_reapply ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   guint64 version_id,
-                   guint32 flags,
-                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                   GError **error);
+ guint64 version_id, + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_device_reapply has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_reapply_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

connection

the NMConnection to replace the applied -settings with or NULL to reuse existing.

+settings with or NULL to reuse existing.

[nullable] @@ -2087,12 +2087,12 @@ modification. This allows to catch concurrent accesses.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ modification. This allows to catch concurrent accesses.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

Since: 1.2

@@ -2111,11 +2111,11 @@ will be set.

void
 nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
                          NMConnection *connection,
-                         guint64 version_id,
-                         guint32 flags,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+ guint64 version_id, + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

connection

the NMConnection to replace the applied -settings with or NULL to reuse existing.

+settings with or NULL to reuse existing.

[nullable] @@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ accesses.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2175,10 +2175,10 @@ accesses.


nm_device_reapply_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                          GAsyncResult *result,
-                          GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

Parameters

@@ -2196,12 +2196,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

Since: 1.2

@@ -2219,10 +2219,10 @@ will be set.

nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
-                                  guint32 flags,
-                                  guint64 *version_id,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);
+ guint32 flags, + guint64 *version_id, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_device_get_applied_connection has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_get_applied_connection_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2255,12 +2255,12 @@ the applied connection.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ the applied connection.

Returns

a NMConnection with the currently applied settings -or NULL on error.

+or NULL on error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

[transfer full]

@@ -2282,10 +2282,10 @@ to void nm_device_get_applied_connection_async (NMDevice *device, - guint32 flags, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins and gets the currently applied connection.

Parameters

@@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2333,9 +2333,9 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
                                (NMDevice *device,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                guint64 *version_id,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + guint64 *version_id, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

Parameters

@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ connection.

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@ connection.

Returns

-

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case +

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case of error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2383,10 +2383,10 @@ to

nm_device_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                      GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_device_disconnect has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_disconnect_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2410,12 +2410,12 @@ request.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ request.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2432,9 +2432,9 @@ will be set.

nm_device_disconnect_async ()

void
 nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                            gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

@@ -2454,7 +2454,7 @@ manual network connection request.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2475,10 +2475,10 @@ manual network connection request.


nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                             GAsyncResult *result,
-                             GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

Parameters

@@ -2496,12 +2496,12 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2509,17 +2509,17 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_device_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_device_delete has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_delete_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2541,12 +2541,12 @@ nm_device_delete (

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ nm_device_delete (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2563,9 +2563,9 @@ will be set.

nm_device_delete_async ()

void
 nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
-                        GCancellable *cancellable,
-                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                        gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins deleting the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

@@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ be deleted.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2605,10 +2605,10 @@ be deleted.


nm_device_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

Parameters

@@ -2626,12 +2626,12 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2639,16 +2639,16 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GPtrArray *connections);
+ const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

an array of NMConnections that could be activated with the given device . The array -should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

WARNING: the transfer annotation for this function may not work correctly with bindings. See https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gobject-introspection/-/issues/305. You can filter the list yourself with nm_device_connection_valid().

@@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ You can filter the list yourself with

nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
                             NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns @@ -2733,17 +2733,17 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2778,7 +2778,7 @@ against

error

-

return location for a GError, or NULL

+

return location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2786,14 +2786,14 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections that can be used on device @@ -2892,7 +2892,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_value ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                  const char *name);

Gets the value (as a GVariant) of attribute with name name @@ -2930,7 +2930,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_value (

Returns

-

the value or NULL if the attribute with name +

the value or NULL if the attribute with name was not found.

[transfer none]

@@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ actually modify the (empty) instance.


nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 const char *name,
@@ -2997,18 +2997,18 @@ attribute value. 

Returns

-

TRUE if a string attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if a string attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2


nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                       const char *name,
-                                      guint *out_value);
+ guint *out_value);

Gets the uint32 value of attribute with name name on neighbor

@@ -3041,15 +3041,15 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (

Returns

-

TRUE if a uint32 attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if a uint32 attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2


nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 const char *name);

Get the type of an attribute.

@@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

Returns

-

the GVariantType of the attribute with name name +

the GVariantType of the attribute with name name

Since: 1.2

@@ -3378,7 +3378,7 @@ all the VLANs.


The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

The property setter is a synchronous D-Bus call. This is deprecated since 1.22.

Owner: NMDevice

@@ -3388,7 +3388,7 @@ all the VLANs.


The “available-connections” property

-
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *
+
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

The available connections of the device

[type GPtrArray(NMRemoteConnection)]

Owner: NMDevice

@@ -3448,8 +3448,8 @@ all the VLANs.


The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required +

  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required for its operation.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3486,7 +3486,7 @@ for its operation.


The “interface-flags” property

-
  “interface-flags”          guint
+
  “interface-flags”          guint

The interface flags.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3542,7 +3542,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “lldp-neighbors” property

-
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *
+
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

The LLDP neighbors.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3550,7 +3550,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean
+
  “managed”                  gboolean

Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint
+
  “metered”                  guint

Whether the device is metered.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3569,7 +3569,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

The MTU of the device.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3578,8 +3578,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “nm-plugin-missing” property

-
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device +

  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ is not installed.

  “path”                     char *

The device path as exposed by the udev property ID_PATH.

The string is backslash escaped (C escaping) for invalid -characters. The escaping can be reverted with g_strcompress(), +characters. The escaping can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3612,7 +3612,7 @@ however the result may not be valid UTF-8.


The “ports” property

-
  “ports”                    GPtrArray *
+
  “ports”                    GPtrArray *

The port devices of the controller device. For devices that cannot be controllers this is likely to be always empty.

Owner: NMDevice

@@ -3631,7 +3631,7 @@ controllers this is likely to be always empty.


The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean
+
  “real”                     gboolean

Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -3652,7 +3652,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “state-reason” property

-
  “state-reason”             guint
+
  “state-reason”             guint

The reason for the device state.

Owner: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3688,10 +3688,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

The “state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint new_state, + guint old_state, + guint reason, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

Parameters

@@ -3730,7 +3730,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html index 5e36709b..a91f60ee 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDevice6Lowpan
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
index 26994afa..c6ab1072 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Owner: NMDeviceAdsl

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html index 09d2fe47..06cd691d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

@@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

nm_device_bond_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Owner: NMDeviceBond

Flags: Read

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices enslaved to the bond device.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMDeviceBond

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html index eaae7a8d..d77ab533 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bridge_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bridge_get_slaves () @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

@@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

nm_device_bridge_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Owner: NMDeviceBridge

Flags: Read

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices enslaved to the bridge device.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMDeviceBridge

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html index 52c01144..20d85b6f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
index 1035a00c..d4fd3bfd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceDummy
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
index 7972b3cf..9b22a885 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 speed
 Read
 
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet in Mbit/s.

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (

nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Owner: NMDeviceEthernet

Flags: Read

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.


The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv
+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

Identifies subchannels of this network device used for communication with z/VM or s390 host.

Owner: NMDeviceEthernet

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.


The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint
+
  “speed”                    guint

The speed of the device.

Owner: NMDeviceEthernet

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html index d97855f9..b196e8d4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “type-description” property

  “type-description”         char *
-

A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL +

A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL if not known.

Owner: NMDeviceGeneric

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html index 39cbab48..5bcf6995 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_device_hsr_get_multicast_spec () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_hsr_get_prp () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ -guchar +guchar multicast-spec Read @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean prp Read @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceHsr
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_device_hsr_get_supervision_address (
 

nm_device_hsr_get_multicast_spec ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_hsr_get_multicast_spec (NMDeviceHsr *device);

Parameters

@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ nm_device_hsr_get_multicast_spec (

nm_device_hsr_get_prp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_hsr_get_prp (NMDeviceHsr *device);

Parameters

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_device_hsr_get_prp (

Property Details

The “multicast-spec” property

-
  “multicast-spec”           guchar
+
  “multicast-spec”           guchar

The device last byte of the supervision address.

Owner: NMDeviceHsr

Flags: Read

@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ nm_device_hsr_get_prp (

The “prp” property

-
  “prp”                      gboolean
+
  “prp”                      gboolean

Whether the PRP protocol is used or not.

Owner: NMDeviceHsr

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html index d3bc1474..fd357336 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery () @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit () @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark () @@ -154,22 +154,22 @@ -guchar +guchar encapsulation-limit Read -guint +guint flags Read -guint +guint flow-label Read -guint +guint fwmark Read @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Read -guint +guint mode Read @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean path-mtu-discovery Read @@ -214,12 +214,12 @@ Read -guchar +guchar tos Read -guchar +guchar ttl Read @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ to tunneled packets.


nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flags (

Property Details

The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar
+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ tunnels.


The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint
+
  “flags”                    guint

Tunnel flags.

Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

Flags: Read

@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ tunnels.


The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint
+
  “flow-label”               guint

The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “fwmark” property

-
  “fwmark”                   guint
+
  “fwmark”                   guint

The fwmark value to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to VTI tunnels.

Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ to VTI tunnels.


The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The tunneling mode of the device.

Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

Flags: Read

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ to VTI tunnels.


The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean
+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

Flags: Read

@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ to VTI tunnels.


The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar
+
  “tos”                      guchar

The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to tunneled packets.

Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ tunneled packets.


The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar
+
  “ttl”                      guchar

The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html index 433c25f9..36a337c6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Owner: NMDeviceInfiniband

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html index b4c57549..b7729702 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceLoopback
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
index f751c040..483d923f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_window ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_es ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()
@@ -164,32 +164,32 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 cipher-suite
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encoding-sa
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 encrypt
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 es
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 icv-length
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 include-sci
 Read
 
@@ -200,22 +200,22 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 protect
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 replay-protect
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 scb
 Read
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 sci
 Read
 
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 window
 Read
 
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacsec
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_device_macsec_get_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets the Secure Channel Identifier in use

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_sci (

nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets the length of ICV (Integrity Check Value)

@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (

nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets the set of cryptographic algorithms in use

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (

nm_device_macsec_get_window ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_macsec_get_window (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets the size of the replay window

@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_window (

nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets the value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security Association in use.

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ disabled)


nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled

@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (

nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled

@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_protect (

nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted frames

@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ frames


nm_device_macsec_get_es ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_es (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for transmitted frames

@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ transmitted frames


nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_scb (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in SecTAG for transmitted frames

@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames


nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

Gets whether replay protection is enabled

@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (

Property Details

The “cipher-suite” property

-
  “cipher-suite”             guint64
+
  “cipher-suite”             guint64

The set of cryptographic algorithms in use.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

Flags: Read

@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (

The “encoding-sa” property

-
  “encoding-sa”              guchar
+
  “encoding-sa”              guchar

The value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security Association in use.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ Association in use.


The “encrypt” property

-
  “encrypt”                  gboolean
+
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

Whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

Flags: Read

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ Association in use.


The “es” property

-
  “es”                       gboolean
+
  “es”                       gboolean

Whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for transmitted frames.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ transmitted frames.


The “icv-length” property

-
  “icv-length”               guchar
+
  “icv-length”               guchar

The length of ICV (Integrity Check Value).

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

Flags: Read

@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ transmitted frames.


The “include-sci” property

-
  “include-sci”              gboolean
+
  “include-sci”              gboolean

Whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted frames.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ frames.


The “protect” property

-
  “protect”                  gboolean
+
  “protect”                  gboolean

Whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

Flags: Read

@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ frames.


The “replay-protect” property

-
  “replay-protect”           gboolean
+
  “replay-protect”           gboolean

Whether replay protection is enabled.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

Flags: Read

@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ frames.


The “scb” property

-
  “scb”                      gboolean
+
  “scb”                      gboolean

Whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in SecTAG for transmitted frames.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames.


The “sci” property

-
  “sci”                      guint64
+
  “sci”                      guint64

The Secure Channel Identifier in use.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

Flags: Read

@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ disabled).


The “window” property

-
  “window”                   guint
+
  “window”                   guint

The size of the replay window.

Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html index e8656995..26c418c3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_macvlan_get_tap () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean no-promisc Read @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean tap Read @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (

nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

+

TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

Since: 1.2

@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “no-promisc” property

-
  “no-promisc”               gboolean
+
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

Owner: NMDeviceMacvlan

Flags: Read

@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean
+
  “tap”                      gboolean

Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

Owner: NMDeviceMacvlan

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html index 96643585..d6d8bbe7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ nm_device_modem_get_operator_code (
 

Returns

-

the operator code or NULL if disconnected or not a 3GPP modem.

+

the operator code or NULL if disconnected or not a 3GPP modem.

Since: 1.20

@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ nm_device_modem_get_apn (

Returns

-

the APN name or NULL if disconnected

+

the APN name or NULL if disconnected

Since: 1.20

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html index 3c74eec1..d6db0981 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel () @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ -guint +guint active-channel Read @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (
 

Returns

-

the companion of the device of NULL.

+

the companion of the device of NULL.

[transfer none]


nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

Property Details

The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint
+
  “active-channel”           guint

The device's active channel.

Owner: NMDeviceOlpcMesh

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html index 527ab9c1..4001abfb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOvsBridge
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceOvsBridge *device);

nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

Gets the ports currently enslaved to the device.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMDeviceOvsBridge

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html index a1f3fd7b..b216015c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOvsInterface
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html
index 9f51f3e2..b4085184 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOvsPort
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves (NMDeviceOvsPort *device);

nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

Gets the interfaces currently enslaved to the device.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMDeviceOvsPort

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html index e44bffc7..832486c1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDevicePpp
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
index 2b0ec9ae..26752acf 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_slaves ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

@@ -200,13 +200,13 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

nm_device_team_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Owner: NMDeviceTeam

Flags: Read

@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices enslaved to the team device.

[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

Owner: NMDeviceTeam

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html index 8198090e..118614a2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ -gint64 +gint64 nm_device_tun_get_owner () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ -gint64 +gint64 nm_device_tun_get_group () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_no_pi () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ -gint64 +gint64 group Read @@ -119,22 +119,22 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean multi-queue Read -gboolean +gboolean no-pi Read -gint64 +gint64 owner Read -gboolean +gboolean vnet-hdr Read @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTun
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (
 

nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

Gets the tunnel owner.

@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (

nm_device_tun_get_group ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

Gets the tunnel group.

@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (

nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_NO_PI flag.

@@ -333,14 +333,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2


nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

@@ -360,14 +360,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2


nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

Property Details

The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gint64
+
  “group”                    gint64

The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

Owner: NMDeviceTun

Flags: Read

@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean
+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive queues.

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ queues.


The “no-pi” property

-
  “no-pi”                    gboolean
+
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is prepended to the tunnel packets.

Owner: NMDeviceTun

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.


The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gint64
+
  “owner”                    gint64

The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

Owner: NMDeviceTun

Flags: Read

@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.


The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets include a virtio network header.

Owner: NMDeviceTun

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html index 5b1576f7..3f94b7bc 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
index a9f81385..75241492 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vlan-id
 Read
 
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (

nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Owner: NMDeviceVlan

Flags: Read

@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint
+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

The device's VLAN ID.

Owner: NMDeviceVlan

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html index 881d52ff..6fde99a6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_vrf_get_table () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -guint +guint table Read @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVrf
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_vrf_get_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_vrf_get_table (NMDeviceVrf *device);

Parameters

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ nm_device_vrf_get_table (

Property Details

The “table” property

-
  “table”                    guint
+
  “table”                    guint

The device's VRF table.

Owner: NMDeviceVrf

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html index e5218273..bca81d10 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_id () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max () @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_learning () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing () @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_tos () @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl () @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_limit () @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy () @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc () @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss () @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss () @@ -195,17 +195,17 @@ -guint +guint ageing Read -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -guint +guint dst-port Read @@ -216,27 +216,27 @@ Read -guint +guint id Read -gboolean +gboolean l2miss Read -gboolean +gboolean l3miss Read -gboolean +gboolean learning Read -guint +guint limit Read @@ -253,32 +253,32 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean proxy Read -gboolean +gboolean rsc Read -guint +guint src-port-max Read -guint +guint src-port-min Read -guchar +guchar tos Read -guchar +guchar ttl Read @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier.

+

TRUE if the device has carrier.

This property is not implemented yet, and the function always returns FALSE.

@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (

nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (

nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (

nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (

nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (

nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (

nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (

nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (

nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (

nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ forwarding table


nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (

nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (

nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (

nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

Property Details

The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint
+
  “ageing”                   guint

The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

This property is not implemented yet, and the property is always FALSE.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

The “dst-port” property

-
  “dst-port”                 guint
+
  “dst-port”                 guint

The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

The device's VXLAN ID.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “l2miss” property

-
  “l2miss”                   gboolean
+
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “l3miss” property

-
  “l3miss”                   gboolean
+
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean
+
  “learning”                 gboolean

Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint
+
  “limit”                    guint

The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean
+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean
+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

Whether route short circuit is turned on.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “src-port-max” property

-
  “src-port-max”             guint
+
  “src-port-max”             guint

The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “src-port-min” property

-
  “src-port-min”             guint
+
  “src-port-min”             guint

The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar
+
  “tos”                      guchar

The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar
+
  “ttl”                      guchar

The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html index c4f212bc..d63fbd5f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wifi_get_access_points () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ -gint64 +gint64 nm_device_wifi_get_last_scan () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish () @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * access-points Read @@ -176,12 +176,12 @@ Read -guint +guint bitrate Read -gint64 +gint64 last-scan Read @@ -216,12 +216,12 @@ void access-point-added -Run First +Run First void access-point-removed -Run First +Run First
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (
 

nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is active.

+

the access point or NULL if none is active.

[transfer none]

@@ -483,14 +483,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is found.

+

the access point or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]


nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing all the +

a GPtrArray containing all the scanned NMAccessPoints. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.


nm_device_wifi_get_last_scan ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_wifi_get_last_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME milliseconds) for the last finished network scan. A value of -1 means the device never scanned for access points.

@@ -549,10 +549,10 @@ comparing to this value.


nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_device_wifi_request_scan has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -577,12 +577,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -598,11 +598,11 @@ set.


nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                     GVariant *options,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -633,17 +633,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid options inside the dictionary are:

options

-

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

 

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid options inside the dictionary are:

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@ set.

nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that callback will be @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -710,10 +710,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that callback will be @@ -742,12 +742,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid options inside the dictionary are:

options

-

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

 

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -769,10 +769,10 @@ D-Bus call. Valid options inside the dictionary are:

nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async() and nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async().

@@ -791,12 +791,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ set.

Property Details

The “access-points” property

-
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *
+
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

[type GPtrArray(NMAccessPoint)]

Owner: NMDeviceWifi

@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ set.


The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint
+
  “bitrate”                  guint

The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

Owner: NMDeviceWifi

Flags: Read

@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ set.


The “last-scan” property

-
  “last-scan”                gint64
+
  “last-scan”                gint64

The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last finished network scan. A value of -1 means the device never scanned for access points.

@@ -938,8 +938,8 @@ access points.

The “access-point-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

Parameters

@@ -968,15 +968,15 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “access-point-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

Parameters

@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html index 18eb7fb7..7a8d1e77 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peers () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish () @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * peers Read @@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ void peer-added -Run First +Run First void peer-removed -Run First +Run First
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifiP2P
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peer_by_path (
 

Returns

-

the peer or NULL if none is found.

+

the peer or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.42

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peer_by_path (

nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peers ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peers (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device);

Gets all the found peers of the NMDeviceWifiP2P.

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peers (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing all the +

a GPtrArray containing all the found NMWifiP2PPeers. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMWifiP2PPeer]

@@ -280,10 +280,10 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find ()

void
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-                               GVariant *options,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Request NM to search for Wi-Fi P2P peers on device . Note that the call returns immediately after requesting the find, and it may take some time @@ -311,12 +311,12 @@ using nm_device_p2p_wifi_stop_find().

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

callback

-

a GAsyncReadyCallback, or NULL

+

a GAsyncReadyCallback, or NULL

  @@ -333,10 +333,10 @@ using nm_device_p2p_wifi_stop_find().


nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Finish an operation started by nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find().

Parameters

@@ -354,12 +354,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish (

result

-

the GAsyncResult

+

the GAsyncResult

 

error

-

GError return address

+

GError return address

  @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if the call was successful

+

TRUE if the call was successful

Since: 1.16

@@ -376,9 +376,9 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish (

nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find ()

void
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Request NM to stop any ongoing find operation for Wi-Fi P2P peers on device .

@@ -397,12 +397,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find (

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

callback

-

a GAsyncReadyCallback, or NULL

+

a GAsyncReadyCallback, or NULL

  @@ -419,10 +419,10 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find (

nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Finish an operation started by nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find().

Parameters

@@ -440,12 +440,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (

result

-

the GAsyncResult

+

the GAsyncResult

 

error

-

GError return address

+

GError return address

  @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if the call was successful

+

TRUE if the call was successful

Since: 1.16

@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (

Property Details

The “peers” property

-
  “peers”                    GPtrArray *
+
  “peers”                    GPtrArray *

List of all Wi-Fi P2P peers the device can see.

[type GPtrArray(NMWifiP2PPeer)]

Owner: NMDeviceWifiP2P

@@ -502,8 +502,8 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (

The “peer-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-               GObject         *peer,
-               gpointer         user_data)
+ GObject *peer, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWifiP2PPeer is added to the Wi-Fi P2P device.

Parameters

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ user_function (Run First

+

Flags: Run First

Since: 1.16


@@ -540,8 +540,8 @@ user_function (

The “peer-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-               GObject         *peer,
-               gpointer         user_data)
+ GObject *peer, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWifiP2PPeer is removed from the Wi-Fi P2P device.

Parameters

@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ user_function (Run First

+

Flags: Run First

Since: 1.16

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html index 75503275..b5454e0e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wimax_get_nsps () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency () @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Read -guint +guint center-frequency Read @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nsps Read @@ -182,12 +182,12 @@ void nsp-added -Run First +Run First void nsp-removed -Run First +Run First
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (
 

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is active.

+

the access point or NULL if none is active.

[transfer full]

@@ -348,14 +348,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is found.

+

the access point or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]


nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing +

a GPtrArray containing all the scanned NMWimaxNsps. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.


nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

Returns

-

the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+

the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.


The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint
+
  “center-frequency”         guint

The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to communicate with the network when connected. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


The “nsps” property

-
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *
+
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

[type GPtrArray(NMWimaxNsp)]

Owner: NMDeviceWimax

@@ -721,8 +721,8 @@ device is not connected.

The “nsp-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -755,15 +755,15 @@ user_function (<
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “nsp-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ user_function (<
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html index bb13e92f..1c3ab2d1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -guint16 +guint16 nm_device_wireguard_get_listen_port () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_wireguard_get_fwmark () @@ -78,18 +78,18 @@ -guint +guint fwmark Read -guint +guint listen-port Read -GBytes * +GBytes * public-key Read @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWireGuard
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key (NMDeviceWireGuard *device);

Gets the public key for this interface

@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key (

Returns

-

the GBytes containing the 32-byte public key.

+

the GBytes containing the 32-byte public key.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key (

nm_device_wireguard_get_listen_port ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_device_wireguard_get_listen_port (NMDeviceWireGuard *device);

Gets the local UDP port this interface listens on

@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ nm_device_wireguard_get_listen_port (

nm_device_wireguard_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wireguard_get_fwmark (NMDeviceWireGuard *device);

Gets the fwmark (firewall mark) for this interface. It can be used to set routing policy for outgoing encrypted packets. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ See: ip-rule(8)

Property Details

The “fwmark” property

-
  “fwmark”                   guint
+
  “fwmark”                   guint

Optional firewall mark - see ip-rule(8). Used when setting routing policy for outgoing encrypted packets. Set to 0 to disable the mark (default).

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Set to 0 to disable the mark (default).


The “listen-port” property

-
  “listen-port”              guint
+
  “listen-port”              guint

Local UDP listen port. Set to 0 to allow a random port to be chosen (default).

Owner: NMDeviceWireGuard

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Set to 0 to allow a random port to be chosen (default).


The “public-key” property

-
  “public-key”               GBytes *
+
  “public-key”               GBytes *

32-byte public key, derived from the current private key.

Owner: NMDeviceWireGuard

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html index b17f1afb..21c17289 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWpan
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
index 1fc9a790..755d67b0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDhcpConfig
 
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (

nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (

Returns

-

the GHashTable containing +

the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.


The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *
-

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *
+

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

[type GHashTable(utf8,utf8)]

Owner: NMDhcpConfig

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html index 245c2e79..0af6d09e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_ip_config_get_addresses () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_ip_config_get_routes () @@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * addresses Read -GStrv +GStrv domains Read @@ -135,23 +135,23 @@ Read -GStrv +GStrv nameservers Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * routes Read -GStrv +GStrv searches Read -GStrv +GStrv wins-servers Read @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIPConfig
 
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (

nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMIPAddresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <

nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

Gets the routes.

@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (

Returns

the array of domains. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

[transfer none]

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (

Returns

the array of DNS search strings. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

[transfer none]

@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

Returns

the arry of WINS server IP address strings. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.).

[transfer none]

@@ -501,15 +501,15 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

Property Details

The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *
-

A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *
+

A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

Owner: NMIPConfig

Flags: Read


The “domains” property

-
  “domains”                  GStrv
+
  “domains”                  GStrv

The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

Owner: NMIPConfig

Flags: Read

@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

The “nameservers” property

-
  “nameservers”              GStrv
+
  “nameservers”              GStrv

The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

Owner: NMIPConfig

Flags: Read

@@ -545,8 +545,8 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *
-

A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *
+

A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

[type GPtrArray(NMIPRoute)]

Owner: NMIPConfig

Flags: Read

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

The “searches” property

-
  “searches”                 GStrv
+
  “searches”                 GStrv

The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

Owner: NMIPConfig

Flags: Read

@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

The “wins-servers” property

-
  “wins-servers”             GStrv
+
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration. (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

Owner: NMIPConfig

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html index b47b93a1..c5563b99 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMAccessPoint
         ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ whether the object is still alive/cached, check NMObject *object);

Returns the NMClient instance in which object is cached. Also, if the object got removed from the client cached, -this returns NULL. So it can be used to check whether the +this returns NULL. So it can be used to check whether the object is still alive.

Parameters

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ object is still alive.

Returns

the NMClient cache in which the -object can be found, or NULL if the object is no longer +object can be found, or NULL if the object is no longer cached.

[transfer none]

@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ cached.

The NMClient instance as returned by nm_object_get_client().

When an NMObject gets removed from the NMClient cache, the NMObject:path property stays unchanged, but this client -instance gets reset to NULL. You can use this property to +instance gets reset to NULL. You can use this property to track removal of the object from the cache.

Owner: NMObject

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html index 9469e72d..769d3339 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_update2_finish () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_commit_changes () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_save () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_save_finish () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_delete () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_delete_finish () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_get_secrets () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_visible () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ -guint64 +guint64 nm_remote_connection_get_version_id () @@ -212,22 +212,22 @@ Read -guint +guint flags Read -gboolean +gboolean unsaved Read -guint64 +guint64 version-id Read -gboolean +gboolean visible Read @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 
@@ -301,12 +301,12 @@ NetworkManager D-Bus interface.

nm_remote_connection_update2 ()

void
 nm_remote_connection_update2 (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                              GVariant *settings,
+                              GVariant *settings,
                               NMSettingsUpdate2Flags flags,
-                              GVariant *args,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *args, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously calls the Update2() D-Bus method.

Parameters

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2 (

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -361,10 +361,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2 (

nm_remote_connection_update2_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

Parameters

@@ -382,12 +382,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -395,8 +395,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (

Returns

-

on success, a GVariant of type "a{sv}" with the result. On failure, -NULL.

+

on success, a GVariant of type "a{sv}" with the result. On failure, +NULL.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.12

@@ -404,11 +404,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (

nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);
+ gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_remote_connection_commit_changes has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection to NetworkManager. If save_to_disk - is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to -disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

+ is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to +disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

Parameters

@@ -439,12 +439,12 @@ disk; if

cancellable

-
+ - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ disk; if

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -462,15 +462,15 @@ will be set.

void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of connection to NetworkManager. If save - is TRUE, the updated connection will -be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be + is TRUE, the updated connection will +be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

Parameters

@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ changed.

- + @@ -514,11 +514,11 @@ changed.


nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

Parameters

@@ -536,12 +536,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
- + - + @@ -549,17 +549,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_remote_connection_save ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_remote_connection_save has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_remote_connection_save_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -582,12 +582,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

- + - + @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ will be set.

nm_remote_connection_save_async ()

void
 nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

- + @@ -646,10 +646,10 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.


nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

Parameters

@@ -667,12 +667,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
- + - + @@ -680,17 +680,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_remote_connection_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_remote_connection_delete has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_remote_connection_delete_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -712,12 +712,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (

cancellable

-
+ - + @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -734,9 +734,9 @@ will be set.

nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

void
 nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously deletes the connection.

Parameters

@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
- + @@ -775,10 +775,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (

nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

Parameters

@@ -796,12 +796,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
- + - + @@ -809,18 +809,18 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call, not a simple property accessor.

@@ -844,12 +844,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

- + - + @@ -857,9 +857,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

Returns

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing +

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing connection -'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

Warning: NMClient contains a cache of objects on D-Bus. This cache gets updated with D-Bus signals when iterating the GMainContext. This function performs a (pseudo) blocking D-Bus call. Aside blocking, the result will not be in sync @@ -875,9 +875,9 @@ This function used to be deprecated between 1.22 and 1.38 releases.

nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection, const char *setting_name, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

Parameters

@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
- + @@ -921,11 +921,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async

nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

Parameters

@@ -943,12 +943,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
- + - + @@ -956,16 +956,16 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish

Returns

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing connection -'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]


nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

Parameters

@@ -984,8 +984,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (

Returns

-

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not -been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk +

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not +been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_filename (

nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

Checks if the connection is visible to the current user. If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will @@ -1071,14 +1071,14 @@ reference to it.)

Returns

-

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current -user, FALSE if not.

+

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current +user, FALSE if not.


nm_remote_connection_get_version_id ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_remote_connection_get_version_id (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

Parameters

@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ file-backed.


The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint
+
  “flags”                    guint

The flags of the connection as unsigned integer. The values correspond to the NMSettingsConnectionFlags enum.

Owner: NMRemoteConnection

@@ -1178,9 +1178,9 @@ correspond to the

The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean
-

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved -to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean
+

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved +to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

Owner: NMRemoteConnection

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ to disk,

The “version-id” property

-
  “version-id”               guint64
+
  “version-id”               guint64

The version ID of the profile that is incremented when the profile gets modified. This can be used to track concurrent modifications of the profile.

Owner: NMRemoteConnection

@@ -1199,8 +1199,8 @@ This can be used to track concurrent modifications of the profile.


The “visible” property

-
  “visible”                  gboolean
-

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if +

  “visible”                  gboolean
+

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if not. If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will not contain any settings, and operations such as nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html index d024b926..74f1ceb3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

- + @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ +GDBusConnection * @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ - + @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
 
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMSecretAgentOld implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -292,9 +292,9 @@ NMSecretAgentOld implements
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GVariant *secrets,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *secrets, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with @@ -363,13 +363,13 @@ something like this:

-
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
-                                    GError *error,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function should be called.

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ should be called.

@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ has returned.

void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                       NMConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function should be called.

@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ should be called.

@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ has returned.


nm_secret_agent_old_get_dbus_connection ()

-
GDBusConnection *
+
GDBusConnection *
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_dbus_connection
                                (NMSecretAgentOld *self);
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_dbus_connection

Returns

-

the GDBusConnection used by the secret agent. +

the GDBusConnection used by the secret agent. You may either set this as construct property NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_DBUS_CONNECTION, or it will automatically set during initialization.

[transfer none]

@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ or it will automatically set during initialization.


nm_secret_agent_old_get_main_context ()

-
GMainContext *
+
GMainContext *
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_main_context (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

Parameters

@@ -537,8 +537,8 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_main_context (

Returns

-

the GMainContext instance associate with the -instance. This is the g_main_context_get_thread_default() at the time +

the GMainContext instance associate with the +instance. This is the g_main_context_get_thread_default() at the time when creating the instance.

[transfer none]

@@ -547,16 +547,16 @@ when creating the instance.


nm_secret_agent_old_get_context_busy_watcher ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_context_busy_watcher
                                (NMSecretAgentOld *self);
-

Returns a GObject that stays alive as long as there are pending -requests in the GDBusConnection. Such requests keep the GMainContext +

Returns a GObject that stays alive as long as there are pending +requests in the GDBusConnection. Such requests keep the GMainContext alive, and thus you may want to keep iterating the context as long until a weak reference indicates that this object is gone. This is useful because even when you destroy the instance right away (and all -the internally pending requests get cancelled), any pending g_dbus_connection_call() -requests will still invoke the result on the GMainContext. Hence, this +the internally pending requests get cancelled), any pending g_dbus_connection_call() +requests will still invoke the result on the GMainContext. Hence, this allows you to know how long you must iterate the context to know that all remains are cleaned up.

@@ -576,8 +576,8 @@ that all remains are cleaned up.

Returns

-

a GObject that you may register a weak pointer -to know that the GMainContext is still kept busy by self +

a GObject that you may register a weak pointer +to know that the GMainContext is still kept busy by self .

[transfer none]

@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ registration is successful.


nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

Note that the secret agent transparently registers and re-registers as the D-Bus name owner appears. Hence, this property is not really @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ with success, you know the instance is registered.

Returns

-

a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+

a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.


@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ with success, you know the instance is registered.

nm_secret_agent_old_enable ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_old_enable (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                            gboolean enable);
+ gboolean enable);

This has the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER property.

Unlike most other functions, you may already call this function before @@ -686,14 +686,14 @@ initialization completes.

nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

Since 1.24, registration cannot fail and is idempotent. It has -the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE +the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

Since 1.24, the asynchronous result indicates whether the instance is successfully registered. In any case, this call enables the agent and it will automatically @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ you want to check and ensure that the agent is registered.

- + @@ -738,10 +738,10 @@ you want to check and ensure that the agent is registered.


nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

Parameters

@@ -759,12 +759,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
- + - + @@ -772,9 +772,9 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

Since 1.24, registration cannot fail and is idempotent. It has -the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE +the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -815,10 +815,10 @@ instance becomes defunct and cannot re-register.


nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_secret_agent_old_register has been deprecated since version 1.24 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_secret_agent_old_enable() or nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

@@ -842,12 +842,12 @@ secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

- + - + @@ -855,23 +855,23 @@ secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

Returns

-

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

Since 1.24, this can no longer fail unless the cancellable gets cancelled. Contrary to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async(), this also does not wait for the registration to succeed. You cannot synchronously (without iterating the caller's GMainContext) wait for registration.

Since 1.24, registration is idempotent. It has the same effect as setting -NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

+NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().


nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister has been deprecated since version 1.24 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -895,12 +895,12 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

- + - + @@ -908,9 +908,9 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

Returns

-

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

+

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

Since 1.24, registration cannot fail and is idempotent. It has -the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE +the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -919,9 +919,9 @@ or

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async has been deprecated since version 1.24 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE +the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

Parameters

@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ or
- + @@ -969,10 +969,10 @@ or

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                       GAsyncResult *result,
-                                       GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish has been deprecated since version 1.24 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -994,12 +994,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -1007,9 +1007,9 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

Since 1.24, registration cannot fail and is idempotent. It has -the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE +the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (const char **hints, NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags, NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection for the setting setting_name @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ secrets from the user.

nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self, NMConnection *connection, NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection are stored to disk.

@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ disk.

nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self, NMConnection *connection, NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to connection .

@@ -1216,17 +1216,17 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (

Property Details

The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean
-

If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when +

  “auto-register”            gboolean
+

If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the agent will re-register itself automatically.

-

In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the +

In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the agent will register itself with NetworkManager during construction/initialization and initialization will only complete after registration is completed (either successfully or unsuccessfully). Since 1.24, a failure to register will no longer cause initialization of NMSecretAgentOld to fail.

-

If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with +

If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_enable() or nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

Calling nm_secret_agent_old_enable() has the same effect as setting this @@ -1248,10 +1248,10 @@ agent is currently registered, this will cause a re-registration.


The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
-

The GDBusConnection used by the instance. You may either set this +

  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
+

The GDBusConnection used by the instance. You may either set this as construct-only property, or otherwise NMSecretAgentOld will choose -a connection via g_bus_get() during initialization.

+a connection via g_bus_get() during initialization.

Owner: NMSecretAgentOld

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

Since: 1.24

@@ -1274,8 +1274,8 @@ of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'

The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean
-

TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean
+

TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

Owner: NMSecretAgentOld

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html index b35c6b74..a6925d42 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
- + + + +

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
-GDBusConnection * +GDBusConnection * nm_secret_agent_old_get_dbus_connection () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
-GMainContext * +GMainContext * nm_secret_agent_old_get_main_context () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_secret_agent_old_get_context_busy_watcher () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish () @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_register () @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_unregister () @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish () @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
gbooleangboolean auto-register Read / Write / Construct
-GDBusConnection *dbus-connection Read / Write / Construct Only
Read / Write / Construct Only
gbooleangboolean registered Read

connection

the connection for which secrets were requested, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]

secrets

the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested +

the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example). Each key in secrets should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security") and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant. The sub-dicts @@ -397,8 +397,8 @@ and the value is the secret

connection

the connection for which secrets were to be saved, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]

connection

the connection for which secrets were to be deleted, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_setting_lookup_type () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify_secrets () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_compare () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_diff () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_get_secret_flags () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_set_secret_flags () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_setting_option_get () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_option_get_boolean () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_option_get_uint32 () @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type () @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_setting_get_enum_property_type () @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_range_get_range () @@ -348,11 +348,11 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Functions

NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Parameters

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Returns

-

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret


@@ -396,9 +396,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.

void
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+ const GValue *value, + GParamFlags flags, + gpointer user_data);

Parameters

@@ -441,9 +441,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.


nm_setting_lookup_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);
-

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

Parameters

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if +

the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if name is not recognized.

@@ -524,14 +524,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.


nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Validates the setting. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection ). The -returned GError contains information about which property of the setting +returned GError contains information about which property of the setting failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

Parameters

@@ -551,13 +551,13 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

- + @@ -565,18 +565,18 @@ is being verified in isolation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not


nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
                            NMConnection *connection,
-                           GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Verifies the secrets in the setting. -The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting +The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation. The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

@@ -598,13 +598,13 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

- + @@ -612,14 +612,14 @@ is being verified in isolation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

Since: 1.2


nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
@@ -655,18 +655,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);
+ gboolean invert_results, + GHashTable **results);

Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags for a description of each flag's behavior. If the settings differ, the keys @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ one or more

invert_results

+be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied user function for each property.

@@ -786,17 +786,17 @@ be stable and may change at any time.

Returns

an allocated string containing a textual representation of the setting's properties and values, which the caller should -free with g_free()

+free with g_free()


nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ handle that secret.

- + @@ -833,18 +833,18 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ handle that secret.

- + @@ -881,14 +881,14 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


nm_setting_option_get ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_setting_option_get (NMSetting *setting,
                        const char *opt_name);
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ nm_setting_option_get (

Returns

-

the GVariant or NULL if the option +

the GVariant or NULL if the option is not set.

[transfer none]

@@ -924,10 +924,10 @@ is not set.


nm_setting_option_get_boolean ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_option_get_boolean (NMSetting *setting,
                                const char *opt_name,
-                               gboolean *out_value);
+ gboolean *out_value);

Parameters

connection

the NMConnection that setting came from, or -NULL if setting +NULL if setting is being verified in isolation.

[nullable]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 

connection

the NMConnection that setting came from, or -NULL if setting +NULL if setting is being verified in isolation.

[nullable]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 

this parameter is used internally by libnm and should -be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_setting_option_get_boolean ( +If the option is unset, FALSE will be returned.

@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ If the option is unset,

Returns

-

TRUE if opt_name +

TRUE if opt_name is set to a boolean variant.

Since: 1.26

@@ -966,10 +966,10 @@ is set to a boolean variant.


nm_setting_option_get_uint32 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_option_get_uint32 (NMSetting *setting,
                               const char *opt_name,
-                              guint32 *out_value);
+ guint32 *out_value);

Parameters

out_value

the optional output value. -If the option is unset, FALSE will be returned.

[out][nullable]
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ If the option is unset, 0 will be returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if opt_name +

TRUE if opt_name is set to a uint32 variant.

Since: 1.26

@@ -1011,9 +1011,9 @@ is set to a uint32 variant.

void
 nm_setting_option_set (NMSetting *setting,
                        const char *opt_name,
-                       GVariant *variant);
+ GVariant *variant);

If variant - is NULL, this clears the option if it is set. + is NULL, this clears the option if it is set. Otherwise, variant is set as the option. If variant is @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ Currently, only void nm_setting_option_set_uint32 (NMSetting *setting, const char *opt_name, - guint32 value); + guint32 value);

Like nm_setting_option_set() to set a uint32 GVariant.

Parameters

@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ nm_setting_option_set_uint32 (void nm_setting_option_set_boolean (NMSetting *setting, const char *opt_name, - gboolean value); + gboolean value);

Like nm_setting_option_set() to set a boolean GVariant.

Parameters

@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ nm_setting_option_set_boolean (

nm_setting_option_get_all_names ()

const char *const *
 nm_setting_option_get_all_names (NMSetting *setting,
-                                 guint *out_len);
+ guint *out_len);

Gives the name of all set options.

Parameters

@@ -1145,8 +1145,8 @@ nm_setting_option_get_all_names (

Returns

-

A NULL terminated array of key names. If no names are present, this returns -NULL. The returned array and the names are owned by NMSetting and might be invalidated +

A NULL terminated array of key names. If no names are present, this returns +NULL. The returned array and the names are owned by NMSetting and might be invalidated by the next operation.

[array length=out_len zero-terminated=1][transfer none][nullable]

@@ -1176,8 +1176,8 @@ nm_setting_option_clear_by_name (

predicate

+If the predicate returns TRUE for an option name, the option +gets removed. If NULL, all options will be removed.

@@ -1188,12 +1188,12 @@ gets removed. If

nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                    const char *property_name);

Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name is a D-Bus -property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

+property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

Parameters

the predicate for which names should be clear. -If the predicate returns TRUE for an option name, the option -gets removed. If NULL, all options will be removed.

[nullable][scope call]
@@ -1227,15 +1227,15 @@ on setting

nm_setting_get_enum_property_type ()

-
GType
-nm_setting_get_enum_property_type (GType setting_type,
+
GType
+nm_setting_get_enum_property_type (GType setting_type,
                                    const char *property_name);

Get the type of the enum that defines the values that the property accepts. It is only useful for properties configured to accept values from certain enum type, otherwise -it will return G_TYPE_INVALID. Note that flags (children of G_TYPE_FLAGS) are also +it will return G_TYPE_INVALID. Note that flags (children of G_TYPE_FLAGS) are also considered enums.

Note that the GObject property might be implemented as an integer, actually, and not -as enum. Find out what underlying type is used, checking the GParamSpec, before +as enum. Find out what underlying type is used, checking the GParamSpec, before setting the GObject property.

Parameters

@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ setting the GObject property.

Returns

-

the enum's GType, or G_TYPE_INVALID if the property is not of enum type

+

the enum's GType, or G_TYPE_INVALID if the property is not of enum type

Since: 1.46

@@ -1269,8 +1269,8 @@ setting the GObject property.

nm_range_new ()

NMRange *
-nm_range_new (guint64 start,
-              guint64 end);
+nm_range_new (guint64 start, + guint64 end);

Creates a new NMRange object for the given range. Setting end equal to start @@ -1400,10 +1400,10 @@ over the ranges.


nm_range_get_range ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_range_get_range (const NMRange *range,
-                    guint64 *start,
-                    guint64 *end);
+ guint64 *start, + guint64 *end);

Gets the start and end values for the range.

Parameters

@@ -1434,8 +1434,8 @@ nm_range_get_range (const

Returns

-

TRUE if the range contains more than one -element, FALSE otherwise.

+

TRUE if the range contains more than one +element, FALSE otherwise.

Since: 1.42

@@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@ nm_range_to_str (const

nm_range_from_str ()

NMRange *
 nm_range_from_str (const char *str,
-                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parses the string representation of the range to create a NMRange instance.

@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ instance.

Returns

-

the NMRange or NULL.

+

the NMRange or NULL.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.42

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html index e285bbfd..ac7793e7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
+ + + +
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert () @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches () @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match () @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob () @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert () @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob () @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert () @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches () @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match () @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob () @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert () @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw () @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob () @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key () @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob () @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key () @@ -715,12 +715,19 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional ()
const char * + +nm_setting_802_1x_get_openssl_ciphers () +
@@ -944,6 +951,10 @@
#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPTIONAL
#defineNM_SETTING_802_1X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS
@@ -993,9 +1004,9 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void

nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
-                                     gsize length,
-                                     GError **error);
+nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata, + gsize length, + GError **error);

Determines and verifies the blob type. When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

@@ -1036,7 +1047,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the network. Generally only one EAP method is used. Use the functions @@ -1068,7 +1079,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i .

@@ -1102,7 +1113,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

Adds an allowed EAP method. The setting is not valid until at least one @@ -1132,7 +1143,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

@@ -1141,7 +1152,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

Parameters

@@ -1169,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);
@@ -1199,7 +1210,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1310,12 +1321,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is -TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at +TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place of these properties.

@@ -1335,7 +1346,7 @@ of these properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not


@@ -1430,7 +1441,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme. Not all EAP methods use a @@ -1525,12 +1536,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *value,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the @@ -1555,7 +1566,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the CA certificate.

  @@ -1579,7 +1590,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -1663,14 +1674,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (

Returns

the “subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication -server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be +server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of entries in the @@ -1701,7 +1712,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches

const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the altSubjectName match at index i .

@@ -1735,7 +1746,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);
@@ -1766,8 +1777,8 @@ server is not verified.

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


@@ -1776,7 +1787,7 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

@@ -1804,7 +1815,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);
@@ -1834,8 +1845,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1947,7 +1958,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -2038,12 +2049,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2071,7 +2082,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the client certificate.

  @@ -2096,7 +2107,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -2180,7 +2191,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (

Returns

the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property. Valid -values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).


@@ -2208,7 +2219,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel

Returns

whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the -“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), +“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

@@ -2327,7 +2338,7 @@ use

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored @@ -2425,12 +2436,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *value,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2455,7 +2466,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

  @@ -2479,7 +2490,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -2564,14 +2575,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match

Returns

the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2" -authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification +authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of entries in the @@ -2602,7 +2613,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches

const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i .

@@ -2636,7 +2647,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
@@ -2668,8 +2679,8 @@ connection

Returns

-

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


@@ -2678,7 +2689,7 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

@@ -2706,7 +2717,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
@@ -2736,8 +2747,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -2853,7 +2864,7 @@ returned scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -2945,13 +2956,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *value,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2979,7 +2990,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" client certificate.

  @@ -3004,7 +3015,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -3118,7 +3129,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

@@ -3258,7 +3269,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme

nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -3352,13 +3363,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -3372,7 +3383,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “private-key-password” property with the given password . If -the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private key is @@ -3402,13 +3413,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

 

password

-

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

  @@ -3433,7 +3444,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -3554,7 +3565,7 @@ scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -3649,14 +3660,14 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *value,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -3670,7 +3681,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given password -. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private @@ -3700,14 +3711,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; -use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any +use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

 

password

-

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

  @@ -3732,7 +3743,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -3875,7 +3886,7 @@ global default value.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “optional” property.

@@ -3895,11 +3906,38 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional (

Returns

-

TRUE if the activation should proceed even when the 802.1X -authentication fails; FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the activation should proceed even when the 802.1X +authentication fails; FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.22

+
+
+

nm_setting_802_1x_get_openssl_ciphers ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_802_1x_get_openssl_ciphers (NMSetting8021x *setting);
+

Returns the openssl_ciphers configuration for wpa_supplicant.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + +

setting

the NMSetting8021x

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

cipher string for tls setup in wpa_supplicant.

+
+

Since: 1.48

+

Types and Values

@@ -4399,6 +4437,12 @@ type.

#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPTIONAL                          "optional"
 
+
+
+

NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS

+
#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS                   "openssl-ciphers"
+
+

@@ -1882,7 +1894,7 @@ have a valid address, use

nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gpointer addr);
+ gpointer addr);

Gets the IP address property of this address object.

addr must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address @@ -1916,7 +1928,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (

nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gconstpointer addr);
+ gconstpointer addr);

Sets the IP address property of this address object.

addr must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address @@ -1948,7 +1960,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (

nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address object.

@@ -1977,7 +1989,7 @@ object.

nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
-                          guint prefix);
+ guint prefix);

Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

Parameters

@@ -2026,14 +2038,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

[transfer full]


nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name);

Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -2066,7 +2078,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (name on address -, or NULL if address +, or NULL if address has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -2077,7 +2089,7 @@ has no such attribute.

void
 nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name,
-                             GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets or clears the named attribute on address to the given value.

@@ -2114,10 +2126,10 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute * nm_ip_route_new (int family, const char *dest, - guint prefix, + guint prefix, const char *next_hop, - gint64 metric, - GError **error);
+ gint64 metric, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

Parameters

@@ -2146,7 +2158,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

next_hop

-

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

+

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

[nullable] @@ -2156,7 +2168,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -2164,7 +2176,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

Returns

-

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -2173,14 +2185,14 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
-                        gconstpointer dest,
-                        guint prefix,
-                        gconstpointer next_hop,
-                        gint64 metric,
-                        GError **error);
+ gconstpointer dest, + guint prefix, + gconstpointer next_hop, + gint64 metric, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest and next_hop - (if non-NULL) must + (if non-NULL) must point to buffers of the correct size for family .

@@ -2210,7 +2222,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family

next_hop

-

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

+

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

[nullable] @@ -2220,7 +2232,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -2228,7 +2240,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family

Returns

-

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -2280,7 +2292,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_ip_route_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                    NMIPRoute *other);

Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix, @@ -2310,16 +2322,16 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


nm_ip_route_equal_full ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal_full (NMIPRoute *route,
                         NMIPRoute *other,
-                        guint cmp_flags);
+ guint cmp_flags);

Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix, next hop, and metric.

@@ -2354,7 +2366,7 @@ is supported.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

Since: 1.10

@@ -2483,7 +2495,7 @@ have a valid address, use nm_inet_is_valid() to ch

nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gpointer dest);
+ gpointer dest);

Gets the destination property of this route object.

dest must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -2517,7 +2529,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (

nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gconstpointer dest);
+ gconstpointer dest);

Sets the destination property of this route object.

dest must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -2549,7 +2561,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (

nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

@@ -2577,7 +2589,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (

nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        guint prefix);
+ guint prefix);

Sets the prefix property of this route object.

Parameters

@@ -2607,7 +2619,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (

nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

const char *
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);
-

Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the +

Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the route has no next hop.

Parameters

@@ -2626,7 +2638,7 @@ route has no next hop.

Returns

-

the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

+

the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.


@@ -2637,7 +2649,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);

Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

next_hop - (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route + (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route 's family. If you aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check it.

@@ -2667,9 +2679,9 @@ it.


nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gpointer next_hop);
+ gpointer next_hop);

Gets the next hop property of this route object.

next_hop must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -2699,8 +2711,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (

Returns

-

TRUE if route -has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case +

TRUE if route +has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case next_hop will be zeroed out)

@@ -2710,10 +2722,10 @@ will be zeroed out)

nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gconstpointer next_hop);
+ gconstpointer next_hop);

Sets the destination property of this route object.

next_hop - (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for + (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route 's family.

[skip]

@@ -2743,7 +2755,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (

nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default" @@ -2773,7 +2785,7 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"

nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        gint64 metric);
+ gint64 metric);

Sets the metric property of this route object.

Parameters

@@ -2822,14 +2834,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

[transfer full]


nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name);

Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -2862,7 +2874,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (name on route -, or NULL if route +, or NULL if route has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -2873,7 +2885,7 @@ has no such attribute.

void
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets the named attribute on route to the given value.

@@ -2919,12 +2931,12 @@ nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec

nm_ip_route_attribute_validate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_attribute_validate (const char *name,
-                                GVariant *value,
+                                GVariant *value,
                                 int family,
-                                gboolean *known,
-                                GError **error);
+ gboolean *known, + GError **error);

Validates a route attribute, i.e. checks that the attribute is a known one and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

@@ -2958,7 +2970,7 @@ and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

error

-

return location for a GError, or NULL

+

return location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2966,7 +2978,7 @@ and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

Returns

-

TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.8

@@ -3089,7 +3101,7 @@ the instance if the reference count reaches zero.


nm_ip_routing_rule_is_sealed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_routing_rule_is_sealed (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3169,7 +3181,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_addr_family (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_invert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_invert (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3197,7 +3209,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_invert (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_invert ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_invert (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                               gboolean invert);
+ gboolean invert);

Parameters

@@ -3225,7 +3237,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_invert (

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3245,7 +3257,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority (const

Returns

the priority. A valid priority is in the range from -0 to G_MAXUINT32. If unset, -1 is returned.

+0 to G_MAXUINT32. If unset, -1 is returned.

Since: 1.18

@@ -3254,8 +3266,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_priority ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_priority (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                 gint64 priority);
-

A valid priority ranges from 0 to G_MAXUINT32. "-1" is also allowed + gint64 priority); +

A valid priority ranges from 0 to G_MAXUINT32. "-1" is also allowed to reset the priority. It is a bug calling this function with any other value.

@@ -3285,7 +3297,7 @@ other value.


nm_ip_routing_rule_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_tos (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3313,7 +3325,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_tos (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_tos ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_tos (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                            guint8 tos);
+ guint8 tos);

Parameters

@@ -3341,7 +3353,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_tos (

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_ipproto ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_ipproto (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3369,7 +3381,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_ipproto (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_ipproto ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_ipproto (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                guint8 ipproto);
+ guint8 ipproto);

Parameters

@@ -3397,7 +3409,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_ipproto (

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_start ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_start
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);
@@ -3424,7 +3436,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_start

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_end ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_end
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);
@@ -3453,8 +3465,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_end

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_source_port ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_source_port (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                    guint16 start,
-                                    guint16 end);
+ guint16 start, + guint16 end);

Parameters

@@ -3487,7 +3499,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_source_port (

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_start ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_start
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);
@@ -3514,7 +3526,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_start

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_end ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_end
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);
@@ -3544,8 +3556,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_end
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_destination_port
                                (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                guint16 start,
-                                guint16 end);
+ guint16 start, + guint16 end);

Parameters

@@ -3578,7 +3590,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_destination_port

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmark (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3604,7 +3616,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmark (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmask ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmask (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3632,8 +3644,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmask (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_fwmark ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_fwmark (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                               guint32 fwmark,
-                               guint32 fwmask);
+ guint32 fwmark, + guint32 fwmask);

Parameters

@@ -3666,7 +3678,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_fwmark (

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from_len ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from_len (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3712,7 +3724,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from (const

Returns

the set from/src parameter or -NULL, if no value is set.

+NULL, if no value is set.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.18

@@ -3723,7 +3735,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from (const void nm_ip_routing_rule_set_from (NMIPRoutingRule *self, const char *from, - guint8 len);
+ guint8 len);

Setting invalid values is accepted, but will later fail during nm_ip_routing_rule_validate().

@@ -3759,7 +3771,7 @@ The address family must match.


nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to_len ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to_len (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -3805,7 +3817,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to (const

Returns

the set to/dst parameter or -NULL, if no value is set.

+NULL, if no value is set.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.18

@@ -3816,7 +3828,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to (const void nm_ip_routing_rule_set_to (NMIPRoutingRule *self, const char *to, - guint8 len);
+ guint8 len);

Setting invalid values is accepted, but will later fail during nm_ip_routing_rule_validate().

@@ -3843,7 +3855,7 @@ The address family must match.

+is NULL, this valid is ignored.

@@ -3873,7 +3885,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_iifname (const

Returns

-

the set iifname or NULL if unset.

+

the set iifname or NULL if unset.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.18

@@ -3904,7 +3916,7 @@ representation you'd get double backslashes.

- + @@ -3934,7 +3946,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_oifname (const

Returns

-

the set oifname or NULL if unset.

+

the set oifname or NULL if unset.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.18

@@ -3965,7 +3977,7 @@ representation you'd get double backslashes.

- + @@ -3976,7 +3988,7 @@ representation you'd get double backslashes.


nm_ip_routing_rule_get_action ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_action (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -4004,7 +4016,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_action (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_action ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_action (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                               guint8 action);
+ guint8 action);

Note that currently only certain actions are allowed. nm_ip_routing_rule_validate() will reject unsupported actions as invalid.

@@ -4034,7 +4046,7 @@ will reject unsupported actions as invalid.


nm_ip_routing_rule_get_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_table (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

Parameters

@@ -4062,7 +4074,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_table (const

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_table ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_table (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                              guint32 table);
+ guint32 table);

Parameters

len

the corresponding prefix length of the address. If to -is NULL, this valid is ignored.

 

iifname

the iifname to set or NULL to unset.

the iifname to set or NULL to unset.

[nullable]

oifname

the oifname to set or NULL to unset.

the oifname to set or NULL to unset.

[nullable]
@@ -4090,7 +4102,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_table (

nm_ip_routing_rule_get_suppress_prefixlength ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_suppress_prefixlength
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);
@@ -4120,7 +4132,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_suppress_prefixlength
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_suppress_prefixlength
                                (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                gint32 suppress_prefixlength);
+ gint32 suppress_prefixlength);

Parameters

@@ -4149,10 +4161,10 @@ unset.


nm_ip_routing_rule_get_uid_range ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_uid_range (const NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                  guint32 *out_range_start,
-                                  guint32 *out_range_end);
+ guint32 *out_range_start, + guint32 *out_range_end);

Parameters

@@ -4184,7 +4196,7 @@ or 0 if the range is not set.

Returns

-

TRUE if a uid range is set.

+

TRUE if a uid range is set.

This API was wrongly introduced in the header files for 1.32, but the symbols were not exported. The API only works since 1.34 and newer.

@@ -4195,8 +4207,8 @@ symbols were not exported. The API only works since 1.34 and newer.

nm_ip_routing_rule_set_uid_range ()

void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_uid_range (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                  guint32 uid_range_start,
-                                  guint32 uid_range_end);
+ guint32 uid_range_start, + guint32 uid_range_end);

For a valid range, start must be less or equal to end. If set to an invalid range, the range gets unset.

This API was wrongly introduced in the header files for 1.32, but the @@ -4268,9 +4280,9 @@ equality or how the arguments compare.


nm_ip_routing_rule_validate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_routing_rule_validate (const NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

@@ -4295,7 +4307,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_validate (const

Returns

-

TRUE if the rule validates.

+

TRUE if the rule validates.

Since: 1.18

@@ -4305,8 +4317,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_validate (const NMIPRoutingRule * nm_ip_routing_rule_from_string (const char *str, NMIPRoutingRuleAsStringFlags to_string_flags, - GHashTable *extra_args, - GError **error); + GHashTable *extra_args, + GError **error);

Parameters

@@ -4343,7 +4355,7 @@ conversion. Currently, not extra arguments are supported.

Returns

-

the new NMIPRoutingRule or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPRoutingRule or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.18

@@ -4354,8 +4366,8 @@ conversion. Currently, not extra arguments are supported.

char *
 nm_ip_routing_rule_to_string (const NMIPRoutingRule *self,
                               NMIPRoutingRuleAsStringFlags to_string_flags,
-                              GHashTable *extra_args,
-                              GError **error);
+ GHashTable *extra_args, + GError **error);

Parameters

@@ -4392,7 +4404,7 @@ conversion. Currently, not extra arguments are supported.

Returns

-

the string representation or NULL on error.

+

the string representation or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.18

@@ -4427,7 +4439,7 @@ methods available with each type.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

@@ -4486,7 +4498,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                               const char *dns);

Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -4514,7 +4526,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

Before 1.42, setting dns to an invalid string was treated as user-error. @@ -4556,7 +4568,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns);
@@ -4586,7 +4598,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Before 1.42, setting dns to an invalid string was treated as user-error.

@@ -4616,7 +4628,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
@@ -4677,7 +4689,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_search);

Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -4705,7 +4717,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

@@ -4744,7 +4756,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);
@@ -4774,7 +4786,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -4803,7 +4815,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
@@ -4830,7 +4842,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options

nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states. @@ -4863,7 +4875,7 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

const char *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

Parameters

@@ -4897,7 +4909,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_option);

Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

@@ -4925,7 +4937,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

@@ -4965,7 +4977,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_option);
@@ -4995,7 +5007,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.2

@@ -5005,7 +5017,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                gboolean is_set);
+ gboolean is_set);

Removes all configured DNS options.

Parameters

@@ -5061,7 +5073,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
@@ -5122,7 +5134,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   NMIPAddress *address);

Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting. The @@ -5151,7 +5163,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

@@ -5189,7 +5201,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPAddress *address);
@@ -5219,7 +5231,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -5267,13 +5279,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (

Returns

the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or -NULL.

+NULL.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

@@ -5333,13 +5345,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

Appends a new route and associated information to the setting. The given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function. If an identical route (considering attributes as well) already exists, the -route is not added and the function returns FALSE.

+route is not added and the function returns FALSE.

Note that before 1.10, this function would not consider route attributes and not add a route that has an existing route with same dest/prefix,next_hop,metric parameters.

@@ -5367,7 +5379,7 @@ parameters.

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.


@@ -5404,7 +5416,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);
@@ -5437,7 +5449,7 @@ and ignore route attributes. Now, route

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -5465,7 +5477,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “route-metric” property.

@@ -5493,7 +5505,7 @@ specify a metric. See “route-metric” for more deta

nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “route-table” property.

@@ -5521,7 +5533,7 @@ property.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routing_rules ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routing_rules
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
@@ -5550,7 +5562,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routing_rules

nm_setting_ip_config_get_routing_rule ()

NMIPRoutingRule *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_routing_rule (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                       guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

@@ -5622,7 +5634,7 @@ of the added rule must be compatible with the setting.

void
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_routing_rule
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the routing_rule at index idx .

@@ -5676,7 +5688,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routing_rules

nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes” @@ -5698,14 +5710,14 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns” @@ -5727,7 +5739,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information should be ignored.

@@ -5762,7 +5774,7 @@ property.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname” @@ -5784,7 +5796,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the +

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically update DNS information for this machine.

@@ -5820,7 +5832,7 @@ property.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “never-default” @@ -5842,14 +5854,14 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection should never be the default +

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection


nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “may-fail” property.

@@ -5870,7 +5882,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP +

TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

@@ -6021,7 +6033,7 @@ property.

const char *const *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_reject_servers
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint *out_len);
+ guint *out_len);

Parameters

@@ -6046,8 +6058,8 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_reject_servers

Returns

-

A NULL terminated array of DHCP reject servers. Even if no reject -servers are configured, this always returns a non NULL value.

+

A NULL terminated array of DHCP reject servers. Even if no reject +servers are configured, this always returns a non NULL value.

[array length=out_len zero-terminated=1][transfer none]

Since: 1.28

@@ -6090,7 +6102,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dhcp_reject_server
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dhcp_reject_server
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the DHCP reject server at index idx .

@@ -6195,6 +6207,33 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_replace_local_rule

Since: 1.44

+
+
+

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_release ()

+
NMTernary
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_release
+                               (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);
+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingIPConfig

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

the “dhcp-send-release” property of the setting

+
+

Since: 1.48

+

Types and Values

@@ -6581,6 +6620,12 @@ rule verfies or fail.


+

NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_SEND_RELEASE

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_SEND_RELEASE   "dhcp-send-release"
+
+
+
+

NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTING_RULES

#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTING_RULES "routing-rules"
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html index a6d7224e..64210ad5 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery () @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit () @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ -guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu () @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “fwmark” property of the setting.

@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html index 7517142d..db9062e9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu () @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Parameters

@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Returns the interface name created by combining “parent” and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will -return NULL.)

+return NULL.)

Parameters

@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ return

Returns

-

the interface name, or NULL

+

the interface name, or NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html index 7cd0c6ac..f0173914 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ - + @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ are still returned.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

Since: 1.42

@@ -1674,10 +1674,10 @@ are still returned.


nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP routes. All routes will include "dest" (an IP address string), "prefix" (an uint) and optionally "next-hop" (an IP address string) and "metric" (an uint). Some routes may include additional attributes. @@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ valid routes are still returned.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1709,12 +1709,12 @@ valid routes are still returned.


nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                  int family);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style +

Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for -nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. +nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Invalid routes are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid (before it was checked as assertion)

@@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ Invalid routes are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

- + @@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ Invalid routes are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

Since: 1.42

@@ -1756,24 +1756,24 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

Returns

a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()


NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                               const struct stat *stat,
-                              gpointer user_data,
-                              GError **error);
+ gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

@@ -1782,10 +1782,10 @@ object's “id”: property. Should be freed with const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

@@ -1812,16 +1812,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

- - +. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ function.

- + @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ function.

Returns

-

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

[transfer none]

@@ -1859,8 +1859,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.


nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

Parameters

@@ -1885,8 +1885,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

@@ -1921,8 +1921,8 @@ is invalid


nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1961,8 +1961,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

@@ -1989,13 +1989,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (

Returns

-

TRUE or FALSE

+

TRUE or FALSE


nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void

nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void

nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

const char *
-nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);
+nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

Converts strength into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of strength suitable for printing to stdout.

@@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ the functionality are encouraged to make their implementations instead.


nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type .

@@ -2082,8 +2082,8 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t

nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
-                      gsize length);
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr, + gsize length);

Converts addr to textual form.

@@ -2119,12 +2119,12 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (

nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
-                       gsize length);
+ gsize length);

Parses asc - and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See -nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See +nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

Parameters

-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_link_get_tx_queue_length () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_size () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_segments () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_link_get_gro_max_size () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ nm_setting_link_new (void<

nm_setting_link_get_tx_queue_length ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_link_get_tx_queue_length (NMSettingLink *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “tx-queue-length” property.

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ property.


nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_size ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_size (NMSettingLink *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “gso-max-size” property.

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ property.


nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_segments ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_segments (NMSettingLink *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “gso-max-segments” property.

@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ property.


nm_setting_link_get_gro_max_size ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_link_get_gro_max_size (NMSettingLink *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “gro-max-size” property.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html index b6e96795..5fcf39f9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_loopback_get_mtu () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ nm_setting_loopback_new (void

nm_setting_loopback_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_loopback_get_mtu (NMSettingLoopback *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html index 4bb383d3..379f7c2d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt () @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macsec_get_send_sci () @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ nm_setting_macsec_get_mode (

nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt (NMSettingMacsec *setting);

Parameters

@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ nm_setting_macsec_get_validation (

nm_setting_macsec_get_send_sci ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macsec_get_send_sci (NMSettingMacsec *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html index 4979cf0e..49d16a08 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap () @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (

nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (

nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html index 19caee40..5c9fdf14 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_match_get_num_interface_names () @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name_by_value () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_match_get_num_kernel_command_lines () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line_by_value () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_match_get_num_drivers () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_match_remove_driver_by_value () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_match_get_num_paths () @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_match_remove_path_by_value () @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ versions since 1.14.


nm_setting_match_get_num_interface_names ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_match_get_num_interface_names
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting);
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name

nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name_by_value
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
                                 const char *interface_name);
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the interface name was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the interface name was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.14

@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ nm_setting_match_clear_interface_names

nm_setting_match_get_interface_names ()

const char *const *
 nm_setting_match_get_interface_names (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                      guint *length);
+ guint *length);

Returns all the interface names.

Parameters

@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_interface_names (

Returns

the NULL terminated list of configured interface names.

-

Before 1.26, the returned array was not NULL terminated and you MUST provide a length.

+

Before 1.26, the returned array was not NULL terminated and you MUST provide a length.

[transfer none][array length=length]

Since: 1.14

@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ configured interface names.


nm_setting_match_get_num_kernel_command_lines ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_match_get_num_kernel_command_lines
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting);
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_num_kernel_command_lines
const char *
 nm_setting_match_get_kernel_command_line
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

Parameters

@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_kernel_command_line
void
 nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the kernel command line argument at index idx .

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line

nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line_by_value
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
                                 const char *kernel_command_line);
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the kernel command line argument was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the kernel command line argument was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.26

@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ nm_setting_match_clear_kernel_command_lines
const char *const *
 nm_setting_match_get_kernel_command_lines
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                guint *length);
+ guint *length);

Returns all the interface names.

Parameters

@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_kernel_command_lines

nm_setting_match_get_num_drivers ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_match_get_num_drivers (NMSettingMatch *setting);

Parameters

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_num_drivers (

nm_setting_match_get_driver ()

const char *
 nm_setting_match_get_driver (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                             guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

Parameters

@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_driver (

nm_setting_match_remove_driver ()

void
 nm_setting_match_remove_driver (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the driver at index idx .

@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_driver (

nm_setting_match_remove_driver_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_match_remove_driver_by_value
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
                                 const char *driver);
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_driver_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the driver was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the driver was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.26

@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_setting_match_clear_drivers (

nm_setting_match_get_drivers ()

const char *const *
 nm_setting_match_get_drivers (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                              guint *length);
+ guint *length);

Returns all the drivers.

Parameters

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_drivers (

nm_setting_match_get_num_paths ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_match_get_num_paths (NMSettingMatch *setting);

Parameters

@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_num_paths (

nm_setting_match_get_path ()

const char *
 nm_setting_match_get_path (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                           guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

Parameters

@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_path (

nm_setting_match_remove_path ()

void
 nm_setting_match_remove_path (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                              guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the path at index idx .

@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_path (

nm_setting_match_remove_path_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_match_remove_path_by_value (NMSettingMatch *setting,
                                        const char *path);

Removes path @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_path_by_value (

Returns

-

TRUE if the path was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the path was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.26

@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ nm_setting_match_clear_paths (

nm_setting_match_get_paths ()

const char *const *
 nm_setting_match_get_paths (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                            guint *length);
+ guint *length);

Returns all the paths.

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html index c20ae085..fc4852a9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

Parameters

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html index 02041e9f..bdafd446 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable () @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable () @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_stp_enable () @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_fail_mode (

nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable
                                (NMSettingOvsBridge *self);
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable

nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable (NMSettingOvsBridge *self);

Parameters

@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable (

nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_stp_enable ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_stp_enable (NMSettingOvsBridge *self);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html index 94534945..3fde6033 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq () @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq_desc () @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_txq_desc () @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_devargs (

nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq (NMSettingOvsDpdk *self);

Parameters

@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq (

nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq_desc ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq_desc (NMSettingOvsDpdk *self);

Parameters

@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq_desc (

nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_txq_desc ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_txq_desc (NMSettingOvsDpdk *self);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html index 7e82fd2b..6631dbe2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_key () @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_val () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_new (
const char *const *
 nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_get_data_keys
                                (NMSettingOvsExternalIDs *setting,
-                                guint *out_len);
+ guint *out_len);

Parameters

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_get_data_keys

Returns

a -NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table.

+NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table.

[array length=out_len][transfer none]

Since: 1.30

@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_get_data (

Returns

the value associated with key -or NULL if no such +or NULL if no such value exists.

[transfer none]

@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_set_data (

val

-
+ @@ -240,12 +240,12 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_set_data (

nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_key (const char *key,
-                                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Checks whether key is a valid key for OVS' external-ids. -This means, the key cannot be NULL, not too large and valid ASCII. +This means, the key cannot be NULL, not too large and valid ASCII. Also, only digits and numbers are allowed with a few special characters. They key must also not start with "NM.".

@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ characters. They key must also not start with "NM.".

- + @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ characters. They key must also not start with "NM.".

Returns

-

TRUE if key +

TRUE if key is a valid user data key.

Since: 1.30

@@ -280,12 +280,12 @@ is a valid user data key.


nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_val ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_val (const char *val,
-                                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Checks whether val is a valid user data value. This means, -value is not NULL, not too large and valid UTF-8.

+value is not NULL, not too large and valid UTF-8.

Parameters

the value to set or NULL to clear a key.

the value to set or NULL to clear a key.

[nullable]

error

a GError, NULL to ignore.

a GError, NULL to ignore.

 
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ value is not

error

-
+ @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ value is not

Returns

-

TRUE if val +

TRUE if val is a valid user data value.

Since: 1.30

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html index d1d7be22..cd6b9f6c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
- + @@ -1527,17 +1527,17 @@ contain the IP gateway.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]


nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and metric).

@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ metric).

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1565,11 +1565,11 @@ metric).


nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an +

GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next -hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Note that invalid +hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Note that invalid routes are ignored but the valid ones are still returned.

Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid (before it was checked as assertion)

@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ routes are ignored but the valid ones are still returned.

- +

a GError, NULL to ignore.

a GError, NULL to ignore.

 
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_ofport_request () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_interface_type

nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_ofport_request ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_ofport_request
                                (NMSettingOvsInterface *self);
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html index c778ab8b..de650136 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_other_config_new (
const char *const *
 nm_setting_ovs_other_config_get_data_keys
                                (NMSettingOvsOtherConfig *setting,
-                                guint *out_len);
+ guint *out_len);

Parameters

@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_other_config_get_data_keys

Returns

a -NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table.

+NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table.

[array length=out_len][transfer none]

Since: 1.42

@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_other_config_get_data (

Returns

the value associated with key -or NULL if no such +or NULL if no such value exists.

[transfer none]

@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_other_config_set_data (

val

-
+ diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html index f7e588c9..9ef6d5cf 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + @@ -203,12 +203,12 @@ For

nm_keyfile_read ()

NMConnection *
-nm_keyfile_read (GKeyFile *keyfile,
+nm_keyfile_read (GKeyFile *keyfile,
                  const char *base_dir,
                  NMKeyfileHandlerFlags handler_flags,
                  NMKeyfileReadHandler handler,
                  void *user_data,
-                 GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Tries to create a NMConnection from a keyfile. The resulting keyfile is not normalized and might not even verify.

@@ -266,9 +266,9 @@ be an absolute path.


NMKeyfileWriteHandler ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMKeyfileWriteHandler) (NMConnection *connection,
-                          GKeyFile *keyfile,
+                          GKeyFile *keyfile,
                           NMKeyfileHandlerType handler_type,
                           NMKeyfileHandlerData *handler_data,
                           void *user_data);
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ the writing with error.

- + @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ depends on the handler_type

Returns

-

the callee should return TRUE if the event was handled. If the +

the callee should return TRUE if the event was handled. If the event was unhandled, a default action will be performed that depends on the handler_type .

@@ -333,12 +333,12 @@ the handler_type

nm_keyfile_write ()

-
GKeyFile *
+
GKeyFile *
 nm_keyfile_write (NMConnection *connection,
                   NMKeyfileHandlerFlags handler_flags,
                   NMKeyfileWriteHandler handler,
                   void *user_data,
-                  GError **error);
+ GError **error);

connection should verify as a valid profile according to nm_connection_verify(). If it does not verify, the keyfile may @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ to override the default behavior.

- + @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ to override the default behavior.

Returns

-

a new GKeyFile or NULL on error.

+

a new GKeyFile or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.30

@@ -396,14 +396,14 @@ to override the default behavior.

void
 nm_keyfile_handler_data_fail_with_error
                                (NMKeyfileHandlerData *handler_data,
-                                GError *src);
+ GError *src);

Set the error for the handler. This lets the operation fail with the provided error. You may only set the error once.

src - must be non-NULL.

+ must be non-NULL.

Note that src is no longer valid after this call. If you want -to keep using the same GError*, you need to set it to NULL +to keep using the same GError*, you need to set it to NULL after calling this function on it.

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html index 7d53938f..316edb95 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
- - - + @@ -811,15 +811,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not


nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
-                       gsize len);
+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings. Thus, an SSID may contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters. Often it is useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the @@ -865,19 +865,19 @@ _only_.

Returns

an allocated string containing a UTF-8 -representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). -Returns NULL on errors.

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). +Returns NULL on errors.

[transfer full]


nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);
@@ -942,15 +942,15 @@ e.g. (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilities intersect and are +

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilities intersect and are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not


nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check @@ -982,15 +982,15 @@ e.g.

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired +

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.


nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

Checks if key @@ -1019,14 +1019,14 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not


nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

Checks if psk is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -1047,16 +1047,16 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not


nm_utils_is_json_object ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_json_object (const char *str,
-                         GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

the value to set or NULL to clear a key.

the value to set or NULL to clear a key.

[nullable]
-guint +guint nm_setting_ovs_port_get_tag () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay () @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_downdelay () @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ovs_port_get_num_trunks () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk_by_value () @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_vlan_mode (

nm_setting_ovs_port_get_tag ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_tag (NMSettingOvsPort *self);

Parameters

@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_mode (

nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay (NMSettingOvsPort *self);

Parameters

@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay (

nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_downdelay ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_downdelay
                                (NMSettingOvsPort *self);
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ This takes a reference to trunk

nm_setting_ovs_port_get_num_trunks ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_num_trunks (NMSettingOvsPort *setting);

Parameters

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_num_trunks (

nm_setting_ovs_port_get_trunk ()

NMRange *
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_trunk (NMSettingOvsPort *setting,
-                               guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_trunk (

nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk ()

void
 nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk (NMSettingOvsPort *setting,
-                                  guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the trunk range at index idx .

@@ -492,11 +492,11 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk (

nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk_by_value
                                (NMSettingOvsPort *setting,
-                                guint start,
-                                guint end);
+ guint start, + guint end);

Remove the trunk range with range start to end .

@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the trunk range was found and removed; FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the trunk range was found and removed; FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.42

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html index 01e0b26e..de31355d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

- + + + + +
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts () @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void

nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (

nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (

nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (

nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html index 5a3296fe..c6b6e6d1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ access.


nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only (NMSettingProxy *setting);

Parameters

@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only (

Returns

-

TRUE if this proxy configuration is only for browser -clients/schemes, FALSE otherwise.

+

TRUE if this proxy configuration is only for browser +clients/schemes, FALSE otherwise.

Since: 1.6

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html index b4f5f1f5..34d11efa 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_baud () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_bits () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ serial communications

-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay () @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void

nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (

nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (

nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (

nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html index d7386945..04ab3ea2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_sriov_get_total_vfs () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_sriov_get_num_vfs () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf_by_index () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_sriov_vf_add_vlan () @@ -146,14 +146,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_sriov_vf_remove_vlan ()
const guint * +const guint * nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_ids () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_qos () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_sriov_vf_equal () @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_sriov_vf_get_index () @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_sriov_vf_attribute_validate () @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ nm_setting_sriov_new (void

nm_setting_sriov_get_total_vfs ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_sriov_get_total_vfs (NMSettingSriov *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “total-vfs” property.

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ property.


nm_setting_sriov_get_num_vfs ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_sriov_get_num_vfs (NMSettingSriov *setting);

Parameters

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_setting_sriov_get_num_vfs (

nm_setting_sriov_get_vf ()

NMSriovVF *
 nm_setting_sriov_get_vf (NMSettingSriov *setting,
-                         guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ given VF is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf ()

void
 nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf (NMSettingSriov *setting,
-                            guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the VF at index idx .

@@ -538,9 +538,9 @@ nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf (

nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf_by_index ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf_by_index (NMSettingSriov *setting,
-                                     guint index);
+ guint index);

Removes the VF with VF index index .

@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf_by_index (

Returns

-

TRUE if the VF was found and removed; FALSE if it was not

+

TRUE if the VF was found and removed; FALSE if it was not

Since: 1.14

@@ -706,9 +706,9 @@ nm_setting_sriov_get_eswitch_encap_mode

nm_sriov_vf_add_vlan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_sriov_vf_add_vlan (NMSriovVF *vf,
-                      guint vlan_id);
+ guint vlan_id);

Adds a VLAN to the VF. Currently kernel only supports one VLAN per VF.

Parameters

@@ -734,16 +734,16 @@ nm_sriov_vf_add_vlan (

Returns

-

TRUE if the VLAN was added; FALSE if it already existed

+

TRUE if the VLAN was added; FALSE if it already existed

Since: 1.14


nm_sriov_vf_remove_vlan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_sriov_vf_remove_vlan (NMSriovVF *vf,
-                         guint vlan_id);
+ guint vlan_id);

Removes a VLAN from a VF.

Parameters

@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_remove_vlan (

Returns

-

TRUE if the VLAN was removed, FALSE if the VLAN vlan_id +

TRUE if the VLAN was removed, FALSE if the VLAN vlan_id did not belong to the VF.

Since: 1.14

@@ -777,9 +777,9 @@ did not belong to the VF.


nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_ids ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_ids (const NMSriovVF *vf,
-                          guint *length);
+ guint *length);

Returns the VLANs currently configured on the VF. Currently kernel only supports one VLAN per VF.

@@ -816,8 +816,8 @@ supports one VLAN per VF.

nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_qos ()

void
 nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_qos (NMSriovVF *vf,
-                          guint vlan_id,
-                          guint32 qos);
+ guint vlan_id, + guint32 qos);

Sets a QoS value for the given VLAN.

Parameters

@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_qos (

nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_protocol ()

void
 nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_protocol (NMSriovVF *vf,
-                               guint vlan_id,
+                               guint vlan_id,
                                NMSriovVFVlanProtocol protocol);

Sets the protocol for the given VLAN.

@@ -888,9 +888,9 @@ nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_protocol (

nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_qos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_qos (const NMSriovVF *vf,
-                          guint vlan_id);
+ guint vlan_id);

Returns the QoS value for the given VLAN.

Parameters

@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_qos (const

nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_protocol ()

NMSriovVFVlanProtocol
 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_protocol (const NMSriovVF *vf,
-                               guint vlan_id);
+ guint vlan_id);

Returns the configured protocol for the given VLAN.

Parameters

@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_protocol (const

nm_sriov_vf_new ()

NMSriovVF *
-nm_sriov_vf_new (guint index);
+nm_sriov_vf_new (guint index);

Creates a new NMSriovVF object.

Parameters

@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_sriov_vf_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_sriov_vf_equal (const NMSriovVF *vf,
                    const NMSriovVF *other);

Determines if two NMSriovVF objects have the same index, @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE +

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

Since: 1.14

@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_dup (const

nm_sriov_vf_get_index ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_sriov_vf_get_index (const NMSriovVF *vf);

Gets the index property of this VF object.

@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_index (const void nm_sriov_vf_set_attribute (NMSriovVF *vf, const char *name, - GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets the named attribute on vf to the given value.

@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute_names (const

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

[transfer container]

Since: 1.14

@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute_names (const

nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute (const NMSriovVF *vf,
                            const char *name);

Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute (const the value of the attribute with name name on vf -, or NULL if vf +, or NULL if vf has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -1237,11 +1237,11 @@ has no such attribute.


nm_sriov_vf_attribute_validate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_sriov_vf_attribute_validate (const char *name,
-                                GVariant *value,
-                                gboolean *known,
-                                GError **error);
+ GVariant *value, + gboolean *known, + GError **error);

Validates a VF attribute, i.e. checks that the attribute is a known one, the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

- + @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

Returns

-

TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.42

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html index 10642fe2..e90b8c5e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
- + @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_new (const char

Returns

-

the new NMTCQdisc object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMTCQdisc object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.12

@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_tc_qdisc_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_tc_qdisc_equal (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
                    NMTCQdisc *other);

Determines if two NMTCQdisc objects contain the same kind, * handle @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

Since: 1.12

@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_get_kind (

nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle (NMTCQdisc *qdisc);

Parameters

@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle (

nm_tc_qdisc_set_handle ()

void
 nm_tc_qdisc_set_handle (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
-                        guint32 handle);
+ guint32 handle);

Sets the queueing discipline handle.

Parameters

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_set_handle (

nm_tc_qdisc_get_parent ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_parent (NMTCQdisc *qdisc);

Parameters

@@ -724,8 +724,8 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names -or NULL if no attributes are set.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names +or NULL if no attributes are set.

[transfer container]

Since: 1.18

@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ or

nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
                            const char *name);

Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute (name on qdisc -, or NULL if qdisc +, or NULL if qdisc has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ has no such attribute.

void
 nm_tc_qdisc_set_attribute (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets or clears the named attribute on qdisc to the given value.

@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_set_attribute (

nm_tc_action_new ()

NMTCAction *
 nm_tc_action_new (const char *kind,
-                  GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Creates a new NMTCAction object.

Parameters

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ nm_tc_action_new (const char
- + @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ nm_tc_action_new (const char

Returns

-

the new NMTCAction object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMTCAction object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.12

@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_tc_action_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_tc_action_equal (NMTCAction *action,
                     NMTCAction *other);

Determines if two NMTCAction objects contain the same kind, family, @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

Since: 1.12

@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_tc_action_get_attribute_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.12

@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ nm_tc_action_get_attribute_names (

nm_tc_action_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_tc_action_get_attribute (NMTCAction *action,
                             const char *name);

Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ nm_tc_action_get_attribute (name on action -, or NULL if action +, or NULL if action has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ has no such attribute.

void
 nm_tc_action_set_attribute (NMTCAction *action,
                             const char *name,
-                            GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets or clears the named attribute on action to the given value.

@@ -1096,8 +1096,8 @@ nm_tc_action_set_attribute (

nm_tc_tfilter_new ()

NMTCTfilter *
 nm_tc_tfilter_new (const char *kind,
-                   guint32 parent,
-                   GError **error);
+ guint32 parent, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMTCTfilter object.

Parameters

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_new (const char
- + @@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_new (const char

Returns

-

the new NMTCTfilter object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMTCTfilter object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.12

@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_tc_tfilter_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_tc_tfilter_equal (NMTCTfilter *tfilter,
                      NMTCTfilter *other);

Determines if two NMTCTfilter objects contain the same kind, family, @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

Since: 1.12

@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_get_kind (

nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle (NMTCTfilter *tfilter);

Parameters

@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle (

nm_tc_tfilter_set_handle ()

void
 nm_tc_tfilter_set_handle (NMTCTfilter *tfilter,
-                          guint32 handle);
+ guint32 handle);

Sets the queueing discipline handle.

Parameters

@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_set_handle (

nm_tc_tfilter_get_parent ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_tc_tfilter_get_parent (NMTCTfilter *tfilter);

Parameters

@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_new (void

nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs (NMSettingTCConfig *setting);

Parameters

@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs (

nm_setting_tc_config_get_qdisc ()

NMTCQdisc *
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_qdisc (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 
-gboolean +gboolean nm_tc_qdisc_equal () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_tc_qdisc_get_parent () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute () @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_tc_action_equal () @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_tc_action_get_attribute () @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_tc_tfilter_equal () @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle () @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_tc_tfilter_get_parent () @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs () @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tc_config_add_qdisc () @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value () @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters () @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tc_config_add_tfilter () @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value () @@ -444,8 +444,8 @@

nm_tc_qdisc_new ()

NMTCQdisc *
 nm_tc_qdisc_new (const char *kind,
-                 guint32 parent,
-                 GError **error);
+ guint32 parent, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMTCQdisc object.

Parameters

@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_new (const char

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
@@ -1487,13 +1487,13 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_get_qdisc (

nm_setting_tc_config_add_qdisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tc_config_add_qdisc (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
                                 NMTCQdisc *qdisc);

Appends a new qdisc and associated information to the setting. The given qdisc is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function. If an identical qdisc (considering attributes as well) already exists, the -qdisc is not added and the function returns FALSE.

+qdisc is not added and the function returns FALSE.

Parameters

@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ qdisc is not added and the function returns

Returns

-

TRUE if the qdisc was added; FALSE if the qdisc was already known.

+

TRUE if the qdisc was added; FALSE if the qdisc was already known.

Since: 1.12

@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ qdisc is not added and the function returns

nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc ()

void
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
-                                   guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the qdisc at index idx .

@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc (

nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value
                                (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
                                 NMTCQdisc *qdisc);
@@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the qdisc was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the qdisc was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.12

@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_clear_qdiscs (

nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters (NMSettingTCConfig *setting);

Parameters

@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters (

nm_setting_tc_config_get_tfilter ()

NMTCTfilter *
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_tfilter (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
-                                  guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

@@ -1679,13 +1679,13 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_get_tfilter (

nm_setting_tc_config_add_tfilter ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tc_config_add_tfilter (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
                                   NMTCTfilter *tfilter);

Appends a new tfilter and associated information to the setting. The given tfilter is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function. If an identical tfilter (considering attributes as well) already exists, the -tfilter is not added and the function returns FALSE.

+tfilter is not added and the function returns FALSE.

Parameters

@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ tfilter is not added and the function returns

Returns

-

TRUE if the tfilter was added; FALSE if the tfilter was already known.

+

TRUE if the tfilter was added; FALSE if the tfilter was already known.

Since: 1.12

@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ tfilter is not added and the function returns

nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter ()

void
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the tfilter at index idx .

@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter (

nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value
                                (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
                                 NMTCTfilter *tfilter);
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the tfilter was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the tfilter was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.12

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html index d2313a4a..f8123a76 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Returns

-

the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.12

@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ nm_team_link_watcher_new_arp_ping (const char *target_host, const char *source_host, NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags flags, - GError **error); + GError **error);

Creates a new arp_ping NMTeamLinkWatcher object

Parameters

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ address in the arp request

Returns

-

the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.12

@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ nm_team_link_watcher_new_arp_ping2 (const char *target_host, const char *source_host, NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags flags, - GError **error); + GError **error);

Creates a new arp_ping NMTeamLinkWatcher object

Parameters

@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ address in the arp request

Returns

-

the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.16

@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_team_link_watcher_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_team_link_watcher_equal (const NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher,
                             const NMTeamLinkWatcher *other);

Determines if two NMTeamLinkWatcher objects contain the same values @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

Since: 1.12

@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer_interval

nm_setting_team_get_runner_active ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_get_runner_active (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_runner_active (

nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

@@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_runner_agg_select_policy

nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value
                                (NMSettingTeam *setting,
                                 const char *txhash);
@@ -1585,14 +1585,14 @@ nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the txhash element was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the txhash element was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.12


nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash
                                (NMSettingTeam *setting);
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash

nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash ()

const char *
 nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
-                                    guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

-gboolean +gboolean nm_team_link_watcher_equal () @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_get_runner_active () @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate () @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value () @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash () @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash () @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers () @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher () @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value () @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ necessary for team connections.

NMTeamLinkWatcher *
 nm_team_link_watcher_new_ethtool (int delay_up,
                                   int delay_down,
-                                  GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Creates a new ethtool NMTeamLinkWatcher object

Parameters

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ nm_team_link_watcher_new_nsna_ping (int interval, int missed_max, const char *target_host, - GError **error); + GError **error);

Creates a new nsna_ping NMTeamLinkWatcher object

Parameters

@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ target address in the NS packet

@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash (

nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash ()

void
 nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
-                                       guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the txhash element at index idx .

@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash (

nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
                                     const char *txhash);

Adds a new txhash element to the setting.

@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash (

Returns

-

TRUE if the txhash element was added; FALSE if the element +

TRUE if the txhash element was added; FALSE if the element was already knnown.

Since: 1.12

@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ was already knnown.


nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers (

nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher ()

NMTeamLinkWatcher *
 nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
-                                  guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher (

nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
                                   NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

Appends a new link watcher to the setting.

@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher (

Returns

-

TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link +

TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link watcher was already there.

Since: 1.12

@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ watcher was already there.

nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher ()

void
 nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
-                                     guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the link watcher at index idx.

Parameters

@@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher (

nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value
                                (NMSettingTeam *setting,
                                 NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);
@@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

+

TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

Since: 1.12

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html index b2dc9bfa..36ab913c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
- + +GBytes * @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWifiP2PPeer
 
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_serial (

nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_wfd_ies ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_wfd_ies (NMWifiP2PPeer *peer);

Gets the WFD information elements of the P2P peer.

@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_wfd_ies (

Returns

-

the GBytes containing the WFD IEs, or NULL.

+

the GBytes containing the WFD IEs, or NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.16

@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_hw_address (

nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_strength (NMWifiP2PPeer *peer);

Gets the current signal strength of the P2P peer as a percentage.

@@ -544,9 +544,9 @@ P2P peer was seen. A value of -1 means the P2P peer has never been seen.


nm_wifi_p2p_peer_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_filter_connections (NMWifiP2PPeer *peer,
-                                     const GPtrArray *connections);
+ const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWifiP2PPeer object and returns connections which may be activated with the P2P peer. Any returned connections will match the peers @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ filter.

an array of NMConnections that could be activated with the given peer . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

Since: 1.16

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ be freed with

nm_wifi_p2p_peer_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_connection_valid (NMWifiP2PPeer *peer,
                                    NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi P2P peer to ensure that @@ -625,8 +625,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi P2P Peer, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi P2P Peer, +FALSE if it cannot be.

Since: 1.16

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ P2P peer was found. A value of -1 means the peer has never been seen.


The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar
+
  “strength”                 guchar

The current signal strength of the P2P peer.

Owner: NMWifiP2PPeer

Flags: Read

@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ P2P peer was found. A value of -1 means the peer has never been seen.


The “wfd-ies” property

-
  “wfd-ies”                  GBytes *
+
  “wfd-ies”                  GBytes *

The WFD information elements of the P2P peer.

Owner: NMWifiP2PPeer

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html index c6ffe501..8d24f5e4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
- + @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (

nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GPtrArray *connections);
+ const GPtrArray *connections);

nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

WiMAX is no longer supported by NetworkManager since 1.2.0.

@@ -281,14 +281,14 @@ filter.

an array of NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer full][element-type NMConnection]


nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
                                NMConnection *connection);
@@ -325,8 +325,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ against


The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint
+
  “signal-quality”           guint

The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

NMWimaxNsp:signal-quality has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html index 809b5920..c32e8b73 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html @@ -557,6 +557,10 @@
+NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_48, macro in nm-version +
+
+
NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_6, macro in nm-version
@@ -2300,6 +2304,14 @@ NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in NMSettingOvs
+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48, macro in nm-version +
+
+
+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48_FOR, macro in nm-version +
+
+
NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_4_FOR, macro in nm-version
@@ -6144,6 +6156,10 @@ NMSetting8021x:identity, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NMSetting8021x:openssl-ciphers, object property in NMSettingOvs +
+
+
NMSetting8021x:optional, object property in NMSettingOvs
@@ -6556,6 +6572,10 @@ NMSettingConnection:dns-over-tls, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NMSettingConnection:down-on-poweroff, object property in NMSettingOvs +
+
+
NMSettingConnection:gateway-ping-timeout, object property in NMSettingOvs
@@ -6656,6 +6676,10 @@ NMSettingConnection:zone, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff, enum in NMSettingConnection +
+
+
NMSettingConnectionLldp, enum in NMSettingConnection
@@ -6940,6 +6964,14 @@ NMSettingIP6Config:ra-timeout, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NMSettingIP6Config:temp-preferred-lifetime, object property in NMSettingOvs +
+
+
+NMSettingIP6Config:temp-valid-lifetime, object property in NMSettingOvs +
+
+
NMSettingIP6Config:token, object property in NMSettingOvs
@@ -6992,6 +7024,10 @@ NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-send-hostname, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-send-release, object property in NMSettingOvs +
+
+
NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-timeout, object property in NMSettingOvs
@@ -7940,6 +7976,10 @@ NMSettingWired:mac-address-blacklist, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NMSettingWired:mac-address-denylist, object property in NMSettingOvs +
+
+
NMSettingWired:mtu, object property in NMSettingOvs
@@ -8052,6 +8092,10 @@ NMSettingWireless:mac-address-blacklist, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NMSettingWireless:mac-address-denylist, object property in NMSettingOvs +
+
+
NMSettingWireless:mac-address-randomization, object property in NMSettingOvs
@@ -8412,6 +8456,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_802_1x_get_openssl_ciphers, function in NMSetting8021x +
+
+
nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional, function in NMSetting8021x
@@ -8608,6 +8656,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS, macro in NMSetting8021x +
+
+
NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPTIONAL, macro in NMSetting8021x
@@ -9520,6 +9572,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF, macro in NMSettingConnection +
+
+
NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_GATEWAY_PING_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingConnection
@@ -9560,6 +9616,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_connection_get_down_on_poweroff, function in NMSettingConnection +
+
+
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout, function in NMSettingConnection
@@ -10456,6 +10516,14 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_preferred_lifetime, function in NMSettingIP6Config +
+
+
+nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_valid_lifetime, function in NMSettingIP6Config +
+
+
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_token, function in NMSettingIP6Config
@@ -10508,6 +10576,14 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME, macro in NMSettingIP6Config +
+
+
+NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME, macro in NMSettingIP6Config +
+
+
NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TOKEN, macro in NMSettingIP6Config
@@ -10608,6 +10684,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_SEND_RELEASE, macro in NMSettingIPConfig +
+
+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
@@ -10668,6 +10748,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_release, function in NMSettingIPConfig +
+
+
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout, function in NMSettingIPConfig
@@ -12944,6 +13028,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWired +
+
+
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option, function in NMSettingWired
@@ -12956,6 +13044,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items, function in NMSettingWired +
+
+
NM_SETTING_WIRED_CLONED_MAC_ADDRESS, macro in NMSettingWired
@@ -12996,10 +13088,18 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist, function in NMSettingWired +
+
+
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWired +
+
+
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu, function in NMSettingWired
@@ -13008,6 +13108,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items, function in NMSettingWired +
+
+
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options, function in NMSettingWired
@@ -13056,6 +13160,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NM_SETTING_WIRED_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST, macro in NMSettingWired +
+
+
NM_SETTING_WIRED_MTU, macro in NMSettingWired
@@ -13076,6 +13184,14 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWired +
+
+
+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value, function in NMSettingWired +
+
+
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option, function in NMSettingWired
@@ -13216,6 +13332,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWireless +
+
+
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid, function in NMSettingWireless
@@ -13244,6 +13364,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items, function in NMSettingWireless +
+
+
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_CLONED_MAC_ADDRESS, macro in NMSettingWireless
@@ -13288,6 +13412,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist, function in NMSettingWireless +
+
+
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_randomization, function in NMSettingWireless
@@ -13296,6 +13424,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWireless +
+
+
nm_setting_wireless_get_mode, function in NMSettingWireless
@@ -13308,6 +13440,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items, function in NMSettingWireless +
+
+
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids, function in NMSettingWireless
@@ -13348,6 +13484,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST, macro in NMSettingWireless +
+
+
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_RANDOMIZATION, macro in NMSettingWireless
@@ -13396,6 +13536,14 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWireless +
+
+
+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value, function in NMSettingWireless +
+
+
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group, function in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
@@ -14483,6 +14631,10 @@ NMUtilsPredicateStr, user_function in NMSettingOvs
+NM_VERSION_1_48, macro in nm-version-macros +
+
+
NM_VERSION_1_6, macro in nm-version-macros
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html index 395c777c..a40c5a0a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher () @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value () @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_prio (

nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

Parameters

@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_key (

nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers
                                (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers

nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher ()

NMTeamLinkWatcher *
 nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
-                                       guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher (

nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
                                        NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

Appends a new link watcher to the setting.

@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher (

Returns

-

TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link +

TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link watcher was already there.

Since: 1.12

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ watcher was already there.

void
 nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher
                                (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
-                                guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the link watcher at index idx.

Parameters

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher

nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value
                                (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
                                 NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

+

TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

Since: 1.12

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html index 3b6fb181..47122e38 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
- + @@ -174,42 +174,42 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_pi () @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue () @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (

nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (

nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (

nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html index 9908e7b6..f0b0823b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_user_set_data () @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_user_check_key () @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_user_check_val () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ nm_setting_user_new (void<

nm_setting_user_get_keys ()

const char *const *
 nm_setting_user_get_keys (NMSettingUser *setting,
-                          guint *out_len);
+ guint *out_len);

Parameters

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ nm_setting_user_get_keys (

Returns

a -NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table.

+NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table.

[array length=out_len][transfer none]

Since: 1.8

@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ nm_setting_user_get_data (

Returns

the value associated with key -or NULL if no such +or NULL if no such value exists.

[transfer none]

@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ value exists.


nm_setting_user_set_data ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_user_set_data (NMSettingUser *setting,
                           const char *key,
                           const char *val,
-                          GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data (

val

-
+ @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data (

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation was successful. The operation +

TRUE if the operation was successful. The operation can fail if key or val are not valid strings according @@ -251,12 +251,12 @@ to

nm_setting_user_check_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_user_check_key (const char *key,
-                           GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Checks whether key is a valid user data key. This means, -key is not NULL, not too large and valid ASCII. Also, +key is not NULL, not too large and valid ASCII. Also, only digits and numbers are allowed with a few special characters. The key must contain at least one '.' and look like a fully qualified DNS name.

@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ look like a fully qualified DNS name.

- + @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ look like a fully qualified DNS name.

Returns

-

TRUE if key +

TRUE if key is a valid user data key.

Since: 1.8

@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ is a valid user data key.


nm_setting_user_check_val ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_user_check_val (const char *val,
-                           GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Checks whether val is a valid user data value. This means, -value is not NULL, not too large and valid UTF-8.

+value is not NULL, not too large and valid UTF-8.

Parameters

the value to set or NULL to clear a key.

the value to set or NULL to clear a key.

[nullable]

error

a GError, NULL to ignore.

a GError, NULL to ignore.

 
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ value is not

error

-
+ @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ value is not

Returns

-

TRUE if val +

TRUE if val is a valid user data value.

Since: 1.8

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html index b482ffa1..92c79a40 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

Returns

-

TRUE.

+

TRUE.


@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ to

void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the priority map at index idx from the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” @@ -518,12 +518,12 @@ properties.


nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);
+ guint32 from, + guint32 to);

Removes the priority map form :to from the “ingress_priority_map” @@ -566,13 +566,13 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (

nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);
@@ -684,8 +684,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

Returns

-

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it -overwrote the old value, FALSE if str +

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it +overwrote the old value, FALSE if str is not a valid mapping.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html index 550128ce..336c96b2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -398,7 +456,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void

nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

@@ -474,7 +532,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (

nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

@@ -524,7 +582,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

nm_setting_wireless_get_rate has been deprecated since version 1.44 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -553,7 +611,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (

nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.44 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -663,6 +721,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_generate_mac_address_mask
const char *const *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist() instead.

+

Parameters

a GError, NULL to ignore.

a GError, NULL to ignore.

 
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_id () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags () @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
-gint32 +gint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_get_priority () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value () @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str () @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (

nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (

nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_protocol (

nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

Returns the number of entries in the @@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ properties of this setting.


nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);
+ guint32 idx, + guint32 *out_from, + guint32 *out_to);

Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

@@ -409,18 +409,18 @@ or “egress_priority_map” properties of this settin

Returns

-

returns TRUE if idx -is in range. Otherwise, FALSE.

+

returns TRUE if idx +is in range. Otherwise, FALSE.


nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);
+ guint32 from, + guint32 to);

Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from is @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ to

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent () @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items () @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item () @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret () @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout () @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ properties.

void
 (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Parameters

@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (

nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Parameters

@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (

nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

@@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item (nm_setting_vpn_add_secret() is for.

Before 1.24, item - must not be NULL and not an empty string. Since 1.24, + must not be NULL and not an empty string. Since 1.24, item - can be set to an empty string. It can also be set to NULL to unset + can be set to an empty string. It can also be set to NULL to unset the key. In that case, the behavior is as if calling nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item().

Parameters

@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                  const char *key);

Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by @@ -496,8 +496,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (

Returns

-

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting, NMVpnIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates all data items stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify data items inside func , though any additions or removals made @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

nm_setting_vpn_get_data_keys ()

const char **
 nm_setting_vpn_get_data_keys (NMSettingVpn *setting,
-                              guint *out_length);
+ guint *out_length);

Retrieves every data key inside setting , as an array.

@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_data_keys (

Returns

a -NULL-terminated array containing each data key or NULL if +NULL-terminated array containing each data key or NULL if there are no data items.

[array length=out_length][transfer container][nullable]

@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ there are no data items.


nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

@@ -617,9 +617,9 @@ nm_setting_vpn_add_secret (secret - must not be NULL and not an empty string. Since 1.24, + must not be NULL and not an empty string. Since 1.24, secret - can be set to an empty string. It can also be set to NULL to unset + can be set to an empty string. It can also be set to NULL to unset the key. In that case, the behavior is as if calling nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret().

Parameters

@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                               const char *key);

Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by @@ -718,8 +718,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting, NMVpnIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates all secrets stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify secrets inside func , though any additions or removals made during @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

nm_setting_vpn_get_secret_keys ()

const char **
 nm_setting_vpn_get_secret_keys (NMSettingVpn *setting,
-                                guint *out_length);
+ guint *out_length);

Retrieves every secret key inside setting , as an array.

@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_secret_keys (

Returns

a -NULL-terminated array containing each secret key or NULL if +NULL-terminated array containing each secret key or NULL if there are no secrets.

[array length=out_length][transfer container][nullable]

@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ there are no secrets.


nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html index 2a129b78..746f04ef 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -973,14 +1282,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);
@@ -1017,13 +1326,13 @@ an invalid key gets silently added but renders the profile as invalid.

Returns

-

since 1.32 this always returns TRUE.

+

since 1.32 this always returns TRUE.


nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key @@ -1053,8 +1362,8 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1065,7 +1374,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

Returns a list of valid s390 options.

The setting - argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

+ argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

Parameters

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vrf_get_table () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ nm_setting_vrf_new (void

nm_setting_vrf_get_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vrf_get_table (NMSettingVrf *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html index 0b3fe3fe..56609676 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_id () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min () @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max () @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port () @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos () @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl () @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit () @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy () @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning () @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc () @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss () @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss () @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html index 8cd438e5..c9ac2a9e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_wifi_p2p_get_wfd_ies () @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_setting_wifi_p2p_get_wps_method (

nm_setting_wifi_p2p_get_wfd_ies ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wifi_p2p_get_wfd_ies (NMSettingWifiP2P *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html index 96a70e66..c1cd54d1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wireguard_peer_is_sealed () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wireguard_peer_set_public_key () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wireguard_peer_set_preshared_key () @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_wireguard_peer_get_persistent_keepalive () @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wireguard_peer_set_endpoint () @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ips_len () @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wireguard_peer_append_allowed_ip () @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wireguard_peer_remove_allowed_ip () @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wireguard_peer_is_valid () @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_wireguard_get_listen_port () @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireguard_get_fwmark () @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_wireguard_get_peers_len () @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireguard_remove_peer () @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_wireguard_clear_peers () @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_routes () @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireguard_get_mtu () @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_new (void

nm_wireguard_peer_new_clone ()

NMWireGuardPeer *
 nm_wireguard_peer_new_clone (const NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                             gboolean with_secrets);
+ gboolean with_secrets);

Parameters

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_new_clone (const - @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ an unsealed copy with

nm_wireguard_peer_is_sealed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_is_sealed (const NMWireGuardPeer *self);

Parameters

@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_public_key (const

Returns

-

the public key or NULL if unset.

+

the public key or NULL if unset.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.16

@@ -633,10 +633,10 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_public_key (const

nm_wireguard_peer_set_public_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_public_key (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
                                   const char *public_key,
-                                  gboolean accept_invalid);
+ gboolean accept_invalid);

Reset the public key. Note that if the public key is valid, it will be normalized (which may or may not modify the set value).

It is a bug trying to modify a sealed NMWireGuardPeer instance.

@@ -657,13 +657,13 @@ will be normalized (which may or may not modify the set value).

+key or NULL to clear the public key.

- @@ -672,8 +672,8 @@ invalid, then do not modify the instance.

Returns

-

TRUE if the key was valid or NULL. Returns -FALSE for invalid keys. Depending on accept_invalid +

TRUE if the key was valid or NULL. Returns +FALSE for invalid keys. Depending on accept_invalid will an invalid key be set or not.

Since: 1.16

@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_preshared_key (const

Returns

-

the preshared key or NULL if unset.

+

the preshared key or NULL if unset.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.16

@@ -708,10 +708,10 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_preshared_key (const

nm_wireguard_peer_set_preshared_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_preshared_key (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
                                      const char *preshared_key,
-                                     gboolean accept_invalid);
+ gboolean accept_invalid);

Reset the preshared key. Note that if the preshared key is valid, it will be normalized (which may or may not modify the set value).

Note that the preshared-key is a secret and consequently has corresponding @@ -737,15 +737,15 @@ be accepted.

+key or NULL to clear the preshared key.

+and if FALSE is returned.

@@ -753,8 +753,8 @@ and if

Returns

-

TRUE if the preshared-key is valid, otherwise FALSE. -NULL is considered a valid value. +

TRUE if the preshared-key is valid, otherwise FALSE. +NULL is considered a valid value. If the key is invalid, it depends on accept_invalid whether the previous value was reset.

@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_set_preshared_key_flags

nm_wireguard_peer_get_persistent_keepalive ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_wireguard_peer_get_persistent_keepalive
                                (const NMWireGuardPeer *self);
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ keep-alive.

void
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_persistent_keepalive
                                (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                                guint16 persistent_keepalive);
+ guint16 persistent_keepalive);

It is a bug trying to modify a sealed NMWireGuardPeer instance.

Parameters

@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_endpoint (const

Returns

-

the endpoint or NULL if none was set.

+

the endpoint or NULL if none was set.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.16

@@ -910,10 +910,10 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_endpoint (const

nm_wireguard_peer_set_endpoint ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_endpoint (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
                                 const char *endpoint,
-                                gboolean allow_invalid);
+ gboolean allow_invalid);

Sets or clears the endpoint of self .

It is a bug trying to modify a sealed NMWireGuardPeer instance.

@@ -933,13 +933,13 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_set_endpoint (
- + - @@ -948,9 +948,9 @@ arguments.

Returns

-

TRUE if the endpoint is NULL or valid. For an +

TRUE if the endpoint is NULL or valid. For an invalid endpoint -argument, FALSE is returned. Depending +argument, FALSE is returned. Depending on allow_invalid , the instance will be modified.

@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ on allow_invalid

nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ips_len ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ips_len (const NMWireGuardPeer *self);

Parameters

@@ -987,8 +987,8 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ips_len (const

nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ip ()

const char *
 nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ip (const NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                                  guint idx,
-                                  gboolean *out_is_valid);
+ guint idx, + gboolean *out_is_valid);

Parameters

with_secrets

if TRUE, the preshared-key secrets are copied +

if TRUE, the preshared-key secrets are copied as well. Otherwise, they will be removed.

 

public_key

the new public -key or NULL to clear the public key.

[nullable][transfer none]

accept_invalid

if TRUE and public_key -is not NULL and +

if TRUE and public_key +is not NULL and invalid, then do not modify the instance.

 

preshared_key

the new preshared -key or NULL to clear the preshared key.

[nullable][transfer none]

accept_invalid

whether to allow setting the key to an invalid -value. If FALSE, self +value. If FALSE, self is unchanged if the key is invalid -and if FALSE is returned.

 

endpoint

the socket address endpoint to set or NULL.

the socket address endpoint to set or NULL.

 

allow_invalid

if TRUE, also invalid values are set. -If FALSE, the function does nothing for invalid endpoint +

if TRUE, also invalid values are set. +If FALSE, the function does nothing for invalid endpoint arguments.

 
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ retrieve.

-

the allowed-ip setting at index idx . If idx -is out of range, NULL will be returned.

+is out of range, NULL will be returned.

[transfer none][nullable]

Since: 1.16

@@ -1058,10 +1058,10 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_clear_allowed_ips (

nm_wireguard_peer_append_allowed_ip ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_append_allowed_ip (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
                                      const char *allowed_ip,
-                                     gboolean accept_invalid);
+ gboolean accept_invalid);

Appends allowed_ip setting to the list. This does not check for duplicates and always appends allowed_ip @@ -1093,10 +1093,10 @@ appended, but later verification will fail.

- +in face of invalid values and returns FALSE.

@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ in face of invalid values and returns

Returns

-

TRUE if the value is a valid allowed-ips value, FALSE otherwise. +

TRUE if the value is a valid allowed-ips value, FALSE otherwise. Depending on accept_invalid , also invalid values are added.

@@ -1113,9 +1113,9 @@ Depending on accept_invalid

nm_wireguard_peer_remove_allowed_ip ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_remove_allowed_ip (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                                     guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Removes the allowed-ip at the given idx . This shifts all following entries one index down.

@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ following entries one index down.

@@ -1146,20 +1146,20 @@ and nothing is done.

Returns

-

TRUE if idx +

TRUE if idx was valid and the allowed-ip was removed. -FALSE otherwise, and the peer will not be changed.

+FALSE otherwise, and the peer will not be changed.

Since: 1.16


nm_wireguard_peer_is_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_is_valid (const NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                            gboolean check_non_secrets,
-                            gboolean check_secrets,
-                            GError **error);
+ gboolean check_non_secrets, + gboolean check_secrets, + GError **error);

Parameters

out_is_valid

TRUE if the returned value is a valid allowed-ip +

TRUE if the returned value is a valid allowed-ip setting. This parameter is wrongly not marked as (out) argument, it is thus not accessible via introspection. This cannot be fixed without @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ breaking API for introspection users.

accept_invalid

if TRUE, also invalid allowed_ip +

if TRUE, also invalid allowed_ip value will be appended. Otherwise, the function does nothing -in face of invalid values and returns FALSE.

 

idx

the index from zero to (allowed-ips-len - 1) to -retrieve. If the index is out of range, FALSE is returned +retrieve. If the index is out of range, FALSE is returned and nothing is done.

 
@@ -1176,19 +1176,19 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_is_valid (const - - - + @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ Otherwise, they are ignored for this purpose.

Returns

-

TRUE if the peer is valid or fails with an error +

TRUE if the peer is valid or fails with an error reason.

Since: 1.16

@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_private_key (

Returns

-

the set private-key or NULL.

+

the set private-key or NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.16

@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_private_key_flags

nm_setting_wireguard_get_listen_port ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_listen_port (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

Parameters

@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_listen_port (

nm_setting_wireguard_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_fwmark (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

Parameters

@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_fwmark (

nm_setting_wireguard_get_peers_len ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peers_len (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

Parameters

@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_peers_len (

nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer ()

NMWireGuardPeer *
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer (NMSettingWireGuard *self,
-                               guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

check_secrets

if TRUE, non-secret properties are validated. +

if TRUE, non-secret properties are validated. Otherwise, they are ignored for this purpose.

 

check_non_secrets

if TRUE, secret properties are validated. +

if TRUE, secret properties are validated. Otherwise, they are ignored for this purpose.

 

error

the GError location for returning the failure reason.

the GError location for returning the failure reason.

 
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer (

Returns

the NMWireGuardPeer entry at index idx -. If the index is out of range, NULL is returned.

+. If the index is out of range, NULL is returned.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.16

@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ index idx nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_by_public_key (NMSettingWireGuard *self, const char *public_key, - guint *out_idx); + guint *out_idx);

Parameters

@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ this is set to the

Returns

the NMWireGuardPeer instance with a -matching public key. If no such peer exists, NULL is returned.

+matching public key. If no such peer exists, NULL is returned.

[transfer none][nullable]

Since: 1.16

@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ matching public key. If no such peer exists, void nm_setting_wireguard_set_peer (NMSettingWireGuard *self, NMWireGuardPeer *peer, - guint idx); + guint idx);

If idx is one past the last peer, the behavior is the same as nm_setting_wireguard_append_peer(). @@ -1572,9 +1572,9 @@ instance.


nm_setting_wireguard_remove_peer ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireguard_remove_peer (NMSettingWireGuard *self,
-                                  guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_remove_peer (

Returns

-

TRUE if idx +

TRUE if idx was in range and a peer was removed. Otherwise, self is unchanged.

@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ is unchanged.


nm_setting_wireguard_clear_peers ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_wireguard_clear_peers (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

Parameters

@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_clear_peers (

nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_routes (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

Parameters

@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_routes (

nm_setting_wireguard_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_mtu (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html index 18510898..4efcb874 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -378,7 +436,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (

nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

@@ -428,7 +486,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (

nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

@@ -561,6 +619,10 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_generate_mac_address_mask
const char *const *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);
+
+

nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist() instead.

+

Parameters

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_speed () @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -162,8 +162,62 @@
const char *const * + +nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist () +
+guint32 + +nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items () +
const char * + +nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item () +
+gboolean + +nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item () +
+void + +nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item () +
+gboolean + +nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value () +
+void + +nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items () +
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu () @@ -185,7 +239,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options () @@ -193,7 +247,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option () @@ -208,7 +262,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option () @@ -216,7 +270,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option () @@ -297,6 +351,10 @@
#defineNM_SETTING_WIRED_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST
#define NM_SETTING_WIRED_MTU
@@ -584,9 +646,13 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist

nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);
+
+

nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items() instead.

+

Parameters

@@ -613,8 +679,12 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
-

Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

+ guint32 idx); +
+

nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+
+

Since 1.48, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

Parameters

@@ -647,10 +717,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);
+
+

nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

Parameters

@@ -676,7 +750,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

@@ -686,7 +760,11 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx); +
+

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

@@ -715,10 +793,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);
+
+

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value() instead.

+

Removes the MAC address mac from the blacklist.

@@ -746,7 +828,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -755,6 +837,10 @@ the blacklist

void
 nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);
+
+

nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items() instead.

+

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

@@ -774,8 +860,231 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

+

nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist ()

+
const char *const *
+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting);
+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWired

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

the “mac-address-denylist” property of the setting

+
+

Since: 1.48

+ +
+
+

nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items ()

+
guint32
+nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting);
+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWired

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

the number of denylisted MAC addresses

+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting,
+                                guint32 idx);
+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWired

 

idx

the zero-based index of the MAC address entry

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

the denylisted MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) +at index idx +

+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting,
+                                const char *mac);
+

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-denylist” property.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWired

 

mac

the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to denylist

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +is invalid or was already present

+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item ()

+
void
+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting,
+                                guint32 idx);
+

Removes the MAC address at index idx + from the denylist.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWired

 

idx

index number of the MAC address

 
+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting,
+                                const char *mac);
+

Removes the MAC address mac + from the denylist.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWired

 

mac

the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to remove from +the denylist

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items ()

+
void
+nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting);
+

Removes all denylisted MAC addresses.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWired

 
+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+

nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

@@ -857,7 +1166,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.


nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this device when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each s390 @@ -885,9 +1194,9 @@ option individually using

nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index. indexes @@ -934,8 +1243,8 @@ and should not be modified.

@@ -1077,14 +1386,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options +and you may pass NULL.

setting

the NMSettingWired. This argument is unused -and you may pass NULL.

[nullable]

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

[transfer none]

@@ -1140,7 +1449,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password

Returns

-

the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

+

the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1303,6 +1612,12 @@ incompatible with other flags


+

NM_SETTING_WIRED_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST

+
#define NM_SETTING_WIRED_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST      "mac-address-denylist"
+
+
+
+

NM_SETTING_WIRED_MTU

#define NM_SETTING_WIRED_MTU                       "mtu"
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html index b3693736..06eb71b9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid () @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -177,8 +177,62 @@
const char *const * + +nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist () +
+guint32 + +nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items () +
const char * + +nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item () +
+gboolean + +nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item () +
+void + +nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item () +
+gboolean + +nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value () +
-guint32 +void + +nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items () +
+guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu () @@ -186,7 +240,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden () @@ -194,7 +248,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave () @@ -210,7 +264,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid () @@ -218,7 +272,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids () @@ -233,7 +287,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible () @@ -320,6 +374,10 @@
#defineNM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST
#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MTU
@@ -686,9 +748,13 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items() instead.

+

Parameters

@@ -706,7 +772,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items

Returns

-

the number of blacklisted MAC addresses

+

the number of blacklist MAC addresses


@@ -715,7 +781,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx); +
+

nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

Parameters

@@ -741,7 +811,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

the blacklisted MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) +

the denylisted MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) at index idx

@@ -749,11 +819,15 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);
-

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

+
+

nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+
+

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-denylist” property.

Parameters

@@ -770,7 +844,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item - + @@ -778,7 +852,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

@@ -788,9 +862,13 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx); +
+

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

Removes the MAC address at index idx - from the blacklist.

+ from the denylist.

Parameters

mac

the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to blacklist

the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to denylist

 
@@ -817,12 +895,16 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value() instead.

+

Removes the MAC address mac - from the blacklist.

+ from the denylist.

Parameters

@@ -840,7 +922,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value +the denylist

@@ -848,7 +930,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -857,7 +939,11 @@ the blacklist

void
 nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);
-

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

+
+

nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+

Use nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items() instead.

+
+

Removes all denylisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

mac

the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to remove from -the blacklist

 
@@ -876,8 +962,231 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
+

nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist ()

+
const char *const *
+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting);
+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWireless

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

the “mac-address-denylist” property of the setting

+
+

Since: 1.48

+ +
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items ()

+
guint32
+nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting);
+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWireless

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

the number of denylisted MAC addresses

+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting,
+                                guint32 idx);
+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWireless

 

idx

the zero-based index of the MAC address entry

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

the denylisted MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) +at index idx +

+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting,
+                                const char *mac);
+

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-denylist” property.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWireless

 

mac

the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to denylist

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +is invalid or was already present

+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item ()

+
void
+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting,
+                                guint32 idx);
+

Removes the MAC address at index idx + from the denylist.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWireless

 

idx

index number of the MAC address

 
+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting,
+                                const char *mac);
+

Removes the MAC address mac + from the denylist.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWireless

 

mac

the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to remove from +the denylist

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items ()

+
void
+nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting);
+

Removes all denylisted MAC addresses.

+
+

Parameters

+
+++++ + + + + + +

setting

the NMSettingWireless

 
+
+

Since: 1.48

+
+
+

nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

@@ -902,7 +1211,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (

nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

@@ -927,7 +1236,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (

nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

@@ -981,7 +1290,7 @@ setting


nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting. @@ -1012,14 +1321,14 @@ not be preserved.

Returns

-

TRUE if bssid -was already known, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if bssid +was already known, FALSE if not


nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);
@@ -1047,7 +1356,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids

nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

@@ -1079,7 +1388,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1109,7 +1418,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

- + @@ -1139,8 +1448,8 @@ capabilities

Returns

-

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's -security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's +security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.


@@ -1385,6 +1694,12 @@ incompatible with other flags


+

NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST

+
#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST      "mac-address-denylist"
+
+
+
+

NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MTU

#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MTU                       "mtu"
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html index bdc00c7e..4be832ed 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+GKeyFile * @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ - +

s_wireless_sec

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

 
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise () @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value () @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups () @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group () @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value () @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx () @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);
@@ -581,8 +581,8 @@ with the access point.

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed -protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+

TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed +protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list


@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ protocol list, or void nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

Parameters

@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm list.

@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ algorithm list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the encryption algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the encryption algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm list.

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ algorithm list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

Sets a WEP key in the given index.

@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ property.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html index d38d5c2d..88ab2bc7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
- + @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

Returns

the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with -settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the +settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to normalize.

[transfer full]

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html index 4d6b8d19..0566bfb8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ - +
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_wpan_get_pan_id () @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_wpan_get_short_address () @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
-gint16 +gint16 nm_setting_wpan_get_page () @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
-gint16 +gint16 nm_setting_wpan_get_channel () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_setting_wpan_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_wpan_get_pan_id ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_wpan_get_pan_id (NMSettingWpan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ nm_setting_wpan_get_pan_id (

nm_setting_wpan_get_short_address ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_wpan_get_short_address (NMSettingWpan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ nm_setting_wpan_get_short_address (

nm_setting_wpan_get_page ()

-
gint16
+
gint16
 nm_setting_wpan_get_page (NMSettingWpan *setting);

Parameters

@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_setting_wpan_get_page (

nm_setting_wpan_get_channel ()

-
gint16
+
gint16
 nm_setting_wpan_get_channel (NMSettingWpan *setting);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html index d2eb741a..6e73befe 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html @@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ nm_simple_connection_new (void

nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
-                                    GError **error);
+nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the connection and normalize the connection. See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a description of the expected hash table.

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

dict

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

 
void vpn-state-changedRun FirstRun First
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -232,10 +232,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

The “vpn-state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ guint arg1, + guint arg2, + gpointer user_data)
+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html index ce6d9daf..058a4c38 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_vpn_editor_get_widget () @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_editor_update_connection () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Functions

nm_vpn_editor_get_widget ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_vpn_editor_get_widget (NMVpnEditor *editor);

Parameters

@@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_get_widget (

nm_vpn_editor_update_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_update_connection (NMVpnEditor *editor,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);
+ GError **error);
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_update_connection (

update_connection ()

called to save the user-entered options to the connection -object. Should return FALSE and set error +object. Should return FALSE and set error if the current options are invalid. error should contain enough information for the plugin to diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html index 8f2943ae..3f05cc5b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

-gsize +gsize nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt () @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export () @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
-GKeyFile *keyfile Write / Construct Only
void changedRun FirstRun First
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ GInterface ├── NMVpnEditor ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin - GObject + GObject ╰── NMVpnPluginInfo
@@ -264,13 +264,13 @@

Prerequisites

NMVpnEditor requires - GObject.

+ GObject.

Implemented Interfaces

NMVpnPluginInfo implements - GInitable.

+ GInitable.

Description

@@ -280,13 +280,13 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo implements

NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);
+(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);
+nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (NMVpnEditor * nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin, NMConnection *connection, - GError **error); + GError **error);

Parameters

@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor ( - + @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (

Returns

-

a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error.

+

a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -337,10 +337,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              NMVpnEditorPluginVT *vt,
-                             gsize vt_size);
+ gsize vt_size);

Returns an opaque VT function table for the plugin to extend functionality. The actual meaning of NMVpnEditorPluginVT is not defined in public API of libnm, instead it must be agreed by @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ size of plugin's VT.

NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

error

on return, an error or NULL

on return, an error or NULL

 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (

error

-
+ @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (

Returns

a new NMConnection imported from path -, or NULL +, or NULL on error or if the file at path was not recognized by this plugin.

[transfer full]

@@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ was not recognized by this plugin.


nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
                              NMConnection *connection,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

@@ -449,8 +449,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service, int check_owner, NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Load the shared library plugin_name and create a new NMVpnEditorPlugin instance via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ loading the shared library.

Returns

-

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

+

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.2

@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ loading the shared library.

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load (const char *plugin_name,
                            const char *check_service,
-                           GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Load the shared library plugin_name and create a new NMVpnEditorPlugin instance via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ the given service.

Returns

-

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

+

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.4

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

- + @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

+if non-NULL.

@@ -745,27 +745,27 @@ if non-

import_from_file ()

@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

The “filename” property

  “filename”                 char *

The filename from which the info was loaded. -Can be NULL if the instance was not loaded from +Can be NULL if the instance was not loaded from a file (i.e. the keyfile instance was passed to the constructor).

Owner: NMVpnPluginInfo

@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ constructor).


The “keyfile” property

-
  “keyfile”                  GKeyFile *
+
  “keyfile”                  GKeyFile *

Initialize the instance with a different keyfile instance. When passing a keyfile instance, the constructor will not try to read from filename.

@@ -869,8 +869,8 @@ try to read from filename.

The “changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
-               gpointer     user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html index a4f71a9c..4677e137 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Returns

a newly created instance of plugin info -or NULL if no matching value was found.

+or NULL if no matching value was found.

[transfer full][nullable]

Since: 1.4

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_name (

Returns

-

the name. Cannot be NULL.

+

the name. Cannot be NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_filename (

Returns

-

the filename. Can be NULL.

+

the filename. Can be NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_service (

Returns

-

the service. Cannot be NULL.

+

the service. Cannot be NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.4

@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_plugin (

Returns

-

the plugin. Can be NULL.

+

the plugin. Can be NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_program (

Returns

-

the program. Can be NULL.

+

the program. Can be NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -559,14 +559,14 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_auth_dialog (

Returns

-

the absolute path to the auth-dialog helper or NULL.

+

the absolute path to the auth-dialog helper or NULL.

Since: 1.4


nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_hints ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_hints (NMVpnPluginInfo *self);

Parameters

@@ -585,14 +585,14 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_hints (

Returns

-

TRUE if the supports hints for secret requests, otherwise FALSE

+

TRUE if the supports hints for secret requests, otherwise FALSE

Since: 1.4


nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_multiple ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_multiple (NMVpnPluginInfo *self);

Parameters

@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_multiple (

Returns

-

TRUE if the service supports multiple instances with different bus names, otherwise FALSE

+

TRUE if the service supports multiple instances with different bus names, otherwise FALSE

Since: 1.42

@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_lookup_property (

Returns

-

NMVpnPluginInfo is internally a GKeyFile. Returns the matching +

NMVpnPluginInfo is internally a GKeyFile. Returns the matching property.

[transfer none]

@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ property.


nm_vpn_plugin_info_validate_filename ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_validate_filename (const char *filename);

Regular name files have a certain pattern. That basically means they have the file extension "name". Check if filename @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ is valid according to that pattern.


nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_load ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_load (void);

Returns

@@ -726,10 +726,10 @@ loaded from the default directories rejecting duplicates.


nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add (GSList **list,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add (GSList **list,
                              NMVpnPluginInfo *plugin_info,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

on return, an error or NULL

on return, an error or NULL

 

plugin_info

a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL.

a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL.

[nullable]

get_editor ()

returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection -if non-NULL.

 

Try to import a connection from the specified path. On -success, return a partial NMConnection object. On error, return NULL and +success, return a partial NMConnection object. On error, return NULL and set error with additional information. Note that error -can be NULL, in +can be NULL, in which case no additional error information should be provided.

 

export_to_file ()

Export the given connection to the specified path. Return -TRUE on success. On error, return FALSE and set error +TRUE on success. On error, return FALSE and set error with additional error information. Note that error -can be NULL, in which case no +can be NULL, in which case no additional error information should be provided.

 

get_suggested_filename ()

For a given connection, return a suggested file -name. Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by +name. Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by the caller.

 
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_hints () @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_multiple () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_info_validate_filename () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_load () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove () @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

nm_vpn_plugin_info_new_from_file ()

NMVpnPluginInfo *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_new_from_file (const char *filename,
-                                  GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Read the plugin info from file filename . Does not do any further verification on the file. You might want to check @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ file permissions and ownership of the file.

Returns

-

NULL if there is any error or a newly created +

NULL if there is any error or a newly created NMVpnPluginInfo instance.

Since: 1.2

@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ file permissions and ownership of the file.

nm_vpn_plugin_info_new_with_data ()

NMVpnPluginInfo *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_new_with_data (const char *filename,
-                                  GKeyFile *keyfile,
-                                  GError **error);
+ GKeyFile *keyfile, + GError **error);

This constructor does not read any data from file but takes instead a keyfile argument.

@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ must be present.

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add (

Returns

-

TRUE if the plugin was added to list +

TRUE if the plugin was added to list . This will fail to add duplicate plugins.

@@ -768,8 +768,8 @@ to add duplicate plugins.


nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove (GSList **list,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove (GSList **list,
                                 NMVpnPluginInfo *plugin_info);

Remove plugin_info from list @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove (

Returns

-

TRUE if plugin_info +

TRUE if plugin_info was in list and successfully removed.

@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ and successfully removed.

nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name ()

NMVpnPluginInfo *
-nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name (GSList *list,
+nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name (GSList *list,
                                       const char *name);

Parameters

@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name (

Returns

the first plugin with a matching name -(or NULL).

+(or NULL).

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name (

nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_filename ()

NMVpnPluginInfo *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_filename
-                               (GSList *list,
+                               (GSList *list,
                                 const char *filename);

Parameters

@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_filename

Returns

the first plugin with a matching filename -(or NULL).

+(or NULL).

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_filename

nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_service ()

NMVpnPluginInfo *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_service
-                               (GSList *list,
+                               (GSList *list,
                                 const char *service);

Parameters

@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ or one of the provided aliases.

Returns

the first plugin with a matching service -(or NULL).

+(or NULL).

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ or one of the provided aliases.

nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_service_type ()

char *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_service_type
-                               (GSList *list,
+                               (GSList *list,
                                 const char *name);

A VPN plugin provides one or several service-types, like org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.libreswan Certain plugins provide more then one service type, via aliases (org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.openswan). @@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ but it could be retrieved via

list

-
+ @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ but it could be retrieved via

Returns

-

the resolved service-type or NULL on failure.

+

the resolved service-type or NULL on failure.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.4

@@ -966,9 +966,9 @@ but it could be retrieved via

nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_get_service_types ()

char **
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_get_service_types
-                               (GSList *list,
-                                gboolean only_existing,
-                                gboolean with_abbreviations);
+ (GSList *list, + gboolean only_existing, + gboolean with_abbreviations);

Parameters

a possibly empty GSList of NMVpnPluginInfo instances.

a possibly empty GSList of NMVpnPluginInfo instances.

[element-type NMVpnPluginInfo]
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_get_service_types - + @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ well-known plugins

- @@ -1003,8 +1003,8 @@ with

Returns

-

a NULL terminated strv list of strings. -The list itself and the values must be freed with g_strfreev().

+

a NULL terminated strv list of strings. +The list itself and the values must be freed with g_strfreev().

[transfer full]

Since: 1.4

@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_editor_plugin (void nm_vpn_plugin_info_set_editor_plugin (NMVpnPluginInfo *self, NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin); -

Set the internal plugin instance. If NULL, only clear the previous instance.

+

Set the internal plugin instance. If NULL, only clear the previous instance.

Parameters

list

a possibly empty GSList of NMVpnPluginInfo.

a possibly empty GSList of NMVpnPluginInfo.

[element-type NMVpnPluginInfo]

with_abbreviations

if FALSE, only full service types are returned. +

if FALSE, only full service types are returned. Otherwise, this also includes abbreviated names that can be used with nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_service_type().

 
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_set_editor_plugin (

nm_vpn_plugin_info_load_editor_plugin ()

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_load_editor_plugin (NMVpnPluginInfo *self,
-                                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html index 03133775..72f7e35b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
-GDBusConnection * +GDBusConnection * nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_connection () @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect () @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_old_read_vpn_details () @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_secret_flags () @@ -161,42 +161,42 @@
void configRun FirstRun First
void failureRun FirstRun First
void ip4-configRun FirstRun First
void ip6-configRun FirstRun First
void login-bannerRun FirstRun First
void quitRun FirstRun First
void secrets-requiredRun FirstRun First
void state-changedRun FirstRun First
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMVpnPluginOld
 
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMVpnPluginOld implements - GInitable.

+ GInitable.

Description

@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ NMVpnPluginOld implements

Functions

nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_connection ()

-
GDBusConnection *
+
GDBusConnection *
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_connection (NMVpnPluginOld *plugin);

nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_connection has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_old_failure (

nm_vpn_plugin_old_set_ip4_config ()

void
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_set_ip4_config (NMVpnPluginOld *plugin,
-                                  GVariant *ip4_config);
+ GVariant *ip4_config);

nm_vpn_plugin_old_set_ip4_config has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Replaced by NMVpnServicePlugin.

@@ -356,9 +356,9 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_old_set_ip4_config (

nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect (NMVpnPluginOld *plugin,
-                              GError **err);
+ GError **err);

nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Replaced by NMVpnServicePlugin.

@@ -367,10 +367,10 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect (

nm_vpn_plugin_old_read_vpn_details ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_read_vpn_details (int fd,
-                                    GHashTable **out_data,
-                                    GHashTable **out_secrets);
+ GHashTable **out_data, + GHashTable **out_secrets);

nm_vpn_plugin_old_read_vpn_details has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Replaced by NMVpnServicePlugin.

@@ -408,14 +408,14 @@ an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

Returns

-

TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not


nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
                                     const char *secret_name,
                                     NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);
@@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ item in data

Returns

-

TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted -to flags, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted +to flags, FALSE if not

@@ -514,36 +514,36 @@ to flags,

The “config” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               GVariant       *arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ GVariant *arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “failure” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               guint           arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ guint arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “ip4-config” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               GVariant       *arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ GVariant *arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “ip6-config” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               GVariant       *arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ GVariant *arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


@@ -551,16 +551,16 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold, char *arg1, - gpointer user_data) -

Flags: Run First

+ gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “quit” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               gpointer        user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


@@ -568,18 +568,18 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold, char *arg1, - GStrv arg2, - gpointer user_data) -

Flags: Run First

+ GStrv arg2, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               guint           arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ guint arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html index 4cbabe94..13596bf8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
-GDBusConnection * +GDBusConnection * nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_connection () @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_service_plugin_disconnect () @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_service_plugin_read_vpn_details () @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_secret_flags () @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Read / Write
gbooleangboolean watch-peer Read / Write / Construct Only
void configRun FirstRun First
void failureRun FirstRun First
void ip4-configRun FirstRun First
void ip6-configRun FirstRun First
void login-bannerRun FirstRun First
void quitRun FirstRun First
void secrets-requiredRun FirstRun First
void state-changedRun FirstRun First
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMVpnServicePlugin
 
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMVpnServicePlugin implements - GInitable.

+ GInitable.

Description

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ NMVpnServicePlugin implements

Functions

nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_connection ()

-
GDBusConnection *
+
GDBusConnection *
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_connection (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin);

Returns

@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ nm_vpn_service_plugin_failure (

nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_config ()

void
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_config (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin,
-                                  GVariant *config);
+ GVariant *config);

Since: 1.2


@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_config (

nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip4_config ()

void
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip4_config (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin,
-                                      GVariant *ip4_config);
+ GVariant *ip4_config);

Since: 1.2


@@ -349,15 +349,15 @@ nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip4_config (

nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip6_config ()

void
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip6_config (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin,
-                                      GVariant *ip6_config);
+ GVariant *ip6_config);

Since: 1.2


nm_vpn_service_plugin_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_disconnect (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin,
-                                  GError **err);
+ GError **err);

Since: 1.2


@@ -392,11 +392,11 @@ the plugin before giving up the last reference.


nm_vpn_service_plugin_read_vpn_details ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_read_vpn_details
                                (int fd,
-                                GHashTable **out_data,
-                                GHashTable **out_secrets);
+ GHashTable **out_data, + GHashTable **out_secrets);

Parses key/value pairs from a file descriptor (normally stdin) passed by an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

@@ -430,16 +430,16 @@ an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

Returns

-

TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

Since: 1.2


nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_secret_flags
-                               (GHashTable *data,
+                               (GHashTable *data,
                                 const char *secret_name,
                                 NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);

Given a VPN secret key name, attempts to find the corresponding flags data @@ -476,8 +476,8 @@ item in data

Returns

-

TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted -to flags, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted +to flags, FALSE if not

Since: 1.2

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ to flags,

The “watch-peer” property

-
  “watch-peer”               gboolean
+
  “watch-peer”               gboolean

Whether to watch for D-Bus peer's changes.

Owner: NMVpnServicePlugin

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

@@ -546,36 +546,36 @@ to flags,

The “config” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               GVariant           *arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ GVariant *arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “failure” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               guint               arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ guint arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “ip4-config” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               GVariant           *arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ GVariant *arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “ip6-config” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               GVariant           *arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ GVariant *arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


@@ -583,16 +583,16 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin, char *arg1, - gpointer user_data) -

Flags: Run First

+ gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “quit” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


@@ -600,18 +600,18 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin, char *arg1, - GStrv arg2, - gpointer user_data) -

Flags: Run First

+ GStrv arg2, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               guint               arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ guint arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html index 5684a60b..ee9d1544 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_wfd_ies () @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_strength () @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_wifi_p2p_peer_filter_connections () @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wifi_p2p_peer_connection_valid () @@ -190,13 +190,13 @@ Read
gucharguchar strength Read
-GBytes *wfd-ies Read
-guint32 +guint32 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid () @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Read
guintguint signal-quality Read

- for libnm 1.46.0 + for libnm 1.47.90 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://networkmanager.dev/docs/libnm/latest/. diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html index 70e7753d..b34c7a41 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@

nm_conn_wireguard_import ()

NMConnection *
 nm_conn_wireguard_import (const char *filename,
-                          GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ nm_conn_wireguard_import (const c - + @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ nm_conn_wireguard_import (const c

Returns

a new NMConnection imported from path -, or NULL +, or NULL on error or if the file with filename was not recognized as a WireGuard config.

[transfer full]

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html index a275d9f0..bdf28752 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html @@ -2634,6 +2634,78 @@ error. Since: 1.46

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

error

on return, an error or NULL

on return, an error or NULL

 
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_BY_DEFAULT

+

The device is unmanaged because the device type +is unmanaged by default. Since: 1.48

+
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_EXTERNAL_DOWN

+

The device is unmanaged because it is an +external device and is unconfigured (down or without addresses). Since: 1.48

+
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_LINK_NOT_INIT

+

The device is unmanaged because the link is +not initialized by udev. Since: 1.48

+
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_QUITTING

+

The device is unmanaged because NetworkManager is +quitting. Since: 1.48

+
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_SLEEPING

+

The device is unmanaged because networking is +disabled or the system is suspended. Since: 1.48

+
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_CONF

+

The device is unmanaged by user decision in +NetworkManager.conf ('unmanaged' in a [device*] section). Since: 1.48

+
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_EXPLICIT

+

The device is unmanaged by explicit user +decision (e.g. 'nmcli device set $DEV managed no'). Since: 1.48

+
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_SETTINGS

+

The device is unmanaged by user decision +via settings plugin ('unmanaged-devices' for keyfile or 'NM_CONTROLLED=no' for ifcfg-rh). +Since: 1.48

+
 

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_UDEV

+

The device is unmanaged via udev rule. Since: 1.48

+
 
@@ -3403,6 +3475,17 @@ behavior. Since: 1.38.

 

NM_CHECKPOINT_CREATE_FLAG_TRACK_INTERNAL_GLOBAL_DNS

+

during rollback, +by default changes to global DNS via D-BUS interface are preserved. +With this flag, the rollback reverts the global DNS changes made via D-Bus +interface. Global DNS defined in [global-dns] section of +NetworkManager.conf is not impacted by this flag. Since: 1.48.

+
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html index e9ffe3c2..3422d04d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_agent_manager_error_quark () @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_crypto_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_error_quark () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_manager_error_quark () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_secret_agent_error_quark () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_settings_error_quark () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark () @@ -202,49 +202,49 @@

Functions

nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

nm_crypto_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

nm_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_manager_error_quark (void);

nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

nm_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_settings_error_quark (void);

nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html index 5befc8a2..4fa26ea8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMKeyfileReadHandler) () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMKeyfileWriteHandler) () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-GKeyFile * +GKeyFile * nm_keyfile_write () @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@

Functions

NMKeyfileReadHandler ()

-
gboolean
-(*NMKeyfileReadHandler) (GKeyFile *keyfile,
+
gboolean
+(*NMKeyfileReadHandler) (GKeyFile *keyfile,
                          NMConnection *connection,
                          NMKeyfileHandlerType handler_type,
                          NMKeyfileHandlerData *handler_data,
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 

keyfile

the GKeyFile that is currently read

the GKeyFile that is currently read

 

keyfile

the GKeyFile that is currently constructed.

the GKeyFile that is currently constructed.

 

error

the GError in case writing fails.

the GError in case writing fails.

 
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_empty_ssid () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_same_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_security_valid () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wep_key_valid () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_json_object () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix () @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant () @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant () @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant () @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) () @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) () @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel () @@ -320,21 +320,21 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()
const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs () @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
-gsize +gsize nm_utils_hwaddr_len () @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba () @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
-guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton () @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_valid () @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_matches () @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_utils_hexstr2bin () @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_iface_valid_name () @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name () @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_uuid () @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ipaddr_valid () @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility () @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_enum_from_str () @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_utils_version () @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes () @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec () @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_base64secret_decode () @@ -676,9 +676,9 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

Functions

nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                        gsize len);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                        gsize len);

Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the AP's SSID. This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

@@ -707,15 +707,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not


nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      gsize len);
+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

nm_utils_escape_ssid has been deprecated since version 1.46 and should not be used in newly-written code.

use nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8() or nm_utils_bin2hexstr().

@@ -758,12 +758,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function


nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
-                    gsize len1,
-                    const guint8 *ssid2,
-                    gsize len2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
+                    gsize len1,
+                    const guint8 *ssid2,
+                    gsize len2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal, but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings) @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

ignore_trailing_null

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

 
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ nm_utils_is_json_object (const ch

Returns

whether the passed string is valid JSON. If libnm is not compiled with libjansson support, this check will -also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem +also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.

Since: 1.6

@@ -1091,9 +1091,9 @@ for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.


nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);
-

Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of +

Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

Parameters

@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing dns +

a new floating GVariant representing dns .

[transfer none]

@@ -1121,8 +1121,8 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

char **
-nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of +nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid (before it was checked as assertion)

@@ -1136,29 +1136,29 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

- +

value

a GVariant of type 'au'

a GVariant of type 'au'

 

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

+

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

[transfer full][type utf8]


nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of +

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of gateway - (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

Parameters

@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

[transfer none]

@@ -1191,12 +1191,12 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of +

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and -gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of +gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway ; the "gateway" fields of the other addresses are ignored. Note that invalid addresses are discarded @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ but the valid addresses are still returned.

- + @@ -1229,17 +1229,17 @@ contain the IP gateway.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]


nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and metric).

@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ metric).

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1267,11 +1267,11 @@ metric).


nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array +

GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, -and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Note that invalid routes +and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Note that invalid routes are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid (before it was checked as assertion)

@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

- +

value

a GVariant of type 'aau'

a GVariant of type 'aau'

 

value

GVariant of type 'aau'

GVariant of type 'aau'

 
@@ -1293,15 +1293,15 @@ are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]


nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

Parameters

@@ -1331,8 +1331,8 @@ set.


nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

Parameters

@@ -1356,8 +1356,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (

nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C. This function will return a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it @@ -1385,9 +1385,9 @@ falls in the predefined classes.


nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);
-

Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of +

Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

If a string cannot be parsed, it will be silently ignored.

@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing dns +

a new floating GVariant representing dns .

[transfer none]

@@ -1416,8 +1416,8 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

char **
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of +nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings. Each "ay" entry must be a IPv6 address in binary form (16 bytes long). Invalid entries are silently ignored.

@@ -1433,29 +1433,29 @@ ignored.

- +

value

a GVariant of type 'aay'

a GVariant of type 'aay'

 

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

+

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

[transfer full][type utf8]


nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of +

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of gateway - (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be + (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be all 0s.

Parameters

@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ all 0s.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

[transfer none]

@@ -1489,12 +1489,12 @@ all 0s.


nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a +

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, -and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field +and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway ; the "gateway" fields of the other addresses are ignored. Note that invalid addresses are @@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ discarded but the valid addresses are still returned.

value

a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

 

value

GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

 
@@ -1591,17 +1591,17 @@ routes are ignored but the valid ones are still returned.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]


nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may include additional attributes.

@@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ include additional attributes.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

[transfer none]

@@ -1631,12 +1631,12 @@ include additional attributes.


nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                     int family);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style +

Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for -nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress +nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. Note that invalid addresses are discarded but the valid addresses are still returned.

Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid @@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ are still returned.

value

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

 

value

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

 

paths

a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

[nullable]

file_test_flags

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 

error

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

 
@@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char

Returns

-

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc +

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed.

[transfer full]

@@ -2158,10 +2158,10 @@ be parsed.


nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
-                      gpointer buffer,
-                      gsize length);
+ gpointer buffer, + gsize length);

Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . @@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

Returns

buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed or would be shorter or longer than length .

@@ -2207,9 +2207,9 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length

nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
-                       gssize length);
+ gssize length);

Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given length.

@@ -2239,9 +2239,9 @@ is expected to convert to

Returns

-

TRUE if asc +

TRUE if asc appears to be a valid hardware address -of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

+of the indicated length, FALSE if not.


@@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ of the indicated length,

nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

char *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
-                           gssize length);
+ gssize length);

Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with @@ -2282,18 +2282,18 @@ is expected to convert to

Returns

the canonicalized address if asc appears to -be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not.

+be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not.

[transfer full]


nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
-                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
-                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
-                         gssize hwaddr2_len);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
+                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
+                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
+                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1 and hwaddr2 @@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

before being compared.

  • If hwaddr1 or hwaddr2 - is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was + is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len or hwaddr2_len bytes long.

  • @@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)

    - + @@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ is ASCII

    - + @@ -2363,9 +2363,9 @@ is ASCII

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if hwaddr1 +

    TRUE if hwaddr1 and hwaddr2 -are equivalent, FALSE if they are +are equivalent, FALSE if they are different (or either of them is invalid).

    @@ -2373,8 +2373,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).

    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
    -                     gsize len,
    +nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
    +                     gsize len,
                          int final_len);

    Converts the byte array src into a hexadecimal string. If final_len @@ -2419,7 +2419,7 @@ array


    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);

    Converts a hexadecimal string hex into an array of bytes. The optional @@ -2445,14 +2445,14 @@ may not start or end with ':'.

    Returns

    -

    the converted bytes, or NULL on error.

    +

    the converted bytes, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]


    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

    nm_utils_iface_valid_name has been deprecated since version 1.6 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -2476,18 +2476,18 @@ nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    -

    Before 1.20, this function did not accept NULL as name +

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    +

    Before 1.20, this function did not accept NULL as name argument. If you -want to run against older versions of libnm, don't pass NULL.

    +want to run against older versions of libnm, don't pass NULL.


    nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name (const char *name,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Validate the network interface name.

    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation function in net/core/dev.c.

    @@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

    - + @@ -2515,17 +2515,17 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    -

    Before 1.20, this function did not accept NULL as name +

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    +

    Before 1.20, this function did not accept NULL as name argument. If you -want to run against older versions of libnm, don't pass NULL.

    +want to run against older versions of libnm, don't pass NULL.

    Since: 1.6


    nm_utils_is_uuid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

    nm_utils_is_uuid has been deprecated since version 1.32 and should not be used in newly-written code.

    @@ -2552,17 +2552,17 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if str -is a UUID, FALSE if not

    -

    In older versions, nm_utils_is_uuid() did not accept NULL as str -argument. Don't pass NULL if you run against older versions of libnm.

    +

    TRUE if str +is a UUID, FALSE if not

    +

    In older versions, nm_utils_is_uuid() did not accept NULL as str +argument. Don't pass NULL if you run against older versions of libnm.


    nm_utils_inet4_ntop ()

    const char *
    -nm_utils_inet4_ntop (guint32 inaddr,
    +nm_utils_inet4_ntop (guint32 inaddr,
                          char *dst);

    Wrapper for inet_ntop.

    [skip]

    @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (

    dst

    Returns

    the input buffer dst , or a pointer to an -internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr +internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr , otherwise, this function cannot fail.

    @@ -2657,7 +2657,7 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.


    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                            const char *ip);

    Checks if ip @@ -2687,16 +2687,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE


    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
    -                               (GType virtual_type,
    -                                GType other_type);
    + (GType virtual_type, + GType other_type);

    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type can (in the general case) work with connections of type other_type @@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty then this checks if other_type is a valid type for a slave of that master.

    -

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that +

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that every connection of type other_type is compatible with virtual_type @@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@ underlying device driver.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE


    @@ -2809,10 +2809,10 @@ available modes.

    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
    +nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                           int value);

    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a -G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values. +G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values. If the value has no corresponding string representation, it is converted to a number. For enums it is converted to a decimal number, for flags to an (unsigned) hex number.

    @@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ to an (unsigned) hex number.

    - + @@ -2840,22 +2840,22 @@ to an (unsigned) hex number.

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated string or NULL

    +

    a newly allocated string or NULL

    Since: 1.2


    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                             const char *str,
                             int *out_value,
                             char **err_token);

    Converts a string to the matching enum value.

    -

    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values +

    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found -the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string +the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string containing the unrecognized token in err_token .

    @@ -2869,7 +2869,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
    - + @@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ the first unrecognized token.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2901,7 +2901,7 @@ the first unrecognized token.

    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()

    const char **
    -nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
    +nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
                               int from,
                               int to);

    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.

    @@ -2916,7 +2916,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (

    type

    -
    + @@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (

    Returns

    a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings -or NULL on error.

    +or NULL on error.

    [transfer container]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2943,7 +2943,7 @@ or

    nm_utils_version ()

    -
    guint
    +
    guint
     nm_utils_version (void);

    Returns

    @@ -2955,13 +2955,13 @@ at runtime.


    nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes ()

    -
    GHashTable *
    +
    GHashTable *
     nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const char *string,
                                        char attr_separator,
                                        char key_value_separator,
    -                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
    +                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
                                        const NMVariantAttributeSpec *const *spec,
    -                                   GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Parse attributes from a string.

    Parameters

    @@ -3007,8 +3007,8 @@ nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const

    Returns

    -

    a GHashTable mapping -attribute names to GVariant values. Warning: the variant are still floating +

    a GHashTable mapping +attribute names to GVariant values. Warning: the variant are still floating references, owned by the hash table. If you take a reference, ensure to sink the one of the hash table first.

    [transfer full][element-type utf8 GVariant]

    @@ -3019,7 +3019,7 @@ the one of the hash table first.

    nm_utils_format_variant_attributes ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
    +nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
                                         char attr_separator,
                                         char key_value_separator);

    Format attributes to a string.

    @@ -3034,7 +3034,7 @@ nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (

    attributes

    -
    + @@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (

    Returns

    -

    the string representing attributes, or NULL +

    the string representing attributes, or NULL in case there are no attributes.

    [transfer full]

    @@ -3063,7 +3063,7 @@ in case there are no attributes.

    nm_utils_tc_qdisc_from_str ()

    NMTCQdisc *
     nm_utils_tc_qdisc_from_str (const char *str,
    -                            GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Parses the tc style string qdisc representation of the queueing discipline to a NMTCQdisc instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.

    @@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ discipline to a

    Returns

    -

    the NMTCQdisc or NULL

    +

    the NMTCQdisc or NULL

    Since: 1.12

    @@ -3099,7 +3099,7 @@ discipline to a

    nm_utils_tc_qdisc_to_str ()

    char *
     nm_utils_tc_qdisc_to_str (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
    -                          GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Turns the NMTCQdisc into a tc style string representation of the queueing discipline.

    @@ -3126,7 +3126,7 @@ discipline.

    Returns

    -

    formatted string or NULL

    +

    formatted string or NULL

    Since: 1.12

    @@ -3135,7 +3135,7 @@ discipline.

    nm_utils_tc_action_from_str ()

    NMTCAction *
     nm_utils_tc_action_from_str (const char *str,
    -                             GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Parses the tc style string action representation of the queueing discipline to a NMTCAction instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.

    @@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ discipline to a

    Returns

    -

    the NMTCAction or NULL

    +

    the NMTCAction or NULL

    Since: 1.12

    @@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@ discipline to a

    nm_utils_tc_action_to_str ()

    char *
     nm_utils_tc_action_to_str (NMTCAction *action,
    -                           GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Turns the NMTCAction into a tc style string representation of the queueing discipline.

    @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ discipline.

    Returns

    -

    formatted string or NULL

    +

    formatted string or NULL

    Since: 1.12

    @@ -3207,7 +3207,7 @@ discipline.

    nm_utils_tc_tfilter_from_str ()

    NMTCTfilter *
     nm_utils_tc_tfilter_from_str (const char *str,
    -                              GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Parses the tc style string tfilter representation of the queueing discipline to a NMTCTfilter instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.

    @@ -3234,7 +3234,7 @@ discipline to a

    Returns

    -

    the NMTCTfilter or NULL

    +

    the NMTCTfilter or NULL

    Since: 1.12

    @@ -3243,7 +3243,7 @@ discipline to a

    nm_utils_tc_tfilter_to_str ()

    char *
     nm_utils_tc_tfilter_to_str (NMTCTfilter *tfilter,
    -                            GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Turns the NMTCTfilter into a tc style string representation of the queueing discipline.

    @@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ discipline.

    Returns

    -

    formatted string or NULL

    +

    formatted string or NULL

    Since: 1.12

    @@ -3279,8 +3279,8 @@ discipline.

    nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str ()

    char *
     nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str (const NMSriovVF *vf,
    -                          gboolean omit_index,
    -                          GError **error);
    + gboolean omit_index, + GError **error);

    Converts a SR-IOV virtual function object to its string representation.

    Parameters

    @@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str (const
    - + @@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str (const

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated string or NULL on error

    +

    a newly allocated string or NULL on error

    Since: 1.14

    @@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@ nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str (const

    nm_utils_sriov_vf_from_str ()

    NMSriovVF *
     nm_utils_sriov_vf_from_str (const char *str,
    -                            GError **error);
    + GError **error);

    Converts a string to a SR-IOV virtual function object.

    Parameters

    @@ -3354,7 +3354,7 @@ nm_utils_sriov_vf_from_str (const

    nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec ()

    -
    gint64
    +
    gint64
     nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec (void);

    Gets current time in milliseconds of CLOCK_BOOTTIME.

    @@ -3366,10 +3366,10 @@ nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec (void

    nm_utils_base64secret_decode ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_base64secret_decode (const char *base64_key,
    -                              gsize required_key_len,
    -                              guint8 *out_key);
    + gsize required_key_len, + guint8 *out_key);

    Parameters

    hwaddr1

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL.

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL.

    [nullable]

    hwaddr2

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL.

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL.

    [nullable]

    error

    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore

    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore

     

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provide its own dst @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

    dst

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provide its own dst @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.

    type

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

     

    type

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

     

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

     

    a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values.

    a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values.

    [element-type utf8 GVariant]

    omit_index

    if TRUE, the VF index will be omitted from output string

    if TRUE, the VF index will be omitted from output string

     
    @@ -3402,7 +3402,7 @@ bytes.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the input key is a valid base64 encoded key +

    TRUE if the input key is a valid base64 encoded key with required_key_len bytes.

    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html index 84d453aa..db2123c0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html @@ -180,6 +180,10 @@
    + + + + @@ -234,7 +238,7 @@

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the version of the NetworkManager header files +

    TRUE if the version of the NetworkManager header files is the same as or newer than the passed-in version.

    @@ -257,7 +261,7 @@ is compiled against.


    NM_MINOR_VERSION

    -
    #define NM_MINOR_VERSION (46)
    +
    #define NM_MINOR_VERSION (47)
     

    Evaluates to the minor version number of NetworkManager which this source is compiled against.

    @@ -265,7 +269,7 @@ is compiled against.


    NM_MICRO_VERSION

    -
    #define NM_MICRO_VERSION (0)
    +
    #define NM_MICRO_VERSION (90)
     

    Evaluates to the micro version number of NetworkManager which this source compiled against.

    @@ -428,6 +432,12 @@ compiled against.


    +

    NM_VERSION_1_48

    +
    #define NM_VERSION_1_48   (NM_ENCODE_VERSION(1, 48, 0))
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_API_VERSION

    #define             NM_API_VERSION
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html index 75b3a322..cb1035f9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html @@ -189,6 +189,12 @@ NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_46_FOR()
    + + + +
    #defineNM_VERSION_1_48
    #define NM_API_VERSION
    #define +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48_FOR() +
    @@ -408,6 +414,14 @@ #define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_46 + +#define +NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48 + + +#define +NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_48 +
    @@ -564,6 +578,12 @@
    #define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_46_FOR(f) G_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
     
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48_FOR()

    +
    #define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48_FOR(f) G_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
    +
    +

    Types and Values

    @@ -876,6 +896,18 @@
    #define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_46 G_UNAVAILABLE(1, 46)
     
    +
    +
    +

    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48

    +
    #define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48        G_DEPRECATED
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_48

    +
    #define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_48 G_UNAVAILABLE(1, 48)
    +
    +